Download XYZ LTD - Members, Meetings, Agendas and Minutes

HEALTH AND SAFETY
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
for
BRECON BEACONS NATIONAL PARK AUTHORITY
Plas y Ffynnon
Cambrian Way
Brecon
LD3 7HP
PREPARED BY:
Thomas, Carroll Management Services Ltd
Pendragon House
Crescent Road
Caerphilly
CF83 1XX
Thomas, Carroll Management Services Ltd reminds clients that this Manual is subject to copyright. All rights in it are reserved,
and no part may be reproduced, or transmitted in any form without the written permission of Thomas, Carroll Management
Services Ltd.
© Thomas, Carroll Management Services Ltd.
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
CONTENTS
Section 1 - Introduction
Document Review Register
Why Health And Safety Is Important To Us
Our Health And Safety Philosophy
Key Elements Of Our Health And Safety Management System
Section 2 – Health And Safety Policy Statement
Health And Safety Policy Statement
Section 3 – Organisation And Responsibilities
Health And Safety Responsibilities
Specific Responsibility Matrix
Health And Safety Management Structure
Section 4 - Risk Assessments
Risk Assessments
Section 5 - Arrangements
Adverse Event Investigation
Adverse Event Reporting
Asbestos Management
Consultation With Employees
Control Of Contractors
Display Screen Equipment
Electricity
Emergency Procedures
Fire
First Aid
Gas Safety
Hazardous Substances
Housekeeping
Information For Employees
Introduction Of New Plant, Equipment And Substances
Lifting Equipment And Lifting Operations
Manual Handling
Mobile Work Equipment
New And Expectant Mothers
Noise
Permits To Work
Personal Protective Equipment
Pressure Systems
Safety Signs And Signals
Temporary Workers
Training
Vibration
Visitors
Welfare Facilities
Woodworking Machinery
Work At Height
Work Environment
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
Work Equipment
Workplace Structure And Layout
Young Persons
Section 6 - Safe Working Procedures
Safe Working Procedures
Section 7 - Monitoring
Monitoring Health And Safety Performance
Section 8 - Auditing
Auditing
Section 9 - Reviewing
Reviewing Health And Safety Performance
Section 10 – Health And Safety Guidance
Adverse Event Investigation
Adverse Event Reporting (Riddor)
Asbestos Management
Consultation With Employees
Contractors
Display Screen Equipment
Electricity
Fire Safety
First Aid
Hazardous Substances
Lifting Equipment And Lifting Operations
Manual Handling
Mobile Work Equipment
New And Expectant Mothers
Noise
Permits To Work
Personal Protective Equipment
Safety Signs And Signals
Training
Vibration At Work
Welfare Facilities
Work At Height
Workplace Environment, Structure And Layout
Work Equipment
Young Persons
Section 11 – Continuous Improvement Plan
Continuous Improvement Plan
Health And Safety Management Review
SECTION 1 - INTRODUCTION
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
DOCUMENT REVIEW REGISTER
To ensure we comply with the requirements of the Health and Safety at Work Act and subordinate legislation, our
Health and Safety Management System will be reviewed periodically and updated when necessary.
A record of all reviews and updates will be maintained in this register.
Review Date
Completed By
TCMS Ref: HSMS 1/1/1
Details of Review
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
WHY HEALTH AND SAFETY IS IMPORTANT TO US
Injuries and ill health caused by work related accidents can be a major cause of suffering to victims, their families
and friends. As an employer we have a moral duty to do all that is reasonably practicable to prevent this.
The financial cost of work related accidents and ill health to victims, us as an organisation and to society in
general could also be very significant.
As an employer and as individuals, we also have duties under a range of health and safety legislation. These laws
require us to prevent situations that might result in occupational injury or ill health.
It is therefore in our best interests as an organisation and as individual employees to do what we can to achieve
good health and safety performance.
OUR HEALTH AND SAFETY PHILOSOPHY
We acknowledge that health and safety must be managed with the same level of expertise as other business
activities. As such, our philosophy to health and safety management starts at the most senior level. Strong
leadership and visible commitment from line management are fundamental to our success.
We understand and recognise that our employees are our most important asset and resource. Through the
principles of ownership and empowerment, we seek to proactively engage employees at all levels in order to
maximise their contribution, improve their well being and create a positive safety culture.
Our health and safety management system is a clear demonstration of our genuine commitment to action. There
is no conflict between humanitarian and commercial considerations. Profit and safety are not in competition. In
fact, our view is that heath and safety is good business.
Good health and safety performance does not happen by chance. As with all of our business objectives, it has to
be managed using a planned and systematic approach. This document identifies the structure.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 1/1/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
KEY ELEMENTS OF OUR HEALTH AND SAFETY
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
Our Health and Safety Management System is based on the principles of HSG 65 – ‘Successful Health and Safety
Management’ and consists of the following key elements.
POLICY
ORGANISING
AUDITING
PLANNING AND
IMPLEMENTING
MEASURING
PERFORMANCE
REVIEWING
PERFORMANCE
TCMS Ref: HSMS 1/1/3
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
SECTION 2 – HEALTH AND SAFETY POLICY STATEMENT
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
HEALTH AND SAFETY POLICY STATEMENT

Brecon Beacons National Park was designated in 1957 and it is a special purpose local authority
managing rights of way, visitor centres and providing National Park Warden Services and support
with education, ecology, sustainable development and the processing of local planning
applications.

Our aim is to provide a safe working environment for our employees and others who may be
affected by our activities. Compliance with legislation is the minimum acceptable standard and we
are committed to achieving the highest levels of health and safety performance through continual,
cost effective improvement.

Health and safety is an integral part of our business and has equal status to other aspects of
business performance. Appropriate financial and physical resources will therefore be provided to
implement this policy.

We recognise that successful health and safety management can only be achieved with the
support and commitment of our employees. All employees will be actively encouraged to take
ownership of health and safety and empowered to assist in decision making. Compliance with this
policy is a condition of employment.

We will ensure that this policy is implemented and maintained at all levels throughout the
organisation.

Responsibilities for health and safety are defined in our Health and Safety Management System.
The day to day management of health and safety is a responsibility of managers at all levels but
overall responsibility rests with the Chief Executive.

To assist with the implementation of our health and safety management system we have
appointed a Health and Safety Co-ordinator. External advice will also be obtained where
necessary.

To facilitate continuous improvements in health and safety standards we will identify specific
health and safety objectives. Progress towards the objectives will be closely monitored.

Periodic auditing of our Health and Safety Management System will be undertaken to ensure its
continued adequacy and effectiveness.

The company will review this policy at least annually and revise it as often as is appropriate.
Signed:
............................................................................................... John Cook
Position:
Chief Executive
Date:
...............................................................................................
TCMS Ref: HSMS 2/1/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
SECTION 3 – ORGANISATION AND RESPONSIBILITIES
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
HEALTH AND SAFETY RESPONSIBILITIES
GENERAL RESPONSIBILITIES
It is important that we are all aware of our health and safety responsibilities and know the lines of communication
that exist within the company to ensure that safety matters are dealt with effectively.
RESPONSIBILITIES OF BRECON BEACONS NATIONAL PARK
AUTHORITY
Duties to Employees and Others
The company has a general duty to ensure, so far as reasonably practicable the health, safety and welfare of all
employees and also any other person affected by our work activities, for example, visitors and contractors.
To ensure the health, safety and welfare of employees, whilst at work, the company will, so far as reasonably
practicable:

provide and maintain plant and systems of work that are safe and without risks to health

ensure the safe use, handling, storage and transport of articles and substances

provide information, instruction, training and supervision to ensure that work activities can be undertaken
safely

provide and maintain a safe place of work including safe access and egress

provide and maintain a safe working environment

provide and maintain a written safety policy and bring it, together with any revisions, to the notice of
employees

consult with employees, or their representatives on health and safety matters.
Duties as Controllers of Premises
As the organisation in control of premises used by others we will ensure, so far as reasonably practicable that:

the premises, including access and egress, are safe

any plant and substances provided for use are safe.
Duties as Designers, Manufacturers, Importers and Suppliers
As the designer, manufacturer, importer or supplier of articles or substances for use at work, the company will
take necessary steps to introduce safety measures at source, to ensure that such articles or substances are safe
and without risk to the ultimate user.
RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE
The Chief Executive has overall responsibility for health and safety and will:

provide visible and effective health and safety leadership

ensure that our Health and Safety Management System, including any changes, is implemented at all levels
throughout he organisation
TCMS Ref: HSMS 3/3/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System

ensure that the health and safety policy reflects current Board priorities

ensure that suitable resources are made available to assist with the effective development and
implementation of our health and safety management system

review the health and safety policy statement at appropriate intervals

ensure that our health and safety performance is monitored and reviewed regularly

ensure that the health and safety responsibilities of all employees are clearly defined and is a condition of
their employment

monitor the health and safety performance of individuals throughout the organisation

promote and encourage co-operation and involvement of all employees in health and safety

ensure that appropriate disciplinary procedures are followed where employees are in breach of matters
affecting health and safety.
RESPONSIBILITIES OF DIRECTORS
All Directors will:

accept their individual and collective role in providing health and safety leadership

ensure that all decisions reflect our health and safety intentions

address the health and safety implication of all business decisions

recognise their role in engaging the active participation of employees

ensure that our health and safety performance is monitored and reviewed regularly

ensure they are kept informed of, and aware of relevant health and safety issues

ensure that suitable resources are made available to assist with the effective development and
implementation of our health and safety management system

promote and encourage co-operation and involvement of all employees in health and safety

ensure that appropriate disciplinary procedures are followed where employees are in breach of matters
affecting health and safety
RESPONSIBILITIES OF LINE MANAGEMENT
All individuals with responsibility for the management and supervision of work activities will ensure that:

employees understand and implement the requirements of our Health and Safety Management System

changes in our Health and Safety Management System are brought to the attention of all employees

the requirements of our Health and Safety Management System are implemented and health and safety
standards maintained at all times

employees are encouraged to give a high level of commitment to health and safety

employees, contractors and visitors are aware of and follow our safety procedures

adequate training, information, instruction and supervision is provided to employees

health and safety issues requiring action are communicated to senior management immediately

appropriate disciplinary procedures are followed where employees are in breach of matters affecting health
and safety
TCMS Ref: HSMS 3/3/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System

effective arrangements for communication and lines of reporting are established and maintained

effective actions are taken when hazards and shortcomings are reported.
RESPONSIBILITIES OF EMPLOYEES
All employees will:

take reasonable care of their own safety and the safety of any other persons who may be affected by their
actions

co-operate with whoever necessary to enable compliance with any legal duty or requirement

use machinery, equipment, dangerous substances, transport equipment, means of production or safety
devices in accordance with training and information provided

never interfere with or misuse, intentionally or recklessly, anything provided in the interests of safety

report shortcomings in health and safety arrangements

report any serious and imminent dangers to health and safety.
RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE HEALTH AND SAFETY CO-ORDINATOR
The Health and Safety Co-ordinator will:

co-ordinate the implementation of our Health and Safety Management System

provide information and guidance to employees as necessary

liaise with Thomas, Carroll Management Services, where appropriate

monitor and review the implementation and effectiveness of our Health and Safety Management System

liaise with the Enforcing Authorities, where appropriate

monitor the effectiveness of individuals allocated with specific health and safety duties

monitor and assess our overall health and safety performance

ensure that an audit is undertaken at appropriate intervals

bring to the prompt attention of the Board any health and safety issue that requires their attention.
RESPONSIBILITIES OF THOMAS, CARROLL MANAGEMENT
SERVICES
Thomas, Carroll Management Services have been appointed to assist us in meeting our health and safety
obligations and will:

by agreement, investigate any accidents or incidents

undertake health and safety performance reviews, at agreed intervals

provide a telephone advisory and technical support service

provide health and safety training to nominated individuals, as agreed

provide legislative updates following changes in health and safety law.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 3/3/3
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
RESPONSIBILITIES OF CONTRACTORS
Where contractors undertake work on our premises or on our behalf, they will be required to:

comply with the requirements of our Health and Safety Management System, in particular the provision of
relevant health and safety information

appoint an individual with overall responsibility whilst the work is being undertaken

take reasonable care of their own safety and the safety of any other persons who may be affected by their
actions

undertake their work in accordance with the agreed risk assessments, methods of working and relevant
statutory provisions

co-operate with Brecon Beacons National Park Authority to ensure that effective health and safety
arrangements are established and implemented

comply with all safety rules and instructions provided

notify the company immediately of any changes in work methods, risk assessments, work equipment,
materials or personnel during the work

communicate closely with Brecon Beacons National Park Authority during the work and report any hazards or
shortcomings

never interfere with or misuse, intentionally or recklessly, anything provided in the interests of safety.
RESPONSIBILITIES OF VISITORS
Visitors to our premises will be required to:

comply with the requirements of our Health and Safety Management System

take reasonable care of their own safety and the safety of any other persons who may be affected by their
actions

notify the company of any special requirements needed before the visit

co-operate with Brecon Beacons National Park Authority on all matters relating to health and safety

follow all safety rules and instructions provided

report any hazards or shortcomings

never interfere with or misuse, intentionally or recklessly, anything provided in the interests of safety.
SPECIFIC RESPONSIBILITIES
In addition to the general responsibilities, a number of individuals have also been allocated specific
responsibilities to ensure that health and safety standards are implemented and maintained within their areas of
control. These specific responsibilities are identified in the Specific Responsibility Matrix and also in the relevant
risk assessment.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 3/3/4
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Person Responsible

HR Manager
IT Manager
Director of Countryside
√
Director of Planning
√
√
Chief Executive
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
TCMS Ref: HSMS 3/3/1

√
√
√
√
√
√
Version: 01/07
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
Date: 27.04.2010
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
Young Persons
Workplace Structure and Layout
Work Equipment
Work Environment
Work at Height
Woodworking Machinery
Welfare Facilities
Visitors
Vibration
Training
Temporary Staff
Safety Signs and Signals
Risk Assessments / Safe Working Procedures
Pressure Systems
Personal Protective Equipment
Permits to Work
Noise
New and Expectant Mothers
Mobile Work Equipment
Manual Handling
Lifting Equipment
Introduction of New Plant, Equipment and Substances
Information for Employees
Housekeeping
Hazardous Substances
Gas Safety
First Aid
Fire
Emergency Procedures
Electricity
Display Screen Equipment
Contractors
Consultation
Asbestos
Adverse Event Reporting and Investigation
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
SPECIFIC RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX
Responsibility For
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
HEALTH AND SAFETY MANAGEMENT STRUCTURE
Health and safety management is an integral function of all employees at all levels and fits with our organisational structure for lines of reporting, responsibility and
communication.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 3/3/3
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
TCMS Ref: HSMS 3/3/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
TCMS Ref: HSMS 4/1/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
TCMS Ref: HSMS 4/1/3
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
TCMS Ref: HSMS 4/1/4
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
TCMS Ref: HSMS 4/1/5
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
TCMS Ref: HSMS 4/1/6
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
TCMS Ref: HSMS 4/1/7
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
TCMS Ref: HSMS 4/1/8
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
TCMS Ref: HSMS 4/1/9
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
SECTION 4 - RISK ASSESSMENTS
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
RISK ASSESSMENTS
RELEVANT LEGISLATION

Health and Safety at Work Act

Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations

Control of Substances Hazardous to Health Regulations

Fire Safety Regulatory Reform Order

Manual Handling Operations Regulations

Health and Safety (Display Screen Equipment) Regulations

Noise at Work Regulations

Personal Protective Equipment Regulations
POLICY
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority recognises that some of its work activities may, unless properly
controlled, create a risk to employees and others and will undertake an assessment of the risk in order to reduce
these risks to the lowest level reasonably practicable. Consideration will be given to every foreseeable situation in
which exposure might occur. The potential consequences of foreseeable emergencies will also be assessed.
ARRANGEMENTS
General and Specific Risk Assessments
Where significant hazards associated with our workplace activities exist, Brecon Beacons National Park Authority
will ensure that ‘suitable and sufficient’ risk assessments are undertaken and communicated to those individuals
at risk. These risk assessments will include both general and where appropriate specific risk assessments.
Competency
Risk assessments will be carried out by persons who are competent to do so. In some cases (i.e. where the
competence does not exist within the organisation) it may be necessary to involve external specialists.
Risk Assessment Register
A register of all work activities or locations that require assessment will be prepared and maintained up to date.
Hazard Identification
All significant hazards arising out of our work activities and environment will be identified.
Identifying Who Could Be Harmed and How
All individuals who may be at risk of exposure to the significant hazards will be identified including employees,
contractors, visitors and members of the public. Specific groups of workers who could be particularly at risk, such
as young or inexperienced workers, new and expectant mothers, night workers, home workers, those who work
alone and disabled staff will also be considered. The company will also identify how harm to the individuals can
occur.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 4/1/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Evaluating the Risks
The following risk estimation matrix will be used to evaluate the level of risk presented by each significant hazard
identified.
SEVERITY
LIKELIHOOD
SLIGHTLY HARMFUL
HARMFUL
EXTREMELY HARMFUL
HIGHLY
UNLIKELY
Trivial Risk
Low Risk
Moderate Risk
UNLIKELY
Low Risk
Moderate Risk
Substantial Risk
LIKELY
Moderate Risk
Substantial Risk
High Risk
Workplace Precautions
Risk assessments will evaluate the adequacy of existing precautions to reduce the risk to the lowest level
reasonably practicable. Additional precautions will also be identified and implemented, where appropriate.
Signing And Dating The Assessment
The risk assessment will be signed and dated by the competent person undertaking the assessment.
Information, Instruction and Training
Employees will be informed of the risks to which they might be exposed and the precautions that should be taken
to avoid risk, including any precautions or actions to be taken in an emergency. Training will be provided to
include the correct use of precautions, protective clothing, equipment, hygiene measures, etc. as required.
Regular refresher training will also be provided.
Monitoring
The person with overall responsibility for ensuring that the workplace precautions are implemented correctly and
remain effective will be identified as part of the assessment. To achieve this regular monitoring will be undertaken
and records maintained for at least 5 years.
Review and Revision
Risk assessments will be reviewed and, if necessary, revised if there is:

a change in legislation

a change in workplace precautions

any significant change in the work carried out

transfer to new technology

any other reason to suspect that the original assessment is no longer valid or could be improved.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 4/1/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
RECORDS
Records will be kept of:

risk assessments, including any revisions undertaken

information, instruction and training provided

monitoring activities.
FURTHER INFORMATION
For further information please refer to:

Employee Safety Handbook
TCMS Ref: HSMS 4/1/3
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
SECTION 5 - ARRANGEMENTS
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
ADVERSE EVENT INVESTIGATION
RELEVANT LEGISLATION

Health and Safety at Work Act

Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous Occurrences Regulations (RIDDOR)
POLICY
It is the policy of Brecon Beacons National Park Authority to investigate all adverse events that either result in
injury or ill health. It is also our policy to investigate all adverse events that might potentially have resulted in
injury, ill health or damage to property, plant or equipment (near misses). This will enable us to learn from these
events in order to prevent a re-occurrence.
ARRANGEMENTS
Adverse Event Investigation Report
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority will ensure that all adverse events are fully investigated as soon as
possible following the incident and an Adverse Event Investigation Report prepared. When completed, a copy of
the report will, if appropriate, be sent either to the injured person(s) or to the person reporting the adverse event.
Risk Control Action Plan
The company recognises, it is important that specific actions are identified that deal with the immediate,
underlying and root causes of an adverse event. Any short or long term remedial actions identified as part of the
investigation will be recorded on a Risk Control Action Plan.
Review
A suitable date will be set for review of the Risk Control Action Plan to ensure that all recommendations have
been implemented.
Where appropriate, the relevant risk assessments and safe working procedures will be reviewed and updated to
include the remedial actions identified as part of the investigation.
RECORDS
Records will be kept of:

adverse event investigation report and risk control action plans

medical records (observing rules of confidentiality)

details of safe working procedures and risk assessments current at the time of the accident

copies of safe working procedure registers and evidence of communication

training records relevant to the accident

maintenance records relevant to the accident

inspection records relevant to the accident
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/010/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System

statutory examinations and tests

any other document required by statute that might be relevant to the accident.
FURTHER INFORMATION
For further information please refer to:

Employee Safety Handbook

Health and Safety Guidance.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/010/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
ADVERSE EVENT REPORTING
RELEVANT LEGISLATION

Health and Safety at Work Act

Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous Occurrences Regulations (RIDDOR)

Social Security (Claims and Payments) Regulations
POLICY
It is the policy of Brecon Beacons National Park Authority to record all adverse events that result in injury or ill
health and also those that might potentially have resulted in injury, ill health or damage to property, plant or
equipment (near misses). It is also our policy to report all accidents, diseases and dangerous occurrences as
required by the Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous Occurrences Regulations (RIDDOR).
ARRANGEMENTS
Adverse Event Report
An Adverse Event Report will be completed by a responsible person, as soon as possible following every workrelated accident and incident that occurs.
Accident Book
An Accident Book (BI 510) will be kept to record details of all injuries incurred at work. This document will be fully
completed as soon as possible, either by the injured person or a responsible individual on his/her behalf.
Reporting to the Enforcing Authority (RIDDOR)
A responsible person will ensure that a report is made to the Enforcing Authority, within the appropriate
timescales, as a result of the following events arising from or in connection with our work:

Death or major injury

Over three day injury

Dangerous Occurrence

Occupational Disease
Incidents will be reported by any of the following routes:
Telephone:
0845 3009923
Internet:
by completing the relevant form on http://www.riddor.gov.uk
Form:
by completing the relevant hard copy form and sending:
By fax:
0845 3009924
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/010/3
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
By post to:
Incident Contact Centre
Caerphilly Business Park
Caerphilly
CF83 3GG
RECORDS
Records will be kept of:

accident book (BI 510)

completed forms F2508/F2508A (report to Enforcing Authority)

adverse event reports.
FURTHER INFORMATION
For further information please refer to:

Employee Safety Handbook

Health and Safety Guidance.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/010/4
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
ASBESTOS MANAGEMENT
RELEVANT LEGISLATION

Health and Safety at Work Act

Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations

Control of Asbestos Regulations
POLICY
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority recognises the health hazards arising from exposure to asbestos and will
protect employees and other persons exposed to asbestos as far as is reasonably practicable by the use of
effective control measures and safe methods of working.
ARRANGEMENTS
Identification of Asbestos
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority will take reasonable steps to identify the presence, location, nature and
condition of asbestos or asbestos containing materials. Where appropriate, this will involve a survey of the
premises by a competent person. Unless there is strong evidence to confirm otherwise, all materials will be
presumed to contain asbestos.
A written record of the location and condition of asbestos or asbestos containing material will be maintained and
kept up to date.
Risk Assessment
Where the presence of asbestos has been confirmed, a risk assessment will be undertaken by a competent
person and a corresponding safe working procedure developed.
Asbestos Management Plan
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority will prepare and implement an asbestos management plan to ensure
that:

Any material known or suspected of containing asbestos is not disturbed and kept in a good state of repair

Any material known or suspected of containing asbestos is either repaired or removed where there is an
increased risk due to it’s location and condition

Information, instruction and training on the location, condition and workplace precautions to be followed is
provided to anyone potentially at risk.
The asbestos management plan will be reviewed at appropriate intervals to ensure that it is being implemented
correctly and remains valid.
Asbestos Removal
Where appropriate, Brecon Beacons National Park Authority will ensure that any contractor appointed to carry out
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/020/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
the removal of asbestos or asbestos containing material is competent and licensed by the Health and Safety
Executive.
Monitoring
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority will ensure that the condition of any asbestos or asbestos containing
material is monitored at appropriate intervals. Workplace monitoring, to determine the concentration of airborne
fibres, will also be undertaken if the risk assessment identifies it as being necessary.
RECORDS
Records will be kept of the following:

location and condition of asbestos or presumed asbestos

results of any surveys or sampling undertaken

results of workplace monitoring

risk assessments undertaken

information and training provided.
FURTHER INFORMATION
For further information please refer to:

Employee Safety Handbook

Risk Assessments

Health and Safety Guidance.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/020/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
CONSULTATION WITH EMPLOYEES
LEGISLATION

Health and Safety at Work Act

Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations

Health and Safety (Consultation with Employees) Regulations

Safety Representatives and Safety Committees Regulations
POLICY
It is the policy of Brecon Beacons National Park Authority to consult with employees or their representatives on
health and safety matters and to provide any assistance that might reasonably be required for their involvement to
be effective.
ARRANGEMENTS
Appointment of Representatives
Where safety representatives have not been appointed by a recognised trade union, the company will consult
directly with employees or encourage groups of employees to elect ‘Representatives of Employee Safety’.
Employees will be notified of the names of representatives together with details of the area/group of employees
they represent.
Matters Requiring Consultation
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority will consult directly with employees or representatives on:

the introduction of any measure that will affect the health and safety of employees

the arrangements for appointing/nominating persons to assist Brecon Beacons National Park Authority in
complying with relevant legislation, and to assist in emergency procedures

the provision of information to employees as required under health and safety legislation

the planning and organisation of training to be provided to employees under health and safety legislation

the health and safety consequences of introducing new technologies into the workplace.
Provision of Information
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority will provide safety representatives with all the relevant health and safety
information necessary and co-operate fully in order for them to perform their functions effectively.
Provision of Training and Facilities
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority will ensure that representatives are provided with appropriate training,
facilities and time off to perform their functions effectively.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/060/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
Health and Safety Committee
Where appropriate, Brecon Beacons National Park Authority will establish a health and safety committee which
will meet at appropriate intervals. Minutes of all meetings will be recorded and maintained.
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority will ensure that a notice is clearly displayed outlining the:

composition of the committee

workplace covered by the committee.
A programme of dates for safety committee meetings will be established and posted together with a copy of the
minutes taken.
RECORDS
Records will be kept of:

the appointment of all representatives and the area/group of employees represented

training of representatives

information provided to employees or their safety representatives

reports made by safety representatives following inspections etc.

records of all consultation

details of the safety committee, including attendees, agendas, action plans, minutes etc
FURTHER INFORMATION
For further information please refer to:

Employee Safety Handbook

Health and Safety Guidance.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/060/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
CONTROL OF CONTRACTORS
LEGISLATION

Health and Safety at Work Act

Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations
POLICY
It is the policy of Brecon Beacons National Park Authority to ensure the health and safety not only of our
employees but also the health and safety of the contractors we employ. As contractors could potentially place at
risk the health and safety of our own employees (or employees of other contractors), we will take all reasonable
steps to ensure that any work is undertaken in a safe and competent manner.
Note: This section does not address the requirements of the Construction (Design and Management) Regulations.
ARRANGEMENTS
Responsible Person
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority will appoint an individual to have overall responsibility for co-ordinating
health and safety aspects of work carried out by contractors.
Planning the Work
The responsible person will ensure that all work undertaken by contractors is clearly defined, including the risks to
the contractor’s employees whilst working on our premises and the workplace precautions required. This
information will be provided to all potential contractors to ensure that appropriate health and safety provisions are
included in their tender submissions.
Selecting a Contractor
The company will take all reasonable steps to ensure that contractors are competent and have the necessary
resources to undertake the work safely. This will include the provision of relevant health and safety information
and the satisfactorily completion of our ‘Health and Safety Questionnaire’.
Communication
The responsible person will take the necessary steps to ensure that appropriate information is exchanged
between the company and the contractor in order that health and safety procedures, arrangements, site rules,
methods of working and risk assessments are agreed and understood before work commences.
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority will ensure that contractors:

undergo induction training before commencing work and :

are instructed to notify the company of any changes which may affect health and safety, such as changes in
the methods of working or personnel on site.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/070/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
Contract Documents
Where appropriate, Brecon Beacons National Park Authority will ensure that health and safety requirements and
standards are included in the conditions of contract with contractors.
Monitoring
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority will undertake adequate monitoring to ensure that the contractor follows
all health and safety rules and procedures. Where unsafe practices are observed, the contractor will be contacted
immediately and, if appropriate, instructed to cease work or take other precautions.
Safety performance
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority will review the safety performance of all contractors on completion of the
work.
RECORDS
Records will be kept of:

information issued to potential contractors

contractors safety plans or method statements

completed Contractors Health and Safety Questionnaire

completed Contractors Safety Information form

contractual documents

minutes of meetings with contractors

any specific health and safety related arrangements agreed with the contractor

monitoring activities and their finding.
FURTHER INFORMATION
For further information please refer to:

Employee Safety Handbook

Health and Safety Guidance.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/070/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
DISPLAY SCREEN EQUIPMENT
LEGISLATION

Health and Safety at Work Act

Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations

Health and Safety (Display Screen Equipment) Regulations

Health and Safety (Miscellaneous Amendments) Regulations
POLICY
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority recognises that the prolonged and frequent use of display screen
equipment can result in a range ill health conditions and will therefore take the necessary precautions to reduce
the risk to the lowest level reasonably practicable.
ARRANGEMENTS
Risk Assessment
A risk assessment of display screen equipment workstations used by ‘users’ (i.e. employees who habitually use
display screen equipment as a normal part of their work) will be undertaken by a competent person and a
corresponding safe working procedure developed.
Minimum Workstation Requirements
Minimum workstation requirements will be considered as part of the risk assessment and consideration will be
given to the actual equipment, work environment and computer/user interface.
Daily Work Routine of Users
To prevent prolonged uninterrupted use of display screen equipment, the activities of users will be planned so that
appropriate breaks or changes of activity are included in their daily work routine.
Provision of Eye and Eyesight Testing and Corrective Spectacles
Users (or those who are to become users of display screen equipment) will be entitled, upon request, to an eye
and eyesight test by an ophthalmic optician, the cost of which will be paid by the company.
Where corrective spectacles are prescribed, for an employee specifically for display screen equipment work, then
the company will pay the minimum cost of obtaining suitable lenses and a standard frame.
The company will specify that a particular company or professional provides such tests and any spectacles that
may be required.
Information and Training
All users, or those who are to become users of display screen equipment will be provided with appropriate
information and training.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/110/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
RECORDS
Records will be kept of:

workstation risk assessments and safe working procedures

arrangements made for the provision of eye and eyesight tests

provision of corrective spectacles

information and training provided.
FURTHER INFORMATION
For further information please refer to:

Employee Safety Handbook

Risk Assessments and Safe Working Procedures

Health and Safety Guidance.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/110/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
ELECTRICITY
LEGISLATION

Health and Safety at Work Act

Consumer Protection Act

Electricity at Work Regulations

Electrical Equipment (Safety) Regulations
POLICY
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority recognises that the use, operation and maintenance of electrical
equipment can be hazardous and will ensure all reasonable steps are taken to reduce the risks, as far as is
practicable.
ARRANGEMENTS
Risk Assessment
A risk assessment of the hazards arising from any work activity that might expose any persons to danger from
electricity will be undertaken by a competent person and a corresponding safe working procedure developed.
Systems, Work Activities and Protective Equipment
All electrical systems will be constructed and maintained so as to prevent danger at all times, so far as is
reasonably practicable.
Work activities including the operation, use and maintenance of a system and any work near a system will be
carried out in such a way as not to give rise to danger.
The company will ensure that any personal protective equipment will be suitable for its intended use, well
maintained and properly used.
Portable appliance testing will form part of the maintenance programme required to ensure electrical systems do
not become dangerous.
Electrical equipment will be CE marked, where applicable.
Strength and Capability of Electrical Equipment
Electrical equipment will not be used where it’s strength and capability may be exceeded in such a way as to give
rise to danger.
Adverse or Hazardous Environments
Electrical equipment will be constructed, or as necessary protected to prevent, so far as is reasonably practicable,
danger arising from the environment in which it is used.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/120/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
Insulation, Protection and Positioning of Conductors
All electrical conductors in a system that may give rise to danger will be either suitably insulated or other
precautions taken to prevent danger.
Earthing or other Suitable Precautions
Suitable precautions will be taken to prevent danger where it is foreseeable that conductive materials may
become electrically charged, either as a result of the use of an electrical system, or as a result of a fault.
Integrity of Referenced Conductors
Suitable precautions will be taken where there are interruptions to the electrical continuity, or where high
impedance is introduced, to a referenced circuit conductor (i.e. circuit conductor connected to earth or some other
reference point) that may give rise to danger.
Means of Protecting from Excess Current
Suitably located and efficient means of protecting all parts of a system against foreseeable excess currents i.e.
faults, overloads, short circuiting etc will be provided.
Connection
All joints and/or connectors, whether temporary or permanent, used in an electrical system, will be mechanically
and electrically suitable.
Means for Cutting off the Supply and Isolation
To prevent danger, suitable means will be available for cutting off the supply of electrical energy to any electrical
equipment and for the isolation of electrical equipment.
Precautions for Work on Equipment Made Dead
Adequate precautions will be taken to prevent ‘dead’ equipment from becoming electrically charged while work is
carried out on or near that equipment.
Maintenance
All electrical systems will be maintained so as to prevent, so far as is reasonably practicable, danger. This will be
achieved by carrying out routine safety testing, and where practicable, visual inspections at appropriate intervals.
Safe Systems of Work
Safe systems of work will be developed for the maintenance, inspection or testing of electrical equipment. Specific
requirements will be determined by the relevant risk assessment.
Work On or Near Live Conductors
Live working (including fault finding and testing) will not be undertaken unless:

it is unreasonable to isolate the conductors from sources of energy, and

it is absolutely necessary to carry out the work ‘live’ and suitable precautions are taken.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/120/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
Working Space, Access and Lighting
Adequate working space, adequate means of access and adequate lighting will be provided at all electrical
equipment on which work is being done.
Permit to Work
As identified by the relevant risk assessment a permit to work system will be used in respect of electrical work.
Information and Training
Where appropriate, all persons who carry out electrical work will be competent to do so or will be adequately
supervised.
Persons carrying out work on electrical equipment, circuits or installations will be provided with appropriate
information and instruction relating to safety aspects of the electrical equipment.
Users of portable and transportable equipment will be trained to check before use for visible defects to plugs and
leads, etc.
Emergency Resuscitation and First Aid
Notices or placards giving details of emergency resuscitation procedures in case of electric shock will be sited at
high risk areas.
RECORDS
Records will be kept of:

contractor's safety information

risk assessments and safe working procedures

copies of safe systems of work and any permits to work

details of fixed electrical installations including modifications

inspections and tests of fixed installations and portable appliances

matters relevant to personal competence

personal protective equipment provided

information and training provided.
FURTHER INFORMATION
For further information please refer to:

Employee Safety Handbook

Risk assessments and safe working procedures

Health and Safety Guidance
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/120/3
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
LEGISLATION

Health and Safety at Work Act

Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations
POLICY
Although the risks posed by our work activities will be reduced to the lowest level reasonably practicable, Brecon
Beacons National Park Authority recognise that foreseeable, major incidents could still occur and have
catastrophic consequences. In the event of such an incident the company will develop and implement appropriate
emergency procedures to ensure that injury and damage is limited.
ARRANGEMENTS
Identification of Major Incidents
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority will identify all foreseeable major incidents for which emergency
procedures will be needed.
Emergency Plan
Emergency plans will be prepared and communicated to all those effected. The plans will cover:

Means of raising the alarm

Means of escape and evacuation

Assembly points

Summoning emergency services
Consideration will be given to night and shift working, weekend working and closures for holidays, where
applicable.
Responsible Persons
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority will appoint persons to be responsible for specific procedures in the
event of an emergency situation (plus deputies to cover holiday or sick leave).
Contact With External Services
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority will take suitable steps to ensure that external services can be contacted
as quickly as possible in the event of an emergency.
Emergency Access
All access routes for emergency services and all escape routes will be adequately signed and kept clear at all
times.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/130/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
Evacuation Drills
Emergency evacuation drills will be undertaken at appropriate intervals and records maintained. To assist in the
event of an evacuation, an up to date register for all employees will be readily accessible to key personnel.
Emergency Equipment
All emergency equipment will be inspected and where necessary tested at appropriate intervals. Records of all
inspections and tests will be maintained.
Signage
Important items such as shut-off valves, electrical isolators and fire points or equipment will be clearly labelled and
signed.
Information and Training
Training in emergency procedures will be provided for all employees, plus specialist training for those with specific
responsibilities.
Review
The emergency plan will be reviewed at regular intervals and following any major change in process, plant and
personnel and updated where necessary.
RECORDS
Records will be kept of:

emergency procedures/ plans including Business Continuity Plans / Disaster Recovery Plans

responsibilities of individuals with specific duties

drawings/ plans of the premises

inspection and testing of emergency equipment

details of emergency evacuation drills and any other relevant training provided.
FURTHER INFORMATION
For further information please refer to:

Employee Safety Handbook

Health and Safety Guidance .
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/130/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
FIRE
LEGISLATION

Health and Safety at Work Act

Regulatory Reform (Fire Safety) Order

Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations
POLICY
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority recognises the risk to which employees and others on our premises may
be exposed in the event of a fire. It is the policy of the company to reduce these risks to the lowest level that is
reasonably practicable and to comply with all relevant laws relating to fire safety.
ARRANGEMENTS
Competent Person
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority will appoint one or more competent person(s) to ensure that appropriate
fire prevention and fire protective measures are implemented.
Competent persons will be required to:

Carry out fire duties

Make contact with emergency services

Assist in evacuations
Risk Assessment
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority will ensure that fire risk assessments are undertaken by a competent
person and corresponding safe working procedure(s) developed.
Consultation and Co-Operation
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority will consult with employees on fire safety matters. Employees will also be
advised of their responsibility to co-operate effectively to help ensure that we comply with our statutory duties.
Where appropriate, Brecon Beacons National Park Authority will co-operate with other responsible persons who
share our premises and take reasonable steps to co-ordinate the safety measures required, including the
provision of relevant information.
Dangerous Substances
As far as reasonably practicable, Brecon Beacons National Park Authority will ensure that any dangerous,
flammable or hazardous substances is eliminated or substituted with a less hazardous alternative.
Where this is not reasonably practicable, appropriate steps will be implemented, as identified in the fire risk
assessment and relevant to the nature of the activity or the operation, to:
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/140/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System

Control the risk, and

Mitigate the detrimental effects of a fire
Fire Detection
A fire detection system appropriate for the nature and size of the building will be provided, maintained and tested
in accordance with the relevant standard and records kept.
Emergency Routes and Exits
Adequate means of escape (as determined by risk assessment or building legislation) will be provided and be
available for use at all times. No sliding or revolving doors will form part of the escape route and all doors will open
in the direction of the escape. Emergency routes will be of adequate size, appropriately signed and provided with
emergency lighting.
Means of Fighting Fire
Suitable fire fighting equipment will be provided, maintained and inspected in accordance with the relevant
standards. Appropriate training will be given to staff who may use the equipment. Untrained employees will not be
permitted to use fire-fighting equipment.
Procedures For Serious And Imminent Danger
Suitable emergency procedures, including fire drills will be developed and undertaken at appropriate intervals.
Records of the drill including any difficulties encountered will be recorded.
Where appropriate, the emergency procedures will include any specific measures necessary in respect of
dangerous substances.
Designated assembly points will be identified in safe locations and clearly marked with the appropriate sign.
A person responsible for co-ordinating the fire evacuation drill will be appointed and will ensure that a register of
all occupants (including contractors and visitors) is available. At the end of the drill a roll call will be undertaken to
ensure all occupants have evacuated safely.
The responsible person will ensure that no person is able to gain access to any restricted area(s) unless that
person has received appropriate safety instructions.
In the event of an emergency, suitable means of contacting the emergency services will be established, including
the provision of relevant information about dangerous substances where appropriate.
Signs and Notices
Appropriate signs and notices will be provided to:

Give appropriate instructions to employees to follow in the event of a fire

Indicate the position of fire extinguishers

Indicate emergency routes and exits
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/140/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
Information and Training
Information and training will be provided to all relevant parties, including employees, visitors, contractors etc on:

the risks identified as part of the assessment

fire prevention and fire protection measures

use of fire extinguishers (designated employees, where appropriate)

evacuation procedures

the names of competent person(s)

risks presented and precautions necessary by other users of the premises.
Training will be provided to employees on commencement of their employment and periodically thereafter as
refresher training.
Where the employee is a child, appropriate information will be provided to the child’s parent or guardian.
Clear and relevant information will also be provided to the employers of any temporary workers on how the safety
of their employees will be protected in the event of a fire.
Maintenance of Safety Measures and Equipment
All fire safety measures and equipment will be maintained in effective working order. Appropriate
inspection/maintenance/test programmes will be implemented for:

fire doors, corridors and staircases

fire detection and alarm systems

fire fighting equipment

notices and emergency lighting

any other fire safety measure or equipment

emergency plans and procedures.
RECORDS
Records will be kept of:

name(s) and location(s) of competent person(s)

risk assessments and safe working procedures

information and training provided

fire evacuation drills

maintenance of safety measures and equipment, including installation certificates where appropriate.
FURTHER INFORMATION
For further information please refer to:
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/140/3
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System

Employee Safety Handbook

Fire Risk Assessment(s) and Safe Working Procedures

Health and Safety Guidance.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/140/4
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
FIRST AID
LEGISLATION

Health and Safety at Work Act

Health and Safety (First Aid) Regulations
POLICY
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority recognises the importance of the immediate treatment of injuries or ill
health to employees following an accident at work in order to safe lives and speed recovery. It is the policy of the
company to make appropriate provisions for first aid in order to comply with the relevant legislation.
ARRANGEMENTS
Number of First Aiders and/or Appointed Persons
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority will ensure an adequate number of qualified first aiders and/ or appointed
persons are provided at all times.
Training of First Aiders and/or Appointed Persons
First aiders and appointed persons will be trained by an organisation approved by the HSE. Suitable refresher
training will also be provided at appropriate intervals.
Identification of First Aiders and/or Appointed Persons
The names and location of first aiders and/or appointed persons will be displayed in appropriate places throughout
the workplace.
Equipment and Facilities
An adequate number of first aid boxes will be provided for use by trained first aiders only. First aid boxes will be
clearly marked with a white cross on a green background.
All first aid boxes will be stocked in accordance with the minimum quantities listed in the Approved Code of
Practice.
First aid boxes will be properly maintained and the contents replenished when necessary.
Additional first aid facilities and equipment will also be provided as identified by the relevant risk assessment.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/150/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
RECORDS
Records will be kept of:

names and locations of first aiders and/or appointed persons

training records and/or certificates of all first aiders/ competent persons

details of first aid facilities and equipment provided

first aid treatment provided.
FURTHER INFORMATION
For further information please refer to:

Employee Safety Handbook

Health and Safety Guidance.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/150/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
GAS SAFETY
LEGISLATION

Health and Safety at Work Act

Gas Act

Gas Safety Regulations

Gas Safety (Rights of Entry) Regulations

Gas Safety (Installation and Use) Regulations

Gas Safety (Management) Regulations

Gas Cooking Appliances (Safety) Regulations

Gas Appliances (Safety) Regulations

Building Regulations

Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous Occurrences Regulations

Dangerous Substances and Explosive Atmospheres Regulations
POLICY
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority recognise that the installation, storage, operation and maintenance of
gas and gas fittings can be hazardous and will ensure all reasonable steps are taken to reduce the risks, as far as
reasonably practicable.
ARRANGEMENTS
Risk Assessment
A risk assessment of the risks arising from any work activity that might expose any persons to danger from gas will
be undertaken by a competent person and corresponding safe working procedure(s) developed.
Responsible Person
A responsible person will be appointed to ensure that the installation, storage, operation and maintenance of gas
and gas fittings is only undertaken by competent persons. The responsible person will also keep adequate records
and take charge in any emergency situation.
Competent Persons
Work will only be undertaken on a gas fitting or a gas installation by persons deemed to be competent by the
Confederation of Registered Gas Installers (CORGI).
Gas Fittings
Work on gas fittings will only be undertaken by competent persons who will be required to ensure:

the use of suitable and adequate materials
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/160/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System

prohibitions on the use of lead, lead alloy or non-metallic pipes or pipe fittings

appropriate level of workmanship to defined standards are achieved

general safety precautions as identified in the appropriate risk assessment are followed.
Gas Meters
Any gas meters on the premises will be constructed and located so that they do not interfere with any emergency
escape, create any other risks from electrical apparatus and allow ready access for inspection, maintenance,
testing and purging.
Gas Pipework
All pipework used for carrying gas will, where necessary, be safely enclosed and labelled. Adequate means will be
provided to safely isolate and purge pipework when required and testing for leaks and loss of pressure etc will
regularly be undertaken by competent persons.
Gas Appliances
Gas appliances will be constructed so that they are safe when used correctly and carry the appropriate warning
notices that emphasise the need for sufficient ventilation. Suitable instructions for their safe use will be available
together with a valid EC type-examination certificate or a corresponding certificate of approval.
Maintenance
All gas appliances, along with associated pipework and flues, will be maintained in a safe condition by competent
persons and appropriate records maintained.
Gas Escapes
A competent person will immediately investigate all suspected gas escapes and will ensure that all necessary
action is taken to prevent and control such escapes should they occur.
Emergency Procedures
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority will ensure that emergency procedures, outlining the steps to be taken in
the event of a gas leak, are developed and clearly displayed.
General Safety Precautions
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority will ensure that:

all necessary steps are taken to prevent the escape of gas

no gas fittings are left unattended unless every incomplete gasway has been sealed and is gas tight or the
gas fitting is otherwise safe

every disconnected gas pipe has had every outlet sealed off with an appropriate fitting

no persons smoke while carrying out gas fitting

no sources of ignition are used by anyone searching for a gas escape

where work is carried out that may have affected the tightness of the gas supply system, those carrying out
the work test the system for gas tightness
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/160/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System

all gas fittings are properly supported and protected

no foreign bodies are allowed to block or interfere with the operation of a gas fitting, unless the gas inlet has
been fitted with a filter

no gas fittings will be exposed to corrosive substances, unless that fitting is constructed of corrosive-resistant
materials.
Permit To Work
In specified circumstances (identified by risk assessment), a permit to work system will be used. Where the need
for a permit is specified, work will not commence until the permit has been issued.
Information and Training
Only competent persons will be permitted to carry out work on gas appliances, fittings, pipework, storage
containers or installations.
RECORDS
Records will be kept of:

Risk assessments and safe working procedures

Name and location of responsible person

Training records of competent persons

maintenance and testing carried out

Information and training provided.
FURTHER INFORMATION
For further information please refer to:

Employee Safety Handbook

Risk Assessments and Safe Working Procedures

Health and Safety Guidance
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/160/3
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES
LEGISLATION

Health and Safety at Work Act

Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations

Control of Substances Hazardous to Health Regulations
POLICY
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority will take all reasonable steps to identify circumstances in which
employees and others might be exposed to hazardous substances as a result of our work activities and will
eliminate or adequately control such exposure.
ARRANGEMENTS
Risk Assessment
A risk assessment will be undertaken by a competent person of all activities liable to expose employees and
others to hazardous substances and corresponding safe working procedures developed.
Prevention or Control of Exposure
The company will ensure that the exposure of employees to hazardous substances is either prevented by or
where this is not reasonably practicable, adequately controlled.
Use, Maintenance, Examination and Test of Control Measures
The company will take all reasonable steps to ensure that control measures provided are properly used,
maintained in an efficient state, in efficient working order and in good repair.
Examination and testing of control measures will be undertaken at suitable intervals and records kept for
inspection for 5 years.
Monitoring Exposure
Suitable monitoring will be undertaken where employees are exposed to hazardous substances and it is
necessary to ensure that adequate control of their exposure is maintained.
Health Surveillance
Suitable health surveillance will be provided, where appropriate, to protect the health of employees.
Plans for Dealing with Accidents and Emergencies
Where our work activities give rise to a risk of an accident, incident or emergency that goes beyond the risk
associated with the normal day to day use of the hazardous substances, an emergency plan will be prepared and
communicated to those effected.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/170/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Information and Instruction and Training
Employees who may be exposed to hazardous substances will be provided with sufficient information, instruction
and training.
RECORDS
Records will be kept of:

risk assessments and safe working procedures

thorough examination and tests of control measures

maintenance and inspection of control measures

monitoring of exposure at the workplace

health records (where health surveillance is required)

information and training provided.
FURTHER INFORMATION
For further information please refer to:

Employee Safety Handbook

Risk Assessments and Safe Working Procedures

Health and Safety Guidance.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/170/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
HOUSEKEEPING
LEGISLATION

Health and Safety at Work Act

Workplace (Health, Safety and Welfare) Regulations

Environmental Protection Act

Control of Pollution (Amendment) Act

Special Waste Regulations

Water Industry Act

Control of Asbestos at Work Regulations
POLICY
Poor standards of housekeeping are a common cause of accidents at work and can create unnecessary fire
hazards. Low standards often result from poor working practices and/or organisational deficiencies within the
workplace. Brecon Beacons National Park Authority recognises the need to ensure that the highest possible
standards of housekeeping are achieved in accordance with our commitment to providing a safe place of work.
ARRANGEMENTS
Risk Assessment
The risks presented by poor housekeeping standards will be identified as part of the appropriate risk assessment
and suitable workplace precautions implemented.
Waste Materials
Waste materials will not be allowed to accumulate and spills cleaned up immediately. Combustible waste will be
kept away from ignition sources.
Suitable receptacles for the collection of waste will be provided throughout the workplace. Each container will
clearly display the type of waste that it is designed to hold.
Waste containers will be emptied regularly and removed by an authorised person.
Storage Facilities
Appropriate storage areas will be defined within the workplace. Articles and substances will be stored in defined
areas at all times.
Hazardous Waste
Suitable arrangements will be made for the disposal of hazardous waste. Where appropriate a waste transfer note
will be completed and handed to the waste carrier or disposal body.
Movement of special waste will be pre notified to the Environment Agency and the appropriate consignment note
completed. Arrangements for the removal of special waste will be made in association with the Waste Regulation
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/190/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Authority or a competent and licensed contractor.
Arrangements for disposal of liquid, other than normal effluent, will be made with a competent and licensed
company.
Employees will be supplied with any personal protective equipment necessary for the safe handling of waste
materials.
Use of Waste Disposal Equipment
Where appropriate, equipment provided for the compacting or disposal of waste will only be used by competent
and authorised employees. Licences will be obtained where required.
Inspections of the Workplace
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority will ensure that regular inspections of the workplace are undertaken by
designated individuals. The inspections will identify areas where housekeeping standards require improvement
and will highlight these areas for remedial action.
Information and Training
Suitable and sufficient information and training will be provided to all employees.
RECORDS
Records will be kept of:

arrangements for emptying bins and cleaning floors

cleaning schedules

findings of safety inspections

details of repairs and maintenance

waste transfer and disposal arrangements

transfer notes (a transfer note will be kept for a minimum of two years)

copies of special waste consignment notes(kept for at least two years, where appropriate)

correspondence between waste disposal authorities and approved recycling organisations

recycling company's authority to carry out the work along with details of the waste that is transferred to the
organisation

information and training provided.
FURTHER INFORMATION
For further information please refer to:

Employee Safety Handbook

Risk Assessments and Safe Working Procedures

Health and Safety Guidance
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/190/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
INFORMATION FOR EMPLOYEES
LEGISLATION

Health and Safety at Work Act

Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations

Health and Safety Information for Employees Regulations
POLICY
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority recognises the importance of all employees being aware of the general
requirements of health and safety law and will therefore ensure that suitable information is communicated,
including the displaying of relevant health and safety notices.
ARRANGEMENTS
Health and Safety Law Poster
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority will ensure that the current and up to date health and safety law poster
‘What you should know’ is displayed in a readily accessible and clearly visible position in the workplace. The
following details will be clearly and indelibly written on the poster:

Name and address of the Enforcing Authority for the premises where the poster is displayed

Address of the local Health and Safety Executive Employment Medical Advisory Service, for the area in
which the premises are situated

Names and locations of safety representatives and competent persons.
FURTHER INFORMATION
For further information please refer to:

Employee Safety Handbook.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/200/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
INTRODUCTION OF NEW PLANT, EQUIPMENT AND
SUBSTANCES
LEGISLATION

Health and Safety at Work Act

Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations

Provision and Use or Work Equipment Regulations

Control of Substances Hazardous to Health Regulations

Consumer Protection Act

Supply of Machinery (Safety) Regulations

Noise at Work Regulations

Electricity at Work Regulations
POLICY
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority recognises that the introduction of new plant, equipment and substances
may have an adverse effect on the health of employees and increase the risk of accidents. The company will
therefore do all that is reasonably practicable to reduce such effects.
ARRANGEMENTS
Purchasing
Health and safety implications will be a prime consideration when purchasing new plant, equipment and
substances and where appropriate will form part of the purchase agreement.
European and British Standards
Where applicable, all new plant and equipment will conform to harmonised European or British standard
specification with regards to safety and will be accompanied with the relevant documentation.
Safeguards
All dangerous parts of plant and equipment will be adequately guarded and all guards properly secured, effective
and functioning.
Installation
All plant and equipment will be electrically safe and installed by a competent person.
Following installation and testing, all new plant and equipment will be immediately entered into our maintenance
schedule to ensure regular service and maintenance in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.
A risk assessment of all new plant and equipment will be undertaken be a competent person before being put into
use and corresponding safe working procedure(s) developed.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/210/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Information, Instruction and Training
Instructions for safe use of new plant, equipment and substances will be obtained from the supplier, e.g.
manufactures hand books, hazard data sheets etc.
All operatives will be adequately trained in the correct:

use, handling disposal and storage of new substances

use of new plant and equipment.
Second-Hand Equipment
When purchasing second hand equipment, a competent person, preferably recommended by the manufacturer,
will carry out a comprehensive service and the relevant manufacturer’s handbook obtained.
Selling Plant, Equipment and Substances
Plant and equipment sold for further use will conform to current British Safety Standards unless the purchaser
signs a written undertaking stating that he is responsible for the guarding on receipt.
Current hazard data sheets will accompany all substances where applicable and stored in suitably marked
containers. Any substance for disposal will only be disposed of in the correct manner.
RECORDS
Records will be kept of:

risk assessments and safe working procedures

thorough examination and tests of control measures

maintenance and inspection of control measures

monitoring of exposure at the workplace

health records (where health surveillance is required)

information and training provided.
FURTHER INFORMATION
For further information please refer to:

Employee Safety Handbook.

Health and Safety Guidance.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/210/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
LIFTING EQUIPMENT AND LIFTING OPERATIONS
LEGISLATION

Health and Safety at Work Act

Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations

Lifting Operations and Lifting Equipment Regulations
POLICY
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority recognises that lifting operations and the use of lifting equipment can
present a health and safety risk and will ensure that lifting operations and lifting equipment provided for use at
work are safe.
ARRANGEMENTS
Risk Assessment
A risk assessment of lifting equipment and lifting operations will be undertaken by a competent person and
corresponding safe working procedure(s) developed.
Strength and Stability
Lifting equipment, including any load parts and attachments will be of adequate strength and stability for each
operation.
Lifting Equipment for Lifting Persons
Lifting equipment used for lifting people will prevent anyone using it from being crushed, trapped, struck, or falling
from the carrier. Suitable devices will be provided to prevent the risk of a carrier from falling.
People trapped inside a carrier will be protected from danger and be able to be freed.
Positioning and Installation
Lifting equipment will be positioned and installed so as to be safe, and minimise the risks, as far as reasonably
practicable, of the lifting equipment or its load striking a person, or its load drifting, falling freely or being
unintentionally released.
Suitable devices will be provided to prevent people from falling down lift shafts or hoistways.
Marking of Lifting Equipment
The safe working load of lifting equipment (or individual components of a lifting configuration) will be clearly
marked. Alternatively, information containing these details will be kept with the lifting equipment.
Accessories used in lifting operations will be marked with any information necessary to ensure their safe use.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/220/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Lifting equipment intended for lifting people will be clearly marked. Any lifting equipment not intended for lifting
people will also be clearly marked.
Organisation of Lifting Operations
Lifting operations will be properly planned by a competent person and appropriately supervised.
Thorough Examination and Inspection
Lifting equipment will be thoroughly examined by a competent person at appropriate intervals and records
maintained. The company will ensure that lifting equipment obtained from a third party is accompanied by physical
evidence of the last thorough examination before it is used.
Reports and Defects
The company will ensure that it is notified immediately by persons undertaking the thorough examination of any
defects that are, or could be, a danger to people. The company will also ensure that the Enforcing Authority
receives a copy of any report issued.
REPORTS
Records will be kept of:

declarations of conformity that relate to lifting equipment

thorough examination reports for lifting equipment and accessories

inspections of lifting equipment

risk assessments and safe working procedures

initial planning of a lift

information and training provided.
FURTHER INFORMATION
For further information please refer to:

Employee Safety Handbook

Risk Assessments and Safe Working Procedures

Health and safety Guidance.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/220/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
MANUAL HANDLING
LEGISLATION

Health and Safety at Work Act

Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations

Manual Handling Operations Regulations
POLICY
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority recognises that the manual handling of loads presents a risk of physical
injury. Manual handling is, however, an unavoidable part of our business and the company intends to reduce
these risks to the lowest level that is reasonably practicable
ARRANGEMENTS
Avoidance of Manual Handling Operations
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority will ensure that operations involving hazardous manual handling are
avoided, so far as is reasonably practicable, through ergonomic design of the workplace, activities and the
provision of automated or mechanical aids.
Risk Assessment
Unless the risks are insignificant, a risk assessment will be carried out of all manual-handling operations by a
competent person and corresponding safe working procedure(s) developed.
Information and Training
Information and training will be provided to employees who may be required to carry out manual handling
operations.
RECORDS
Records will be kept of:

risk assessments and safe working procedures

information and training provided.
FURTHER INFORMATION
For further information please refer to:

Employee Safety Handbook

Risk Assessments and Safe Working Procedures

Health and Safety Guidance.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/230/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
MOBILE WORK EQUIPMENT
LEGISLATION

Health and Safety at Work Act

Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations

Provision and Use of Work Equipment Regulations
POLICY
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority recognises that mobile work equipment presents many hazards and will
ensure that the risks to people’s health and safety are prevented or controlled.
Note. Mobile work equipment is any work equipment which carries out work when it is travelling or which travels
between different locations where it is used to carry out work.
This arrangement should be read in conjunction with the arrangement ‘Work Equipment’ and ‘Lifting Equipment
and Lifting Operations’.
ARRANGEMENTS
Risk Assessment
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority will ensure that a risk assessment of all mobile work equipment is
undertaken by a competent person.
Employees Carried on Mobile Work Equipment
Mobile work equipment used to carry employees will be suitable for that purpose and incorporate measures to
reduce any risks (including risks from wheels or tracks), to the lowest level reasonably practicable.
Falling Object Protection
Where a significant risk of injury exists due to falling objects, appropriate falling object protection will be fitted to
the mobile work equipment.
Rolling Over Protection
Risks to employees riding on mobile work equipment will be minimised by:

the use of appropriate rolling over protection.

ensuring the work equipment is stabilised

incorporating structures that prevent mobile work equipment from rolling over

use of suitable restraining systems
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/240/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Overturning of Fork Lift Trucks
Forklift trucks used to carry employees will be adapted or equipped to reduce, as low as is reasonably practicable,
the risk to the employees' safety from overturning.
Self-Propelled Work Equipment
Where there are risks from moving self-propelled work equipment Brecon Beacons National Park Authority will
provide measures to:

prevent unauthorised start-up and collisions

allow braking and stopping when necessary

control the equipment in an emergency

ensure the vehicle is appropriately lit and visible

improve the drivers field of vision

fight fire where identified
Remote-Controlled Self-propelled Work Equipment
Where there is a risk to safety, remote-controlled self-propelled work equipment will stop automatically when it
leaves its control range, and have devices to prevent risks from crushing or impact.
Drive Shafts
In situations where there is a risk to safety from the seizure of a drive shaft between mobile work equipment and
any accessories or objects being towed, there will be means for preventing such seizures, or, if this is not
possible, measures will be taken to avoid any adverse effects on employees' safety. In addition, there will be a
system for safeguarding the transmission shafts on mobile work equipment, where such shafts could become
soiled or damaged through contact with the ground.
RECORDS
Records will be kept of:

risk assessments and safe working procedures

certificates of conformity with essential safety requirements of EC directives

maintenance, inspection and test records and logs

information and training provided.
FURTHER INFORMATION
For further information please refer to:

Employee Safety Handbook

Risk Assessment and Safe Working Procedures

Health and safety Guidance.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/240/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
NEW AND EXPECTANT MOTHERS
LEGISLATION

Health and Safety at Work Act

Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations

Workplace (Health, Safety and Welfare) Regulations

Sex Discrimination Act

Employment Rights Act (as amended by the Employment Relations Act)
POLICY
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority recognises its duty to ensure that the health and safety of new or
expectant mothers is not put at risk by the work that they undertake. All reasonable measures will be taken to
ensure that women who may be pregnant are employed without risk to their own health or safety or that of their
unborn children.
ARRANGEMENTS
Notification
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority will encourage any employee who learns that she is pregnant to inform
the company in writing and provide medical evidence of her pregnancy. Where appropriate, such information will
be treated with the strictest of confidence.
Initial Risk Assessment
In conducting risk assessments of our workplace activities or locations, consideration will be given to the
possibility that female employees may be pregnant.
Risk Assessments for Individual Cases
Once informed of the pregnancy, the company will carry out an assessment of the health and safety risks to the
female employee and/or her unborn child. The assessment will be reviewed regularly throughout the course of the
pregnancy to ensure it remains valid.
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority will do all that is reasonably practicable to remove, reduce or control the
risks. Where the risk cannot be removed, the company will:

temporarily adjust her working conditions and/or hours of work, if that is not possible

offer her suitable alternative work (at the same rate of pay) if available, or if that is not feasible

suspend her from work on paid leave for as long as is necessary for her health or safety or that of her child
Information and Training
All female employees of childbearing age will be provided with information about the risks to their health and
safety and the precautions required.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/250/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Rest Facilities
Suitable rest facilities will be provided for female employees who are pregnant or who are breastfeeding. All
reasonable steps will also be taken to provide a healthy and safe environment for nursing mothers to breastfeed.
RECORDS
Records will be kept of:

risk assessments (initial and specific) undertaken

information and training provided

details of rest facilities provided.
FURTHER INFORMATION
For further information please refer to:

Employee Safety Handbook

Risk Assessments

Health and Safety Guidance
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/250/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
NOISE
LEGISLATION

Health and Safety at Work Act

Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations

Noise at Work Regulations
POLICY
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority will take all reasonable steps to reduce the risk of hearing damage
caused by noise and, where possible, this will be achieved by means other than the use of personal protective
equipment.
The company will also take all reasonable steps to minimise the disturbance caused by noise from our premises
to people in the neighbourhood.
ARRANGEMENTS
Risk Assessment
An assessment of noise levels will be undertaken by a competent person and a corresponding safe working
procedure developed.
Assessments and surveys will be recorded and updated regularly, particularly when changes in work practices
cause changes in the noise exposure levels of employees.
Reduction of Noise Exposure Levels
As far as is reasonably practicable, the company will take all steps to reduce employees exposure to noise by
means other than the use of personal protective equipment.
Personal Protective Equipment
Suitable and effective ear protection will be provided to employees working in high noise levels, as indicated to be
necessary by the results of noise exposure assessments.
Ear Protection Zones
Ear protection zones, which may include particular areas, operations or pieces of equipment will be designated
and marked using appropriate signs. All persons entering these zones will be required to wear ear protection.
Maintenance and Use of Equipment
All equipment will be used correctly and maintained in efficient working order and in good repair. Defective items
will be removed and replaced when necessary.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/260/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Information and Training
All employees who are subject to high levels of noise will be provided with information, instruction and training
about the harmful effects of noise , the precautions necessary, the correct use of personal protective equipment
and the steps to be taken to comply with legislation.
RECORD
Records will be kept of:

noise risk assessments and safe working procedures

results of noise surveys undertaken

actions taken as a result of noise exposure assessments, with dates

changes in work practices which affect noise exposure levels, e.g. changes to working hours, introduction of
potentially noisy processes or machines, changes in layout of machinery, introduction of noise reduction
measures, etc

information and training provided in hearing conservation and noise control

supply of personal ear protection and details of its maintenance and replacement

results of audiometric tests.
FURTHER INFORMATION
For further information please refer to:

Employee Safety Handbook

Risk Assessments and Safe Working Procedures

Health and Safety Guidance.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/260/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
PERMITS TO WORK
LEGISLATION

Health and Safety at Work Act

Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations

Ionising Radiation Regulations

Confined Spaces Regulations

Factories Act

Control of Substances Hazardous to Health Regulations

Electricity at Work Regulations

Construction (Design and Management) Regulations
POLICY
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority recognises that some work activities can produce health and safety risks
over and above those normally encountered and will ensure very strict control of the circumstances in which this
work is performed with a permit to work system.
ARRANGEMENTS
Planning
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority will ensure that work is planned by a competent person taking into
account the findings of the relevant risk assessment.
Responsibilities
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority will ensure that key individuals are appointed to ensure the effective
implementation and cancellation of the permit to work system.
Training
The company will provide the necessary information and training to ensure that employees, contractors, subcontractors and visitors are fully aware of the permits to work in operation and are competent to undertake the
work.
Review
The company will review the permit operation periodically, modify permits as necessary, and implement follow-up
action if ‘failure’ incidents occur.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/270/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
RECORDS
Records will be kept of:

details of permits in use

information and training provided

incidents where permit procedures ‘failed’ so that permit modifications can be considered.
FURTHER INFORMATION
For further information please refer to:

Employee Safety Handbook.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/270/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
LEGISLATION

Health and Safety at Work Act

Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations

Personal Protective Equipment at Work Regulations
POLICY
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority will provide personal protective equipment when the risk presented by a
work activity cannot be adequately controlled by other means.
All reasonable steps will be taken to secure the health and safety of employees who work with personal protective
equipment.
ARRANGEMENTS
Risk Assessment
The requirement to provide personal protective equipment will be identified as a possible workplace precaution
during the risk assessment process.
Assessing Suitability
Before issuing personal protective equipment, a specific risk assessment will be made to ensure its suitability.
Ergonomic Considerations
Employees will be consulted regarding the choice of personal protective equipment and consideration will be
given to both the task and the demands it places on employees.
Compatibility
Where it is necessary for employees to wear or use more than one item of personal protective equipment,
simultaneously, the company will ensure that the items are compatible with each other and continue to be
effective against the risks.
C E Marking
Any personal protective equipment provided will be certified to show that it meets the basic safety requirements
and complies with any relevant European (EN) Standard.
Maintenance and Replacement
Personal protective equipment will be maintained in an efficient state, working order and in good repair. Where
necessary, examination, inspection and testing of the equipment will be undertaken at appropriate intervals.
Effective arrangements will be made to ensure that the personal protective equipment is replaced when damaged
or ineffective.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/280/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Accommodation
Appropriate accommodation will be provided for the storage of personal protective equipment to ensure that it is
does not become damaged or ineffective.
Information, Instruction and Training
Employees who use personal protective equipment will be provided with appropriate information, instruction and
training.
Monitoring
The company will take all reasonable steps to ensure that any personal protective equipment provided is used
correctly by employees.
RECORDS
Records will be kept of::

assessments of the suitability of personal protective equipment

tests and examinations of personal protective equipment

issue of personal protective equipment

information and training provided.
FURTHER INFORMATION
For further information please refer to:

Employee Safety Handbook

Risk Assessments

Health and Safety Guidance.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/280/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
PRESSURE SYSTEMS
LEGISLATION

Health and Safety at Work Act

Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations

Pressure Systems Safety Regulations

Provision and Use of Work Equipment Regulations
POLICY
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority recognises that pressure systems present a risk of serious injury from the
release of stored energy as a result of a system or component failure and will, so far as is reasonably practicable,
ensure that all pressure systems are safe.
ARRANGEMENTS
Risk Assessment
A risk assessment of work activities involving the use of pressure systems will be undertaken by a competent
person and corresponding safe working procedure(s) developed.
Safe Operating Limits
Pressure systems will not be used unless safe operating limits have been established. The limit will be clearly
marked on the system.
Safe operating limits specified for a system will be kept up to date and reviewed at the time of the written scheme
of examination or when significant repairs or modifications are carried out.
The discharge capacities of any pressure relieving devices will also be reviewed following any change in safe
operating limits.
Second hand equipment will be thoroughly assessed to ensure that safe operating limits have been established
correctly.
Written Scheme of Examination
A suitable written scheme of examination which details the routine examination of the pressure system will be
prepared, implemented and regularly reviewed by a competent person.
Examination in Accordance with the Written Scheme
An examination of the pressure system or component parts of the system in accordance with the written scheme
will be undertaken by a competent person and a report prepared.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/300/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Imminent Danger
Where any modifications, repairs or changes in operating conditions to pressure systems are required to avoid
imminent danger, the competent person will prepare and submit a report to that effect. The competent person will
also submit the same details to the enforcing authority within 14 days.
Pressure systems will not be operated until the remedial work has been undertaken.
Operation and maintenance
Persons operating pressure systems will be provided with suitable instructions on the safe use of the equipment
and the action to be taken in an emergency.
All pressure systems will properly maintained in good repair.
Modification and Repair
Modifications or repairs to pressure systems will be undertaken so as not to give rise to danger or impair the
operation of any protective devices or inspection facilities.
RECORDS
Records will be kept of:

written scheme of examination

last report relating to the system made by a competent person in respect of the written scheme of
examination

any previous reports if they contain information which will assist in assessing whether the system is safe to
operate or if any repairs or modifications can be carried out safely

information provided by the designer/suppler in respect of its design, construction, examination, operation or
maintenance

any agreement made with a competent person regarding safe postponement of the thorough examination

risk assessments and safe working procedures

information and training provided.
FURTHER INFORMATION
For further information please refer to:

Employee Safety Handbook

Risk Assessment and Safe Working Procedures

Health and Safety Guidance.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/300/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
SAFETY SIGNS AND SIGNALS
LEGISLATION

Health and Safety at Work Act

Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations

Health and Safety (Signs and Signals) Regulations
POLICY
It is the policy of Brecon Beacons National Park Authority to use safety signs where there is a significant risk to
health or safety that can not be avoided or controlled by the methods required under the relevant law, provided
use of a sign can help reduce the risk.
ARRANGEMENTS
Risk Assessment
The need for safety signs will be identified as a workplace precaution as part of the relevant risk assessment.
Where appropriate, the risk assessment will consider special arrangements for employees or visitors with
impaired vision or hearing.
Conformity With Standards
Suitable signs (including audible signals and hand-signals) will be used, conforming to the requirements of
legislation and to the appropriate British and European standards. Where appropriate, this will include:

Prohibition

Warning

Mandatory, and

Emergency escape and first aid signs.
Training
Appropriate information and training will be provided to ensure employees, contractors, and visitors understand:

the measures to be taken in connection with safety signs; and

the meaning of safety signs.
Employees whose work involves the use of hand signals will be trained in the correct use of those hand signals.
Compliance
Compliance with safety signs and signals will be monitored and appropriate action will be taken to ensure that
employees, and others, comply with safety signs and signals.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/320/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Maintenance
Safety signs will be maintained in good condition and unobstructed from view. .
Safety signs will be removed promptly if changes in plant or systems of work etc. are introduced that render the
sign irrelevant or no longer necessary.
RECORDS
Records will be kept of:

risk assessments undertaken

information and training provided

maintenance records relating to safety signs and signals.
FURTHER INFORMATION
For further information please refer to:

Employee Safety Handbook

Risk Assessments

Health and Safety Guidance.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/320/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
TEMPORARY WORKERS
LEGISLATION

Health and Safety at Work Act

Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations
POLICY
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority recognise that the use of temporary and casual workers presents an
increased risk of injury or ill health due to the fact that they maybe unfamiliar with our premises and work activities.
The company will, so far as reasonably practicable, take the necessary measures to ensure the health, safety and
welfare of all temporary and casual workers.
ARRANGEMENTS
Risk Assessment
The risk posed to temporary or casual workers will be identified as part of the appropriate risk assessment and
suitable precautions implemented.
Provision of Information
Before being employed, Brecon Beacons National Park Authority will ensure that the employer of the temporary
worker or agency is provided with details of:

the qualifications and skills needed to undertake the work safely

any health surveillance that is required
Responsible Person
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority will appoint an individual to have overall responsibility for the temporary
workers whilst on site
Information and Training
All temporary or agency workers will be provided with suitable information and training, including induction
training, before being permitted to commence work.
Supervision
All temporary or agency workers will be closely supervised and monitored by a responsible person.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/330/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
RECORDS
Records will be kept of:

induction training provided to each individual

workplace or job specific training provided to each individual

refresher training provided
FURTHER INFORMATION
For further information please refer to:

Employee Safety Handbook

Risk Assessments and Safe Working Procedures

Health and Safety Guidance.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/330/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
TRAINING
LEGISLATION

Health and Safety at Work Act

Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations
POLICY
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority recognises that adequate knowledge and skills are an essential element
of safe working. The company will therefore ensure that all employees are provided with adequate training for
reasons of health and safety.
ARRANGEMENTS
Risk Assessment
The need for health and safety training will be identified as a workplace precaution as part of the relevant risk
assessment.
Induction Training
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority will ensure that all employees (including temporary staff) receive
induction training at the earliest reasonable opportunity.
Line managers, to whom new recruits are responsible, will ensure that any relevant additional precautions are
taken to ensure the safety of the recruit until the training has been completed.
All contractors and visitors will also receive induction training on entering the premises.
Workplace or Job Specific Training
All employees will be provided with appropriate health and safety training to ensure that they are competent to
undertake their work in a safe and effective manner.
Refresher Training
The health and safety training needs of individuals will be periodically assessed and reviewed and where
necessary appropriate refresher training provided.
RECORDS
Records will be kept of:

induction training provided to each individual

workplace or job specific training provided to each individual

refresher training provided.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/340/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
FURTHER INFORMATION
For further information please refer to:

Employee Safety Handbook

Health and Safety Guidance.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/340/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
VIBRATION
RELEVANT LEGISLATION

Health and Safety at Work Act

Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations

Control of Vibration at Work Regulations
POLICY
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority recognises that health and safety hazards may arise when individuals
(employees or contractors) are required to carry out work involving exposure to high levels of vibration and will
take all steps to reduce risks to the lowest level reasonably practicable.
ARRANGEMENTS
Identification
Where it is reasonably practicable to do so, Brecon Beacons National Park Authority will ensure that:

work involving exposure to vibration is identified

a list of activities where exposure to vibration may occur is prepared and communicated to relevant parties
In cases where it is not reasonably practicable to identify exposure to vibration in advance, an assessment will be
carried out of any activity that might potentially involve exposure.
Avoiding Exposure to Vibration
Where it is reasonably practicable, the company will endeavour to find ways of avoiding the need for exposure to
high levels of vibration.
Risk Assessment
Where exposure to vibration cannot be avoided, a risk assessment will be undertaken by a competent person and
corresponding safe working procedure(s) developed.
Control Hierarchy
Where work, involving exposure to high levels of vibration cannot be avoided, Brecon Beacons National Park
Authority will adopt the following organisational and technical control measures:

adoption of alternative working methods involving exposure to lower levels of vibration

choice of work equipment of appropriate ergonomic design which, taking account of the work to be done,
produce the least possible vibration

provision of auxiliary equipment that reduces the risk of injuries caused by vibration

appropriate maintenance programmes for work equipment, the workplace and workplace systems

design and layout of workplaces, work stations and rest facilities

suitable and sufficient information and training for employees, so that work equipment is used correctly and
safely, in order to minimise exposure to vibration
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/360/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System

limitation of the duration and magnitude of exposure to vibration

appropriate work schedules with adequate rest periods

provision of clothing to protect employees from cold and damp.
Workplace Precautions
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority will ensure that all work involving exposure to high levels of vibration will
be properly planned and will be carried out by competent persons using suitable equipment that is in good working
order and subject to an appropriate inspection regime.
Safe Systems of Work
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority will ensure that no person will carry out work involving exposure to high
levels of vibration unless the work is carried out in accordance with a documented safe system of work, including
a permit to work where necessary.
Health Surveillance
Where the risk assessment indicates that there is a risk to the health of employees or employees are likely to be
exposed to vibration at or above an exposure action value, the company will ensure that such employees are
placed under suitable health surveillance and appropriate records maintained.
Emergency Procedures
Effective arrangements will be made for dealing with any emergencies identified by the risk assessment.
Information and Training
All employees will be provided with appropriate information and training. Specific training will depend on the
individual’s previous experience and the type of work they will undertake.
RECORDS
Records will be kept of:

risk assessments and safe working procedures

measurements of exposure levels

results of health surveillance undertaken

inspections of equipment

information and training provided.
FURTHER INFORMATION
For further information please refer to:

Employee Safety Handbook

Risk Assessments and Safe Working Procedures

Health and Safety Guidance.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/360/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
VISITORS
LEGISLATION

Health and Safety at Work Act

Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations

Occupiers’ Liability Act
POLICY
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority accepts its responsibility to ensure, so far as is reasonably practicable,
that its activities do not place at risk people who visit our premises or who come directly or indirectly into contact
with this organisation or the consequences of our activities.
ARRANGEMENTS
Risk Assessment
The presence of visitors on our premises will be considered as part of the relevant risk assessment and suitable
precautions for their safety identified.
Authority to Invite Visitors
Unexpected visitors will not generally be admitted unless authority is first granted. Visitors may only be invited to
enter the premises for business reasons.
Special Arrangements for Visitors
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority will ensure that any special arrangements required by the visitor (s) are
determined and agreed before or upon arrival.
Information and Communication
Upon arrival the visitor (s) will be required to read the visitors rules and enter details in the register/visitors' book.
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority will provide induction training to all visitors upon arrival including
information regarding the risks to which they may be exposed on site and the precautions required, including
emergency arrangements.
Visitors will be required to sign out before leaving the premises.
Any problems encountered by visitors, or by employees with regard to visitors, will be reported so that corrective
action can be taken.
Supervision
The visitor will be adequately supervised whilst on site by a competent person. Children will be accompanied at all
times by a competent person.
High Risk and High Security Areas
All hazardous areas will be suitably locked, guarded and signed to prevent unauthorised access. In high risk or
high security areas a competent person will accompany all visitors at all times.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/360/3
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Personal Protective Equipment
Visitors will not be permitted to enter areas unless they are wearing the personal protective equipment that is
required. Brecon Beacons National Park Authority will ensure that visitors have, or are provided with, and use any
personal protective equipment that is necessary.
Emergency Procedures
Emergency procedures will be clearly indicated to visitors before entering the premises.
Where an emergency arises, the member of staff responsible for the visitor will assist him or her with the
evacuation.
Accidents to Visitors
Accidents and near-miss incidents, which occur to visitors, will be reported and investigated in accordance with
our accident reporting and investigation policy. Where an incident results in a visitor's admittance to hospital, a
responsible person will accompany the visitor.
Illegal Visitors
Reasonable care will be taken to protect illegal visitors, for example trespassers, from the hazards and risks
presented by our activities. This will be achieved by:

Displaying suitable warning signs or giving warning of the dangers

Making access to areas difficult, for example securing the premises.
RECORDS
Records will include:

name of visitors and name of their employer (where relevant) or other contact point in case of emergency

details of visitors' vehicles parked on site

date and time of arrival

person or area to be visited and identity of person responsible for the visitor

confirmation that relevant emergency procedures have been explained

date and time of departure.
Additional details will be required where visitors enter areas of higher risk.
FURTHER INFORMATION
For further information please refer to:

Employee Safety Handbook

Risk Assessments.

Health and Safety Guidance
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/360/4
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
WELFARE FACILITIES
LEGISLATION

Health and Safety at Work Act

Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations

Workplace (Health, Safety and Welfare) Regulations

Food Safety Act

Food Safety (General Food Hygiene) Regulations
POLICY
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority recognises the need to provide a safe working environment, including the
provision of appropriate welfare facilities. Consideration will also be given to disabled workers. This policy
extends, to employees who work off site. In such cases every reasonable effort will be made to arrange for
appropriate welfare facilities to be available.
ARRANGEMENTS
Sanitary Conveniences
A sufficient number of sanitary conveniences will be provided for both men and women. Where men and women
share a sanitary convenience, this will be in a separate room which is lockable from the inside.
Sanitary conveniences will be well ventilated and lit, connected to suitable drainage and have flushing water. An
appropriate supply of toilet paper will be provided and a means of disposing sanitary dressings available for
women.
Washing Facilities
An appropriate number and type of washing facilities (including showers/ baths where necessary) will be provided
and located near to sanitary conveniences and changing areas. Washing facilities will be separate for men and
women unless situated in a room used by one person at a time which is lockable from the inside.
Washing facilities will be well ventilated and lit and have a supply of hot and cold water. Soap or other methods of
cleaning will be provided together with means of drying such as dryers or towels.
Drinking Water
An adequate supply of wholesome drinking water and cups will be provided at readily accessible places. Where
drinking water is provided from taps, these will be marked with an appropriate sign.
Maintenance of Facilities
Sanitary and washing conveniences will be maintained in a clean and efficient state. Where facilities are
temporarily unavailable, suitable alternative arrangements will be made.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/370/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Accommodation for Clothing
Suitable and sufficient accommodation will be provided for:

employees’ personal clothing not worn at work

work clothing where necessary to avoid risks to health.
Where special clothing has to be worn at work, separate changing facilities will be provided for male and female
workers.
Water Temperature
Water temperatures will be controlled to a safe level. Where adequate temperatures are not maintained a
responsible person must be notified immediately.
Facilities for Rest and Eating Meals
Where the workplace is unsuitable for rest breaks or for consumption of food suitable and sufficient separate
facilities will be provided for rest and to eat meals.
The rest facilities will include facilities for eating meals. This will include equipment for preparing or obtaining a hot
drink and for obtaining hot food or for heating food.
Suitable steps will be taken in rest facilities for protecting non-smokers from the discomfort of tobacco smoke.
Suitable rest facilities will be provided for pregnant women and nursing mothers.
Use of Facilities by Contractors and Visitors
Visitors and contractors will be required to ensure that facilities are left in clean and tidy order.
RECORDS
Records will be kept of:

numbers of staff by gender

numbers and locations of sanitary and washing facilities

details of facilities provided at each location

arrangements for employees working off site

disposal arrangements for sanitary waste in female toilets

facilities for disabled personnel.
FURTHER INFORMATION
For further information please refer to:

Employee Safety Handbook

Health and Safety Guidance.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/370/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
WOODWORKING MACHINERY
LEGISLATION

Health and Safety at Work Act

Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations

Provision and Use of Work Equipment Regulations

Supply of Machinery (Safety) Regulations
POLICY
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority recognises that woodworking machinery presents many hazards and will
ensure that the risks to people’s health and safety, from equipment that they use at work are prevented or
controlled.
ARRANGEMENTS
Risk Assessment
A risk assessment of work activities involving the use of woodworking machinery will be undertaken by a
competent person and a corresponding safe working procedure prepared.
Suitability
Woodworking machinery provided for work will be suitable, by design, construction or adaptation, for the actual
work it is provided to do.
Location
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority will consider the location in which the woodworking machinery is to be
used and of any risks that might arise.
The floor area around machines will be maintained in a good level condition, and free from materials or any
substance or article likely to cause slipping or tripping. Adequate lighting will be maintained around the machine
and the adjacent areas.
Operating positions, working heights and reach distances will be adapted to accommodate the operator.
Risks From Specific Processes
Some operations present a higher risk when carried out on one type of machine than another. Account will be
taken of each particular process for which the woodworking machinery is to be used.
Limited Cutter Projection Tooling
Tools used will be within the range specified by the machine manufacturer.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/380/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Tool speeds
Tools will not be run at speeds greater than the maximum safe working speed marked on the tool or specified in
the information supplied by the tool’s supplier or manufacturer.
Dust Extraction
Machinery that creates air-borne dust will be fitted with an efficient extraction system which will be inspected
regularly to ensure that it is working efficiently.
Any extraction system fitted to machinery will operate at all times when the machinery is in use.
Noise
Where appropriate, a noise survey will be carried out by a competent person to identify the locations/operations at
which the requirements of noise legislation apply.
C E Marking
The company will ensure that work equipment provided for use after 31st December 1992, conforms to any
relevant European Directive.
Maintenance
Woodworking machinery will be maintained in an efficient state, in efficient working order and in good repair and
will, where appropriate, be carried out in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.
Control of Specific Risks
Where risks cannot be adequately controlled, use, repairs, modifications, maintenance or servicing of the
equipment will be restricted to designated competent persons only.
Dangerous Parts of Machinery
Access to dangerous parts of machinery will be prevented and dangerous movement of machinery stopped before
any individual reaches the danger zone with the use of appropriate guarding and protective measures.
Stop Controls
Where appropriate, woodworking machinery will be provided with one or more readily accessible control to bring
the equipment to a stop in a safe manner.
Emergency Stop Controls
An emergency stop control will be provided where the other safeguards in place are not adequate to prevent risk
when an irregular event occurs. (The need for, and the location and number of emergency stop controls will be
considered during the risk assessment).
Braking Devices
Braking devices will be fitted to reduce the rundown time where this is more than 10 seconds and where risk
assessment shows that it is necessary.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/380/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Stability
Woodworking machinery will generally be secured to the floor or work surface to prevent it from moving or
overturning.
Markings
Where possible, the safe working speed will be displayed on woodworking machinery and tools. Where this is not
possible, a table showing the speed range of tools will be available. In the case of circular saws, the diameter of
the smallest saw blade to be used will be marked on every circular saw machine.
Warnings
Appropriate warnings or warning devices will be provided where required for reasons of health and safety.
Information and Instructions
Employees who use woodworking machinery, will be provided with appropriate information and instructions.
Training and Competence
Persons who use (including those who assist, set, clean or maintain) woodworking machinery, will be provided
with adequate training.
Competence to use woodworking machinery will be assessed and refresher training provided if necessary.
In the case of trainees an appropriate degree of close or continuous supervision will be provided until the trainee
is able to demonstrate competence.
RECORDS
Records will be kept of:

risk assessments and safe working procedures

certificates of conformity/declarations of compliance with essential safety requirements of EC directives

maintenance, inspection and test records and logs

information and training provided

competency

tests and records of authorised users.
FURTHER INFORMATION
For further information please refer to:

Employee Safety Handbook

Risk Assessments and Safe Working Procedures

Health and Safety Guidance.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/380/3
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
WORK AT HEIGHT
LEGISLATION

Health and Safety at Work Act

Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations

Work at Height Regulations
POLICY
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority recognises that health and safety hazards may arise when individuals
(employees or contractors) are required to work at height and will take all reasonably practicable steps to reduce
risks to the lowest level.
ARRANGEMENTS
Identification
Where it is reasonably practicable to do so, Brecon Beacons National Park Authority will ensure that:

a list of activities and workplaces where work at height may be involved is prepared and communicated to
relevant parties

suitable signs are posted in relation to any fragile surfaces.
In cases where it is not reasonably practicable to identify work at height in advance, an assessment will be carried
out of any activity that might potentially involve work at height.
Avoiding Work at Height
Where it is reasonably practicable, Brecon Beacons National Park Authority will avoid the need to work at height.
Risk Assessment
Where work at height cannot be avoided, a risk assessment will be undertaken by a competent person and a
corresponding safe working procedure developed.
Control Hierarchy
Where work at height cannot be avoided, the company will take steps to:

prevent falls, and if this is not possible

minimise the distance and consequences of a fall.
Planning
All work at height will be properly planned and carried out by competent persons.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/390/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Workplace
The place where work is carried out at height including access and egress will be safe and comply with the
requirements laid down in Schedule 1 of the Work at Height Regulations.
Work Equipment
All work equipment used for work at height will be safe for use, maintained in good working order and meet the
requirements identified in Schedules 2 to 6 of the Work at Height Regulations.
Safe Systems of Work
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority will ensure that no person will work at height unless the work is carried
out in accordance with a documented safe system of work, including a permit to work where appropriate.
Emergency Procedures
Effective arrangements will be made for raising the alarm and for carrying out rescue operations in an emergency.
Information and Training
All employees will be provided with appropriate information and training. Specific training for work at height will
depend on the individual’s previous experience and the type of work they will undertake.
RECORDS
Records will be kept of:

risk assessments and safe working procedures

emergency procedures

safe systems of work

inspections of equipment

information and training provided.
FURTHER INFORMATION
For further information please refer to:

Employee Safety Handbook

Risk Assessments and Safe Working Procedures

Health and Safety Guidance.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/390/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
WORK ENVIRONMENT
LEGISLATION

Health and Safety at Work Act

Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations

Workplace (Health Safety and Welfare) Regulations
POLICY
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority recognises the need to provide a working environment that is safe and
without risk to health, so far as is reasonably practicable.
ARRANGEMENTS
Risk Assessment
The effects of ventilation, temperatures, lighting and cleanliness will be considered when undertaking the relevant
risk assessment.
Ventilation
All areas will be suitably ventilated with sufficient fresh or purified air. In circumstances where mechanical
ventilation is used, it will include a failure warning device, where necessary.
Temperature
All reasonable steps will be taken to ensure the temperature in all internal workplaces during working hours is
reasonable for the activities undertaken.
A sufficient number of thermometers will be provided to enable the temperature to be determined.
Lighting
Suitable and sufficient lighting will be provided throughout the workplace, so far, as is reasonably practicable, by
natural light.
In situations where the failure of artificial lighting will create a danger, suitable and sufficient emergency lighting
will be provided and powered independently.
Cleanliness and Waste Materials
Every workplace will be kept sufficiently clean and the surfaces of the floors, walls and ceilings of all workplaces
inside buildings will be capable of being kept sufficiently clean.
Waste materials will not, so far as is reasonably practicable, be allowed to accumulate in the workplace except in
suitable receptacles.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/400/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
RECORDS
Records will be kept of:

maintenance of ventilation systems and lighting

cleaning arrangements and routines.
FURTHER INFORMATION
For further information please refer to:

Employee Safety Handbook

Risk Assessments

Health and Safety Guidance.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/400/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
WORK EQUIPMENT
LEGISLATION

Health and Safety at Work Act

Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations

Provision and Use of Work Equipment Regulations

Supply of Machinery (Safety) Regulations
POLICY
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority recognises that work equipment presents many hazards and will ensure
that the risks to people’s health and safety, from equipment that they use at work are prevented or reduced to the
lowest level reasonably practicable.
ARRANGEMENTS
Risk Assessment
A risk assessment of all work equipment will be undertaken by a competent person and a corresponding safe
working procedure developed.
Suitability
All work equipment will be suitable for its intended purpose. Account will be taken of all reasonable foreseeable
working conditions, inherent health and safety risks where the equipment is to be used and any risks associated
with the equipment itself.
C E Marking
The company will ensure that work equipment provided for use after 31st December 1992, conforms to any
relevant European Directive.
Maintenance
Work equipment will be maintained in an efficient state, in efficient working order and in good repair and will,
where appropriate, be carried out in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. Where required, a
maintenance log will be kept up to date.
Inspection
Work equipment will be inspected after installation (and before being put into use for the first time) and following
circumstances which may cause deterioration of the equipment. Records of all inspections will be maintained.
Specific Risks
Where work equipment poses a specific risk, the use and maintenance of such equipment will be restricted to
persons who have received adequate training.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/410/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Information and Instructions
Appropriate information including written instructions, will be provided to persons who use, manage and supervise
work equipment.
Training
Adequate health and safety training will be provided to persons who use, manage and supervise work equipment.
Dangerous Parts of Machinery
Effective measures will be taken to prevent access to dangerous parts of machinery or stop the movement of any
dangerous parts of machinery before any part of a person enters a danger zone.
Protection against Specified Hazards
Appropriate measures to prevent or adequately control the exposure of persons to certain specified hazards
arising from the use of work equipment will be taken. The measures taken will, so far as is reasonably practicable,
be other than the provision of personal protective equipment or adequate information, instruction, training and
supervision.
High or Very Low Temperatures
Work equipment, components or an articles or substances which are at high or very low temperatures will be
protected so as to prevent burns, scald or sear injuries.
Controls and Control Systems
Where appropriate, work equipment will be fitted with adequate controls and control systems.
Isolation
Work equipment, where appropriate, will be provided with suitable, clearly identifiable and readily accessible
means to isolate it from all sources of energy.
Stability
Work equipment that might collapse, overturn or fall over will be stabilised.
Lighting
Suitable and sufficient lighting will be provided, taking into account the operations carried out and the work
equipment used.
Maintenance Operations
Work equipment, so far as is reasonably practicable, will be constructed or adapted to allow maintenance work to
be carried out while the work equipment is shut down. Where this is not possible, maintenance work will be carried
out in such a way that the person doing the work is not exposed to any risks and appropriate measures taken for
their protection.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/410/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Markings and Warnings
Work equipment will be marked with clear, unambiguous markings and incorporate any warnings or warning
devices that are necessary.
RECORDS
Records will be kept of:

risk assessments and safe working procedures

certificates of conformity with essential safety requirements of EC directives

maintenance, inspection and test records and logs

information and training provided.
FURTHER INFORMATION
For further information please refer to:

Employee Safety Handbook

Risk Assessments and Safe Working Procedures

Health and Safety Guidance.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/410/3
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
WORKPLACE STRUCTURE AND LAYOUT
LEGISLATION

Health and Safety at Work Act

Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations

Workplace (Health Safety and Welfare) Regulations
POLICY
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority will ensure, so far as is reasonably practicable, the health, safety and
welfare of all employees and recognise the need to provide and maintain a safe and healthy workplace and
working environment.
ARRANGEMENTS
Risk Assessment
A risk assessment of the workplace structure and layout will be undertaken by a competent person and a
corresponding safe working procedure developed.
Maintenance
Workplace, equipment, devices and systems (including mechanical ventilation systems) will be maintained
(including cleaning) in an efficient state, in efficient working order and in good repair.
Room Dimensions and space
Every workroom will have sufficient floor area, height and unoccupied space for the purposes of health, safety and
welfare.
Workstations and Seating
Workstations will be organised so that they are suitable for the persons using them and the tasks undertaken and
allow swift evacuation and emergency assistance without the risk of slips and falls. External workstations will, so
far as is reasonably practicable, provide protection from adverse weather.
Where work can be done sitting, suitable seating will be provided.
Condition of Floors and Traffic Routes
Workplace floors and traffic route surfaces will be suitably constructed for their intended use and so far as is
reasonably practicable, kept free of obstructions, articles or substances likely to cause slips, trips or falls.
Floors will be provided with adequate drainage where necessary. In particular, floors and surfaces of traffic routes
will not have any holes or unnecessary slopes, be uneven or slippery.
Suitable and sufficient handrails will be provided at all stairs, except at points where a handrail would obstruct the
traffic route. All open staircases will be securely fenced.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/420/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Arrangements will be made to minimise risks from snow and ice.
Falls or Falling Objects
Suitable and effective measures will be taken to prevent any person from falling a distance likely to cause
personal injury and to prevent any person being struck by a falling object.
Windows and Transparent or Translucent Doors, Gates and Walls
Window and transparent or translucent areas in doors, walls and partitions will be made of safety material or
protected against breakage and clearly marked so as to make them apparent.
Windows Skylights and Ventilators
Windows, skylights and ventilators will be able to be opened, closed and adjusted without risk.
Ability to Clean Windows etc Safely
Windows and skylights will be designed and constructed to enable safe cleaning.
Organisation of Traffic Routes
The workplace will be organised to allow the safe circulation of pedestrians and vehicles.
Consideration will be given to the requirements of disabled persons.
Doors and Gates
Doors and gates will be suitably constructed and, where necessary, fitted with safety devices.
RECORDS
Records will be kept of:

risk assessments undertaken

maintenance of the workplace, and of equipment, devices and systems.
FURTHER INFORMATION
For further information please refer to:

Employee Safety Handbook

Risk Assessments and Safe Working Procedures

Health and Safety Guidance
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/420/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
YOUNG PERSONS
LEGISLATION

Health and Safety at Work Act

Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations

Children (Protection at Work) Regulations
POLICY
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority is aware of the additional risks that may arise as a consequence of the
employment of young persons and will take all measures necessary to minimise those risks so far as is
reasonably practicable.

The company is aware of the statutory restrictions imposed upon work undertaken by young persons and will
comply with these restrictions.

Young persons will be given the raised level of information, instruction, training and supervision required to
enable them to work safely.
ARRANGEMENTS
Risk Assessment
A risk assessment will be undertaken prior to young persons starting work with particular attention paid to their
lack of experience, immaturity and reduced awareness of risk.
In the case of young people under the minimum school leaving age, their parents (or those having the parental
responsibility) will be informed of the key findings of the risk assessment and the control measures taken.
Work Restrictions
Young persons will not be employed to undertake any work which:

is beyond their physical or psychological capacity

involves exposure to toxic or carcinogenic substances, or substances that cause heritable genetic damage,
harm to unborn children, or cause any other chronic health effect

involves harmful exposure to radiation

involves a risk of accidents which a young person may not reasonably recognise

presents a risk to health from:

extreme temperature

noise

vibration.
Provided the young person is over minimum school leaving age, the above restrictions will not apply where:
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/430/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System

it is necessary for the young persons training

the young person is supervised by a competent person

any risk is reduced to the lowest level reasonably practicable.
Supervision
Young persons will be adequately supervised by a competent person.
Hours of Work
Work will not be undertaken by young persons between 10.00p.m. and 06.00 a.m. unless their health and
capabilities have been assessed beforehand.
Rest Periods
Minimum rest periods will be taken as follows:

30 minutes rest break in every 4½ hours of work

12 hours rest in every 24 hour period

48 hours rest in every 7-day period in which they work.
Children under the Minimum School Leaving Age
Where appropriate, Brecon Beacons National Park Authority will ensure that:

children under the age of 14 years are not employed (except for 13 year old children who may be permitted
by Local Authority bye laws to undertake ‘light duties’)

only ‘light duties’ (work not likely to be harmful to the safety, health and development of the child) are
undertaken by children below the minimum school leaving age

no child under the age of 15 years is employed on a non school day which is not a Sunday

no child over the age of 15 years is employed for more than 8 hours on a non school day

during school holidays children under 15 years are employed for no more than 25 hours per week

during school holidays children over 15 years are employed for no more than 35 hours per week

children working more than 4 hours have a rest break of one hour

during school holidays, 2 consecutive weeks are kept free from employment.
Information
Young persons and where appropriate, parents or guardians of children will be provided with comprehensible and
relevant health and safety information about identified risks and the associated precautions.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/430/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
RECORDS
Records will be kept of:

risk assessments undertaken

information and training provided

information communicated to the parents in the case of a young person under the minimum school leaving
age
FURTHER INFORMATION
For further information, please refer to:

Employee Safety Handbook

Risk Assessments

Health and Safety Guidance.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 5/430/3
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
SECTION 6 - SAFE WORKING PROCEDURES
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
SAFE WORKING PROCEDURES
LEGISLATION

Health and Safety at Work Act

Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations
POLICY
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority recognises that some of its work activities may, unless properly
controlled, create a risk to employees and others and will provide adequate information about the hazards in our
workplace and the methods of avoiding them.
ARRANGEMENTS
Safe Working Procedure
Where a risk assessment has been undertaken and the risks reduced to the lowest level reasonably practicable a
safe working procedure will be developed.
Communication
Safe working procedures will be communicated to all relevant parties and signed declarations obtained.
Monitoring and Enforcement
Work activities will be closely monitored to ensure that all workplace precautions, identified in the safe working
procedure, are being implemented correctly.
A record will be kept of all individuals who fail to comply with the safe working procedures including details of the
breach and the corrective action advised. In the case of persistent offenders disciplinary action will be taken.
RECORDS
Records will be kept of:

safe working procedures

safe working procedure registers and signed declarations

any breaches of the safe working procedure, the offender and the corrective action advised
FURTHER INFORMATION
For further information please refer to:

Employee Safety Handbook

Safe Working Procedures
TCMS Ref: HSMS 6/1/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
SECTION 7 - MONITORING
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
MONITORING HEALTH AND SAFETY
PERFORMANCE
LEGISLATION

Health and Safety at Work Act

Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations

Provision and Use of Work Equipment Regulations

Control of Substances Hazardous to Health Regulations

Electricity at Work Regulations

Lifting Equipment and Lifting Operations Regulations

Pressure Systems Safety Regulations
POLICY
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority recognises that monitoring health and safety performance is essential in
order to evaluate how effectively risks are being controlled. The company will therefore, so far as is reasonably
practicable, undertake a combination of reactive and proactive measurement techniques to assist maintain and
improve health and safety performance.
ARRANGEMENTS
Reactive Monitoring
Reactive monitoring measures the number of failures, that is, accidents, ill health, near misses and other evidence
of deficient health and safety performance that have occurred. Reactive monitoring will include:

Investigating accidents and near misses

Analysing and comparing accidents and near misses in order to identify causation patterns and discernible
trends

Benchmarking accidents and near misses so that appropriate comparisons can be made.
Active Monitoring
Active monitoring measures the level of achievement and provides feedback on our performance before an
accident or near miss has occurred. Active monitoring will include, where appropriate:

Inspections of the workplace, work equipment, safe working procedures and health and safety
documentation.

Air monitoring and health surveillance

Statutory examination and testing

Health and safety surveys

Reviewing and auditing health and safety performance
TCMS Ref: HSMS 7/1/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Remedial Action
Where shortcomings are identified, appropriate remedial action will be taken to rectify the problem as quickly as
possible.
In some cases it will be necessary to identify long-term remedial actions (to ensure that the shortcomings do not
re-appear) as well as immediate actions to prevent accidents.
RECORDS
Records will be kept of:

Investigations of accidents and near misses

Analysis of accidents and near misses and identification of causation patterns

Results of benchmarking exercises

Air monitoring and health surveillance undertaken

Statutory examinations and tests

Health and safety surveys

Results of audits and review exercises

Remedial actions identified and implemented.
All records will be retained for three years from the date of completion and will be kept readily available for
inspection.
FURTHER INFORMATION
For further information, please refer to:

Employee Safety Handbook.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 7/1/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
SECTION 8 - AUDITING
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
AUDITING
LEGISLATION

Health and Safety at Work Act
POLICY
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority acknowledges the importance of auditing every aspect of our Health and
Safety Management System to ensure that our policies and procedures remain valid and are effectively
implemented. It is therefore the policy of the company to undertake periodic audits of our Health and Safety
Management System in order to maintain health and safety standards throughout our organisation.
ARRANGEMENTS
Audit Programme
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority will establish and maintain an audit programme and procedures in order
to determine whether or not our Health and Safety Management System:

conforms to the relevant legal and industry standards and best practice guidance

has been properly implemented and maintained

satisfies our policy and objectives.
Audit Frequency
An audit of our Health and Safety Management System will be carried out at least annually. Additional audits will
be undertaken when necessary, for example after an accident.
Audit Team
The individual(s) undertaking the audit will be independent of the part of the company or activity that is to be
audited.
Information to Employees
All relevant personnel will be informed of the purposes of the audit and all employees encouraged to co-operate
fully.
Audit Content
The audit will examine the effectiveness and suitability of our Health and Safety Management System and will
involve:

reviewing previous audit reports

interviewing individuals

examining documents

visual observation of the workplace, work equipment and work activities.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 8/1/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Audit Report
Following completion of the audit a report will be prepared and submitted to all relevant parties. The report will
identify the:

adequacy of existing arrangements

standards that must be achieved to satisfy legislation and best practice

remedial actions necessary to comply with legislation and best practice, together with identification of
responsible persons, completion dates and reporting requirements.
Monitoring
Suitable monitoring arrangements will be established to ensure satisfactory implementation of the remedial action
plans.
RECORDS
Records will be kept of:

Audit reports including remedial action plans.
FURTHER INFORMATION
For further information, please refer to:

Employee Safety Handbook.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 8/1/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
SECTION 9 - REVIEWING
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
REVIEWING HEALTH AND SAFETY PERFORMANCE
LEGISLATION

Health and Safety at Work Act

Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations
POLICY
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority acknowledges the importance of reviewing health and safety
performance in order to facilitate continuous improvements in health and safety standards. It is therefore the
policy of the company to undertake regular reviews of our Health and Safety Management System, to ensure its
continuing suitability, adequacy and effectiveness.
ARRANGEMENTS
Review Frequency
A review of our Health and Safety Management System will be undertaken on a regular basis (e.g. annually).
Partial reviews will also be undertaken when necessary.
Review Content
The review process, which will be documented, will address the adequacy of our health and safety arrangements
and procedures and identify the possible need for change where relevant. The review exercise will consider:

suitability of our current health and safety policy

adequacy of our current processes for the identification of hazards, assessment of risk and the effectiveness
of the risk control processes

adequacy of current financial, human and material resources

effectiveness of our current active and reactive monitoring processes

data relating to accidents or incidents that have occurred

actions recommended and/or taken following investigations into accidents or near miss incidents

recorded non-conformances with our Health and Safety Management System and any instances in which the
safe working procedures have not been effective

results of any internal or external audits of our Health and Safety Management System that have been
carried out since the previous review

effectiveness of emergency arrangements

any improvements to our Health and Safety Management System that have been introduced or proposed
since the previous review meeting

an assessment of the implications for the company of any foreseeable changes to legislation or technology.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 9/1/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Review Results
Following the review, specific arrangements will be made for any revisions to our Health and Safety Policy that
may be required.
Specific prioritised remedial actions will be assigned to designated individuals, together with target dates for
completion.
Monitoring
Follow up arrangements will be established to ensure satisfactory implementation of remedial actions identified
during the review and areas of emphasis will be reflected in the planning of future internal health and safety
audits.
RECORDS
Records will be kept of:

Review findings including remedial action plans
FURTHER INFORMATION
For further information, please refer to:

Employee Safety Handbook.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 9/1/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
SECTION 10 – HEALTH AND SAFETY GUIDANCE
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
ADVERSE EVENT INVESTIGATION
INTRODUCTION
Carrying out health and safety investigations provides a deeper understanding of the risks associated with work
activities. Blaming individuals is ultimately fruitless and sustains the myth that accidents and cases of ill health are
unavoidable when the opposite is true. Well thought-out risk control measures, combined with adequate
supervision, monitoring and effective management will ensure that work activities are safe.
An effective health and safety investigation requires a methodical, structured approach to information gathering,
collation and analysis. The findings of the investigation should form the basis of an action plan to prevent the
accident or incident from happening again and for improving the overall management of risk.
An 'adverse event' includes:

an accident: an event that results in injury or ill health occurs

an incident:

near miss: an event that, while not causing harm, has the potential to cause injury or ill health and includes
dangerous occurrences

undesired circumstance: a set of conditions or circumstances that have the potential to cause injury or ill
health.
The benefits arising from an investigation include:

the prevention of further similar adverse events

the prevention of business losses due to disruption, stoppage, lost orders and the costs of criminal and civil
legal actions

an improvement in employee morale and attitude towards health

the development of managerial skills which can be readily applied to other areas of the organisation.
While the argument for investigating accidents is fairly clear, the need to investigate near misses and undesired
circumstances may not be so obvious. However, investigating near misses and undesired circumstances is as
useful, and very much easier than investigating accidents. Adverse events where no one has been harmed can be
investigated without having to deal with injured people, their families and a demoralised workforce, and without
the threat of criminal and civil action hanging over the whole proceedings. Witnesses will be more likely to be
helpful and tell the truth.
It is often pure luck that determines whether an undesired circumstance translates into a near miss or accident.
The value of investigating each adverse event is the same.
At all times it should be remembered that an investigation is not an end in itself, but the first step in preventing
future adverse events.
An investigation should identify why the existing risk control measures failed and what improvements or additional
measures are needed and should fully involve employees and their representatives, where appropriate.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/010/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
In general, adverse events should be investigated and analysed as soon as possible as both memory and
motivation are greatest immediately after an adverse event and should involve an analysis of all information
available including physical (the scene of the accident), verbal (witness statements) and written (risk
assessments, safe working procedures, instructions etc) to identify what went wrong and to determine what steps
must be taken to prevent the adverse event from happening again.
It is important to be open, honest and objective throughout the investigation process as pre conceived ideas about
the process, equipment or the people involved in an adverse event can obscure the real causes. Everything
should be questioned.
An investigation should focus on identifying the root causes of the adverse event to identify past failures and
prevent future failures. The objective should be to establish not only how the adverse event happened, but more
importantly, what allowed it to happen.
Investigations should be undertaken with prevention in mind, not placing blame. Only after the investigation has
been completed is it appropriate to consider whether any individuals acted inappropriately.
An investigation should be thorough and structured to avoid bias and leaping to conclusions. Answers should
never be assumed and solutions should not be determined before an investigation is complete.
ADVERSE EVENT INVESTIGATION FORM
Part 1
Overview
A brief overview of the adverse event should be completed immediately and should include the names of the
people and equipment involved together with the names of any witnesses and emergency measures taken.
Part 2
Initial Assessment
An initial assessment should be undertaken to determine whether the event is reportable to the enforcing
authorities and to establish the level of investigation that is appropriate to the adverse event.
The table below will help to determine the level of investigation which is appropriate for the adverse event.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/010/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Minimal Level
In a minimal level investigation, the relevant line manager should look into the circumstances of the event and try
to learn any lessons which will prevent future occurrences.
Low Level
A low level investigation should involve a short investigation by the relevant line manager into the circumstances
and immediate, underlying and root causes of the adverse event, to try to prevent a recurrence and to learn any
general lessons.
Medium Level
A medium level investigation should involve a more detailed investigation by the relevant line manager and
employee representatives, where appropriate and will look for the immediate, underlying and root causes.
High Level
A high level investigation should involve a team based investigation, involving line managers and employee
representatives, where appropriate. It will be carried out under the supervision of senior management and will look
for the immediate, underlying, and root causes.
Part 3
Information Gathering
The process of finding out what happened and what conditions and actions influenced the adverse event should
begin straight away, or as soon as practicable.
It is important to capture information as soon as possible. This stops it being corrupted, e.g. items moved, guards
replaced etc. If necessary, work must stop and unauthorised access prevented. Everyone who was close by when
the adverse event happened should be talked too, especially those who saw what happened or know anything
about the conditions that led to it.
The amount of time and effort spent on information gathering should be proportionate to the level of
investigation. All available and relevant information should be collected, including opinions, experiences,
observations, sketches, measurements, photographs, check sheets, permits-to-work and details of the
environmental conditions at the time etc.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/010/3
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
WHERE, WHEN, WHO, HOW AND WHAT
1 Where and when did the adverse event happen?
2 Who was injured/suffered ill health or was otherwise involved with the adverse event?
3 How did the adverse event happen? (Note any equipment involved.)
A description of the chain of events leading up to, and immediately after, the adverse event should be recorded.
Very often, a number of chance occurrences and coincidences combine to create the circumstances in which an
adverse event happens. All these factors should be recorded here in chronological order, if possible.
The chain of events should be identified by talking to the injured person, eyewitnesses, line managers, health and
safety representatives and fellow workers to find out what happened and who did what. In particular, the position
of those injured, both immediately before and after the adverse event should be noted. As far as possible, this
should be done objectively without apportioning guilt, assigning responsibility or making snap judgements on the
probable causes. Plant and equipment that had a direct bearing on the adverse event should also be identified
clearly. This information can usually be obtained from a nameplate attached to the equipment. All the details
available, the manufacturer, model type, model number, machine number and year of manufacture and any
modifications made to the equipment should be recorded together with the position of the machinery controls
immediately after the adverse event. This information may help to spot trends and identify risk control measures.
Consideration should be given to approaching the supplier if the same machine has been implicated in a number
of adverse events.
4 What activities were being carried out at the time?
The work that was being done just before the adverse event happened can often cast light on the conditions and
circumstances that caused something to go wrong. A good description should be made, including all the relevant
details, e.g. the surroundings, the equipment/materials being used, the number of employees engaged in the
various activities, the way they were positioned and any details about the way they were behaving etc.
5 Was there anything unusual or different about the working conditions?
Adverse events often happen when something is different. When faced with a new situation, employees may find
it difficult to adapt, particularly if the sources of danger are unknown to them, or if they have not been adequately
prepared to deal with the new situation. If working conditions or processes were significantly different to normal,
why was this?
A description of anything that was new or different in the situation should be recorded. Was there a safe working
method in place for the situation, were operatives aware of it, and was it being followed? If not, why not?
Was the way the changes, temporary or otherwise, were introduced a factor? Were workers and supervisors
aware that things were different? Were workers and supervisors sufficiently trained/experienced to recognise and
adapt to changing circumstances?
6 Were there adequate safe working procedures and were they followed?
Adverse events often happen when there are no safe working procedures or where procedures are inadequate or
are not followed. What was it about normal practice that proved inadequate? Was a safe working method in place
and being followed? If not, why not? Was there adequate supervision and were the supervisors themselves
sufficiently trained and experienced? It is important to pose these questions without attempting to apportion
blame, assign responsibility or stipulate cause.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/010/4
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
7 What injuries or ill health effects, if any, were caused?
It is important to note which parts of the body have been injured and the nature of the injury – i.e. bruising,
crushing, a burn, a cut, a broken bone etc. Precise descriptions should be recorded as this will enable trends to
be spotted and allow prompt remedial action to be taken. Facts such as whether the injured person was given first
aid or taken to hospital (by ambulance, a colleague etc.) should also be recorded.
8 If there was an injury, how did it occur and what caused it?
Where an accident is relatively straightforward, it may seem artificial to differentiate between the accident itself
and the mode of injury, but when the accident is more complicated the differences between the two aspects
become clearer and therefore precise descriptions are vital.
The mode of injury can concern two different aspects:

the harmful object (known as the 'agent') that inflicted the injury

the way in which the injury was actually sustained.
The object that inflicted the in jury may be a hand-held tool like a knife, or a chemical, a machine, or a vehicle etc.
The way in which it happened might, e.g., be that the employee cut themselves or spilt chemicals on their skin.
9 Was the risk known? If so, why wasn't it controlled? If not, why not?
Was the source of the danger and its potential consequences known, and was this information communicated to
those who needed to know. Notes should be made as to what is said and who said it, so that potential gaps in the
communication flow may be identified and remedied. The aim should be to find out why the sources of danger
may have been ignored, not fully appreciated or not understood.
10 Did the organisation and arrangement of the work influence the adverse event?
Organisational arrangements should set the framework within which the work is done and include:

standards of supervision and on-site monitoring of working practices may be less than adequate

lack of skills or knowledge may mean that nobody intervenes in the event of procedural errors

inappropriate working procedures may mean certain steps in the procedures are omitted, because they are
too difficult and time consuming

lack of planning may mean that some tasks are not done, are done too late or are done in the wrong order

employees' actions and priorities may be a consequence of the way in which they are paid or otherwise
rewarded

high production targets and piecework may result in safety measures being degraded and employees
working at too fast a pace.
11 Was maintenance and cleaning sufficient? If not, explain why not.
Lack of maintenance and poor housekeeping are common causes of adverse events.

Was the state of repair and condition of the workplace, plant and equipment such that they contributed to or
caused the adverse event?

Were the brakes on the forklift truck in good working order?
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/010/5
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System

Were spills dealt with immediately?

Was the site so cluttered and untidy that it created a slipping or tripping hazard? Was there a programme of
preventative maintenance?

What are the instructions concerning good housekeeping in the workplace?
Observations of the location of the adverse event should be made as soon as possible and judgements made
whether the general condition or state of repair of the premises, plant or equipment was adequate. Those working
in the area, together with witnesses, and any injured parties, should also be asked for their opinion. as they will
have a good idea of what is acceptable and whether conditions had deteriorated over time.
12 Were the people involved competent and suitable?
Training should provide employees with the necessary knowledge, skills and hands-on work experience to carry
out their work efficiently and safely. The fact that someone has been doing the same job for a long time does not
necessarily mean that they have the necessary skills or experience to do it safely.
13 Did the workplace layout influence the adverse event?
The physical layout and surroundings of the workplace can affect health and safety. Injuries may be caused by
sharp table edges. Hazardous or highly inflammable fumes may be produced in areas where operatives work or
where there are naked lights. Or, the workplace may be organised in such a way that there is not enough
circulation space. Or, it may be impossible to see or hear warning signals, e.g. during fork lift truck movements.
14 Did the nature or shape of the materials influence the adverse event?
As well as being intrinsically hazardous, materials can pose a hazard simply by their design, weight, quality or
packaging, e.g. heavy and awkward materials, materials with sharp edges, splinters, poisonous chemicals etc.
The choice of materials also influences work processes, e.g. a particularly hazardous material may be required.
Poor quality may also result in materials or equipment failing during normal processing, causing malfunctions and
accidents.
15 Did difficulties using the plant and equipment influence the adverse event?
Plant and equipment includes all the machinery, plant and tools used to organise and carry out the work. All of
these items should be designed to suit the people using them. This is referred to as ergonomic design, where the
focus is on the individual as well as the work task the item is specifically designed to carry out. If the equipment
meets the needs of the individual user, it is more likely to be used as it is intended – i.e. safely. Consideration
should be given to user instructions. A machine that requires its operator to follow a complicated user manual is a
source of risk in itself.
16 Was the safety equipment sufficient?
Was any safety equipment and safety procedures both sufficient and current for all conditions in which work took
place, including the provision and use of any extra equipment needed for employees' safety. A note should be
made of whether the safety equipment was used, whether it was used correctly, whether or not it was in good
condition and was working properly etc.
17 Did other conditions influence the adverse event?
'Other conditions' should cover everything else that has not been reported yet, but which might have influenced
the adverse event. For example:
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/010/6
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System

disagreements or misunderstandings between people;

the weather;

unauthorised interference in a process or job task;

defective supplies or equipment;

deliberate acts, such as trespass or sabotage.
Analysis
An examination of all the facts should be undertaken to determine what happened and why. All the detailed
information gathered should be assembled and examined to identify what information is relevant and what
information is missing.
18 What were the immediate, underlying and root causes?
It is only by identifying all causes, and the root causes in particular, that lessons from past failures and prevent
future repetitions can be learnt.
The causes of adverse events often relate to one another in a complex way, sometimes only influencing events
and at other times having an overwhelming impact, due to their timing or the way they interact. The analysis must
consider all possible causes and an open mind should be kept. Possible causes should not be rejected until they
have been given serious consideration. The emphasis is on a thorough, systematic and objective look at the
evidence.
Immediate Cause
The most obvious reason why an adverse event happened e.g. guard missing; employee slipping – there may be
several immediate causes to any one adverse event
Underlying Cause
The less obvious ‘system’ or ‘organisational’ reason for an adverse event happening, e.g. Pre-start up machinery
checks not being undertaken; the hazard not be adequately considered by risk assessment; production measure
too great.
Root Cause
An initiating event or failing from which all other causes or failings arise, Root causes are usually management
planning or organisational failings.
19 What risk control measures are needed/recommended?
An analysis of the adverse event should identify number of risk control measures that either failed or that could
have interrupted the chain of events leading to the adverse event, if they had been in place. A list should be drawn
up of all the alternative measures to prevent this, or similar, adverse events.
Some of these measures will be more difficult to implement than others, but this should not influence their listing
as possible risk control measures. The time to consider these limitations is later when choosing and prioritising
which measures to implement. Each of the possible risk control measures should be evaluated on the basis of
their ability to prevent recurrences and whether or not they can be successfully implemented.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/010/7
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
In deciding which risk control measures to recommend and their priority, measures should be chosen in the
following order, where possible:

measures which eliminate the risk, e.g. use 'inherently safe' products, such as a water-based product rather
than a hydrocarbon-based solvent

measures which combat the risk at source, e.g. provision of guarding

measures which minimise the risk by relying on human behaviour, e.g. safe working procedures, the use of
personal protective equipment.
In general terms, measures that rely on engineering risk control measures are more reliable than those that rely
on people.
20 Do similar risks exist elsewhere? If so, what are they and where do they exist?
Could the same thing happen elsewhere in the organisation and what steps can be taken to avoid this?
21 Have similar adverse events happened before? Give details.
If there have been similar adverse events in the past why have they been allowed to happen again?
Part 4
Risk Control Action Plan
22 Which risk control measures should be implemented in the short and long term?
An action plan for the implementation of additional risk control measures is the desired outcome of a
thorough investigation. The action plan should have SMART objectives, i.e. Specific, Measurable, Agreed,
Realistic and with Timescales.
Deciding where to intervene requires a good knowledge of the organisation and the way it carries out its work. For
the risk control measures proposed to be SMART, management, employees and their representatives should all
contribute to a constructive discussion on what should be in the action plan.
The magnitude of the risk should guide priorities ('risk' is the likelihood and severity of harm). Questions that
should be asked include: 'What is essential to securing the health and safety of the workforce today?' What cannot
be left until another day? How high is the risk to employees if this risk control measure is not implemented
immediately? If the risk is high, immediate action should be taken.
Failing to put in place measures to control serious and imminent risks because of financial constraints is totally
unacceptable. Risks should either be reduced to an acceptable level, or work stopped. For those risks that are not
high and immediate, the risk control measures should be put into an action plan in order of priority. Each risk
control measure should be assigned a timescale and a person made responsible for its implementation. It is
crucial that a specific person, preferably a director, partner or senior manager, is made responsible for ensuring
that the action plan as a whole is put into effect. This person doesn't necessarily have to do the work him or
herself but he or she should monitor the progress of the risk control action plan.
Progress on the action plan should be regularly reviewed. Any significant departures from the plan should be
explained and risk control measure rescheduled, if appropriate. Employees and their representatives should be
kept fully informed of the contents of the risk control action plan and progress with its implementation.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/010/8
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
23 Which risk assessments and safe working procedures need to be reviewed and updated?
All relevant risk assessments and safe working procedures should be reviewed after an adverse event. The
findings of an investigation should indicate areas of risk assessments that need improving.
24 Have the details of adverse event and the investigation findings been recorded and analysed? Are
there any trends or common causes which suggest the need for further investigation? What did the
adverse event cost?
In addition to the prompt notification of RIDDOR reportable events to the regulatory authorities, records should be
kept of adverse events, their causes and the remedial measures taken. This will enable health and safety
performance to be monitored and trends detected.
LEGISLATION

Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations
For further information, please contact Thomas Carroll Management Services
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/010/9
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
ADVERSE EVENT REPORTING (RIDDOR)
INTRODUCTION
Employers and those in control of work premises are required to report some work-related accidents, diseases
and dangerous occurrences.
As well as being a legal requirement, the reporting of accidents, diseases and dangerous occurrences also
enables the enforcing authorities to identify where and how risks arise and to investigate serious accidents.
Death or Major Injury
If there is an accident connected with work and an employee, or a self-employed person working on the premises
is killed or suffers a major injury (including as a result of physical violence) or a member of the public is killed or
taken to hospital the enforcing authority must be notified without delay (e.g. by telephone).
A completed accident report form (F2508) must be completed within ten days.
Over-Three-Day Injury
If there is an accident connected with work (including an act of physical violence) and an employee, or a selfemployed person working on the premises, suffers an over-three day injury a completed accident report form
(F2508) must be sent to the enforcing authority within ten days.
An over-three-day injury is one which is not major but results in the injured person being away from work or
unable to do the full range of their normal duties for more than three days (including any days they wouldn’t
normally be expected to work such as weekends, rest days or holidays) not counting the day of the injury itself.
Disease
Upon notification from a doctor that an employee suffers from a reportable work related disease a completed
disease report form (F2508A) must be sent to the enforcing authority.
Dangerous Occurrence
If something happens which does not result in a reportable injury, but which clearly could have done, it may be a
dangerous occurrence and must be reported immediately (e.g. by telephone) to the enforcing authority.
Within ten days a completed accident report form (F2508) must be sent to the enforcing authority.
Reporting
Reports can be made to the Incident Contact Centre via a number of methods:
Telephone:
0845 300 9923 (8.30am - 5.00pm)
Fax:
0845 300 9924 (anytime)
Email:
[email protected]
Internet:
www.riddor.gov.uk (any time)
Post:
Incident Contact Centre, Caerphilly Business Park, Caerphilly CF83 3GG
Alternatively, the following businesses can contact the environmental health department of the local authority.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/010/11
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System

office-based

retail or wholesale

warehousing

hotel and catering

sports or leisure

residential accommodation, excluding nursing homes

concerned with places of worship

pre-school child care

mobile vending.
All other types of businesses can contact the Health and Safety Executives area office.
DEFINITION OF MAJOR INJURIES, DANGEROUS OCCURRENCES
AND DISEASES
Reportable Major Injuries are:

fracture other than to fingers, thumbs or toes

amputation

dislocation of the shoulder, hip, knee or spine

loss of sight (temporary or permanent)

chemical or hot metal burn to the eye or any penetrating injury to the eye injury resulting from an electric
shock or electrical burn leading to unconsciousness or requiring resuscitation or admittance to hospital for
more than 24 hours

any other injury leading to hypothermia, heat-induced illness or unconsciousness, or requiring resuscitation,
or requiring admittance to hospital for more than 24 hours

unconsciousness caused by asphyxia or exposure to a harmful substance or biological agent

acute illness requiring medical treatment, or loss of consciousness arising from absorption of any substance
by inhalation, ingestion or through the skin

acute illness requiring medical treatment where there is reason to believe that this resulted from exposure to
a biological agent or its toxins or infected material.
Reportable Dangerous Occurrences are:

collapse, overturning or failure of load-bearing parts of lifts and lifting equipment

explosion, collapse or bursting of any closed vessel or associated pipe work

failure of any freight container in any of its load-bearing parts

plant or equipment coming into contact with overhead power lines

electrical short circuit or overload causing fire or explosion any unintentional explosion
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/010/12
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System

any unintentional explosion, misfire, failure of demolition to cause the intended collapse, projection of
material beyond a site boundary, injury caused by an explosion

accidental release of a biological agent likely to cause severe human illness

failure of industrial radiography or irradiation equipment to de-energise or return to its safe position after the
intended exposure period

malfunction of breathing apparatus while in use or during testing immediately before use

failure or endangering of diving equipment, the trapping of a diver, an explosion near a diver, or an
uncontrolled ascent

collapse or partial collapse of a scaffold over five metres high, or erected near water where there could be a
risk of drowning after a fall

unintended collision of a train with any vehicle

dangerous occurrence at a well (other than a water well)

dangerous occurrence at a pipeline

failure of any load-bearing fairground equipment, or derailment or unintended collision of cars or trains

a road tanker carrying a dangerous substance overturns, suffers serious damage, catches fire or the
substance is released

a dangerous substance being conveyed by road is involved in a fire or released.
The following dangerous occurrences are reportable except in relation to offshore workplaces:

unintended collapse of: any building or structure under construction, alteration or demolition where over five
tonnes of material falls; a wall or floor in a place of work; any false-work

explosion or fire causing suspension of normal work for over 24 hours

20 sudden, uncontrolled release in a building of:

- 100 kg or more of a flammable liquid

- 10 kg or more of a flammable liquid above its boiling point

- 10 kg or more of a flammable gas

- 500 kg of these substances if the release is in the open air

accidental release of any substance which may damage health.
Additional categories of dangerous occurrences apply to mines, quarries, relevant transport systems (railways etc)
and offshore workplaces.
Reportable Diseases Include:

certain poisonings

some skin diseases such as occupational dermatitis, skin cancer, chrome ulcer, oil folliculitis/acne

lung diseases including occupational asthma, farmer’s lung, pneumoconiosis, asbestosis, mesothelioma

infections such as leptospirosis, hepatitis, tuberculosis, anthrax, legionellosis and tetanus

other conditions such as: occupational cancer, certain musculoskeletal disorders, decompression illness and
hand-arm vibration syndrome.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/010/13
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
RECORDS
Records must be kept of any reportable injury, disease or dangerous occurrence for three years after the date on
which it happened and must include:

the date and method of reporting

the date, time and place of the event

personal details of those involved

a brief description of the nature of the event or disease.
LEGISLATION

Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous Occurrences Regulations
For further information, please Contact Thomas Carroll Management Services
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/010/14
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
ASBESTOS MANAGEMENT
INTRODUCTION
This Guidance is intended to provide advice on asbestos management strategy; they do not detail the complex
precautions to be taken when undertaking work activities that could result in occupational exposure to asbestos
fibres.
Dangers of Asbestos
Inhalation of asbestos fibres can cause asbestos related cancer (mesothelioma) and asbestosis. Exposure to
asbestos fibres might arise during:

the manufacture of products containing asbestos

demolition buildings containing asbestos materials

maintenance or repair work (such as building work, plumbing, electrical work and carpentry) to buildings
containing asbestos materials, especially

work involving access to asbestos insulated ducts or voids (e.g. installation of cables for telephone or
computer systems

normal building occupation where asbestos insulation material is not enclosed or has fragmented

asbestos sampling and laboratory analysis.
IDENTIFICATION OF ASBESTOS
Typical applications
Asbestos can often be found in various forms within buildings. These include:

insulation (in voids and cavities)

coatings (on roofs and walls)

asbestos cement boarding (in wall panels or prefabricated roofing panels)

ceiling and floor tiles

moulded fixtures and fittings (such as toilet cisterns).
Asbestos survey
Reasonable steps should be taken to determine the location of materials containing asbestos. A survey should be
carried out by a competent person and a record kept of the location of asbestos and presumed asbestos.
Whilst employees can be easily trained to identify possible asbestos, only experienced competent persons can do
so with confidence. In cases of doubt, the presumption should always be that the material contains asbestos until
there is confirmation to the contrary. Analysis by a UKAS (NAMAS) accredited laboratory is necessary to provide
confirmation.
Asbestos registers
The record of the survey must be kept up to date and a periodic check kept on the condition of the asbestos or
presumed asbestos material.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/050/15
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Employees finding asbestos (or suspected asbestos)
There is always some possibility that asbestos materials will be overlooked during surveys. Employees finding
asbestos (or suspected asbestos) during work activities must not disturb the materials and must immediately
report the matter to their line manager.
RISK ASSESSMENT
A suitable and sufficient risk assessment should be carried out of the risk of exposure to asbestos or asbestos
presumed materials and a record kept of the actions necessary to ensure that any:

material known or presumed to contain asbestos, which may create a risk of exposure because of its
condition or location, is repaired or if necessary removed

material known or presumed to contain asbestos is maintained in a good state of repair

information about the location and condition of any material known or presumed to contain asbestos is given
to anyone likely to disturb it.
ASBESTOS MANAGEMENT PLAN
An asbestos management plan should be prepared and implemented to ensure that:

Any material known or suspected of containing asbestos is not disturbed and kept in a good state of repair

Any material known or suspected of containing asbestos is either repaired or removed where there is an
increased risk due to it’s location and condition

Information on the location, condition and workplace precautions to be followed is provided to anyone
potentially at risk.
The asbestos management plan will be reviewed at appropriate intervals to ensure that it is being implemented
correctly and remains valid.
Asbestos in good condition
If the asbestos is in good condition, not likely to be damaged, and is not likely to be worked on or disturbed it is
usually safer to leave it in place and manage it.
Asbestos in poor condition
If the asbestos is in poor condition or it is likely to be damaged or disturbed you will need to decide whether it
should be repaired, sealed, enclosed or removed. If the condition of the asbestos and the course of action to take
is unknown specialist advice should be sought from a licensed contractor, asbestos surveyor or specialist
laboratory.
Managing asbestos left in place
If the asbestos is to be left in place, the following action should be taken:

Make a note of the location of asbestos on plans, premises etc and keep this information up to date.

Ensure that suitable warning signs are clearly displayed on all asbestos or asbestos containing material.

Develop arrangements to ensure that anyone who may come into contact with asbestos is aware of it. For
example develop a permit to work system for any work to be undertaken on the premises.

Ensure that appropriate information and training is provided to all employees on the presence of asbestos or
asbestos containing material.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/050/16
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System

Carry out inspections of the asbestos or asbestos containing material (including those that have been sealed
etc) to ensure that it’s condition has not deteriorated in any way. The frequency of inspections, will depend on
the type of material, it’s location and condition, but should be at least every six months.
INFORMATION AND TRAINING
Managers etc. who are responsible for the maintenance of buildings should be provided with information on the
risks associated with asbestos and the precautions to be taken, including the need for surveys and to maintain a
register of locations of asbestos or presumed asbestos.
Employees who are liable to be exposed to asbestos must be provided with information, instruction and training
about the risks from asbestos and the precautions that should be observed. Such employees are likely to include
maintenance personnel (plumbers, electrician’s etc.) who work in buildings where there is a possibility of the
presence of asbestos. Employees should also be instructed to recognise asbestos or possible asbestos and must
be instructed in the appropriate actions (see ‘Employees Finding Asbestos’ above).
Persons (including employees and contractors) who may come into contact with asbestos should be informed of
its location and condition.
ASBESTOS REMOVAL/DEMOLITION ETC
Asbestos removal may only be carried out by employers licensed by HSE.
A written plan, detailing how the work will be carried out, must be prepared for any work involving repair or
removal of the asbestos.
Risk assesment and plan of work
Work activities that may involve exposure to asbestos must themselves first be subject to risk assessment to
establish:

the nature and condition of the asbestos

the method of work to be used and the reasons for the choice

whether or not action levels or control limits are likely to be exceeded

the frequency and duration of exposure

whether or not non-employees are likely to be exposed, and if so, to what extent

results of any air monitoring from similar work

the steps to be taken to reduce exposure to the lowest level

the steps to be taken to reduce the release of asbestos into the environment

procedures for the provision and use of respiratory protective equipment or other personal protective
equipment

procedures for dealing with emergencies (where appropriate)

any other information relevant to safe working practices.
The precautions required will depend on the nature of the asbestos and whether or not the foreseeable level of
exposure is likely to exceed action levels and control limits that are specified in the Control of Asbestos at Work
Regulations. This must be determined by analysis and estimation carried out by a competent person.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/050/17
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Action levels and control limits
In general the regulations apply to any exposure to asbestos at work, but some specific regulations apply only
where the action levels or control limits are likely to be exceeded. The action levels and control limits are
exposures to asbestos accumulated over a continuous 12 week period, and expressed as fibre counts per millilitre
of air.
Where the assessment indicates that action levels are exceeded, there is a duty to:

notify HSE of the intention to carry out the work

designate the asbestos control area where the action levels are likely to be exceeded and areas where
suitable respirators must be used

provide medical surveillance.
Where the assessment indicates that the control limits may be exceeded there is a duty to provide suitable
respirators and ensure that they are worn.
FURTHER INFORMATION

Control of Asbestos Regulations

Asbestos (Licensing) Regulations

Asbestos Prohibitions Regulations.
For additional information, please contact Thomas, Carroll Management Services Limited
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/050/18
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
CONSULTATION WITH EMPLOYEES
INTRODUCTION
Consulting employees on health and safety matters can be very important in creating and maintaining a safe and
healthy working environment. By consulting employees, employers should motivate staff and make them aware of
health and safety issues.
Consultation can also make businesses become more efficient and help reduce the number of accidents and
work-related illnesses.
Consultation involves employers not only giving information to employees but also listening to and taking account
of what employees say before they make any health and safety decisions. If a decision involving work equipment,
processes or organisation could affect the health and safety of employees, employers must allow time to give the
employees or their representatives information about what is proposed. Employers must also give the employees
or their representatives the chance to express their views and then take account of these views before they reach
a decision.
3
Matters on Which Consultation Should Take Place
Consultation with employees must be carried out on matters to do with their health and safety at work, including:

any change which may substantially affect their health and safety at work, for example in procedures,
equipment or ways of working

employers arrangements for getting competent people to help satisfy health and safety laws

information that employees must be given on the likely risks and dangers arising from their work, measures
to reduce or get rid of these risks and what they should do if they have to deal with a risk or danger

planning of health and safety training

health and safety consequences of introducing new technology.
Trade Union Safety Representatives and Elected Representatives of Employee
Safety
Employer who recognise a trade union who have appointed, or is about to appoint, safety representatives must
consult safety representatives on matters affecting the group or groups of employees they represent. Members of
these groups of employees may include people who are not members of that trade union.
Employees not in groups covered by trade union safety representatives must be consulted by employers.
Employers can choose either to consult them directly or through elected representatives. If employers consult
employees directly, they can choose whichever method suits everyone best. If employers decide to consult
employees through an elected representative, then employees have to elect one or more people to represent
them.
The law protects employees against being dismissed or other action taken against them because they have taken
part in health and safety consultation (whether as an individual or a representative) including taking part in
electing a health and safety representative or being a candidate.
Any employee can apply to an Industrial Tribunal if they feel they have been penalised for taking part in
consultation. Representatives who have not received the time off and pay they need to carry out their roles or be
trained can also apply.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/060/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Provision of Training and Facilities
Employers must make sure that elected representatives receive the training they need to carry out their roles, give
them the necessary time off with pay and pay any reasonable costs to do with that training.
The TUC and many trade unions offer trade union safety representatives training. All representatives must be
given time off with pay to take part in any training they need. All representatives must be given reasonable time off
with pay and appropriate help and facilities so they can carry out their role. Candidates for election are also
entitled to reasonable time off with pay to carry out their roles.
Provision of Information
Employees or their representatives must be given enough information to allow them to take a full and effective
part in the consultation.
Employers do not have to provide information that they are not aware of or if it:

would be against the interests of national security or against the law

is about someone who has not given his or her permission for it to be given out

would, other than for reasons of its effect on health and safety, harm the business

involves information in connection with legal proceedings.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/060/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Functions of Trade Union Safety Representatives and Representatives of Employee
Safety
The roles of trade union safety representatives are to:

investigate possible dangers at work, the causes of accidents there and general complaints by employees
on health and safety and welfare issues and to take these matters up with employers

carry out inspections of the workplace particularly following accidents, diseases or other events

represent employees in discussions with health and safety inspectors and to receive information from those
inspectors

go to meetings of safety committees.
7
Employers must also set up a safety committee if two or more trade union safety representatives ask for one.
The roles of elected representatives of employee safety are to:

take up with employers concerns about possible risks and dangerous events in the workplace that may affect
the employees they represent

take up with employers general matters affecting the health and safety of the employees they represent

represent the employees who elected them in consultations with health and safety inspectors.
Employers may also choose to give elected representatives extra roles as well.
LEGISLATION

Health and Safety (Consultation with Employees) Regulations

Safety Representatives and Safety Committees Regulations
For further information, please contact Thomas, Carroll Management Services
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/060/3
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
CONTRACTORS
INTRODUCTION
The use of contractors can be particularly risky because work is often undertaken in situations which are
unfamiliar to the contractors. Employees at the host premises are also often unaware of the contractor’s presence.
Although work undertaken by contractor is usually covered by a civil contract, health and safety responsibilities
are defined by criminal law and cannot be passed on from one party to another by a contract.
In any client/contractor relationship, both parties will have health and safety responsibilities, which if not properly
managed, can lead to events that could prove costly to all parties. To avoid things going wrong in the first place,
all parties must co-operate to ensure that health and safety is properly managed.
Similarly, if the contractor employs sub-contractors to carry out some or all of the work, all parties will have some
health and safety responsibilities, the extent of which will depend on the circumstances.
Identifying the Job
Employers need to clearly identify all aspects of the work they want the contractor to do, including work falling
within the preparation and completion phases. The level of risk will depend on the nature of the job. Whatever the
risk, employers need to consider the health and safety implications of the job they want done. This will involve
selecting someone suitable to do the job, assessing the risks, deciding what information, instruction and training is
required, how co-operation and co-ordination between all parties is achieved, how the workforce is to be
consulted and the level of management and supervision required.
Selecting a Suitable Contractor
Employers need to satisfy themselves that contractors are competent (i.e. they have sufficient skills and
knowledge) to do the job safely and without risks to health and safety. The degree of competence required will
depend on the work to be done. Contractors need to know and understand what performance is expected.
Employers should explain their health and safety arrangements to them and show them their procedures, permit
systems, health and safety policy statement and make sure they understand and will act in accordance with it.
When selecting a suitable contractor, employers should consider:

what experience they have in the type of work to be done

what their health and safety policies and practices are

recent health and safety performance (number of accidents etc)

what qualifications and skills they have

their selection procedure for sub-contractors

what health and safety training and supervision they provide

their arrangements for consulting their workforce

if they have any independent assessment of their competence

if they are members of a relevant trade or professional body

whether they or their employees hold a ‘passport’ in health and safety training

relevant insurance details.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/070/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Selecting a Suitable Sub-Contractor
The selection of any sub-contractors is probably best left to the contractor. Employers must, however, satisfy
themselves that a contractor has an effective procedure for appraising the competence of a sub-contractor. When
selecting a suitable subcontractor, a contractor may use some or all of the criteria that an employer may use in
selecting a suitable contractor. Again, the degree of competence required will depend on the work to be done.
Assess the Risks of the Work
A risk assessment must be done and both employers and contractor should be party to it. Employers should
already have a risk assessment for the work activities of their own business. The contractor must assess the risks
for the contracted work and then both parties must get together to consider those risks from each other’s work that
could affect the health and safety of the workforce or anyone else. Employers and the contractor need to agree
the risk assessment for the contracted work and the preventative and protective steps that will apply when the
work is in progress. If subcontractors are involved, they should also be part of the discussion and agreement.
Provision of Information, Instruction and Training
Employers, contractors and sub-contractors should provide their employees with information, instruction and
training on anything which may affect their health and safety. All parties need to consider what information should
be passed between them and agree appropriate ways to make sure this is done. They need to exchange clear
information about the risks arising from their operations, including relevant safety rules and procedures, and
procedures for dealing with emergencies. This exchange of information should include details of any risks that
other parties could not reasonably be expected to know about. The information must be specific to the work.
The instruction and training provided by the employer, the contractor and the subcontractor needs to take account
of the risks from their own and each other’s work.
Co-Operation and Co-Ordination
In any employer/contractor relationship, there must be co-operation and co-ordination between all the parties
involved, to ensure the health and safety of all at the workplace and anyone else likely to be affected. The
employer should set up liaison arrangements with all parties. This could take the form of regular meetings or
briefings. Liaison is particularly important where variations of the work are proposed or where more than one
contractor or sub-contractor is engaged.
Consultation
Employers, contractors and sub-contractors must consult their employees on health and safety matters. Where
there are recognised trade unions, consultation should be through safety representatives appointed by the unions.
Trade unions have an important role to play and can provide expertise to help in the area of health and safety.
Where there is no recognised trade union, different arrangements will have to be made e.g. through
representatives elected by their employees. However the workforce is represented, they should be part of the
liaison arrangements set up by the employer and should be involved from the outset.
Management and Supervision
Employers must decide what they need to do to effectively manage and supervise the work of contractors. The
more impact the contractor’s work could have on the health and safety of anyone likely to be affected, the greater
the management and supervisory responsibilities of the employer. Employers will also have greater management
and supervisory responsibilities where they know more about the health and safety implications of the contracted
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/070/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
work than the contractor. In all circumstances, employers need sufficient knowledge and expertise to manage and
supervise the contracted work. It is essential that the nature of the controls exercised by the employer is agreed
before work starts. An important part of this is the arrangements for the selection and control of any subcontractors. Employers may need to agree with the contractor how the work will be done and the precautions that
will be taken. Again, the extent of the employer’s responsibilities will be determined by the impact that the
contractor’s work could have on anyone likely to be affected. Relevant issues include:

what equipment should or should not be worked on/used

personal protective equipment to be used and who will provide it

working procedures, including any permits-to-work

the number of people needed to do the job

reporting of accidents and safekeeping of records and plans.
Employers, contractors and sub-contractors should monitor their health and safety performance. This means
checking whether the risk assessment is up to date and that control measures are working. The level of
monitoring depends on the risks – the greater the risks, the greater the monitoring. Employers should make
periodic checks on the contractor’s performance to see if the work is being done as agreed. Contractors and subcontractors should carry out day-to-day checks to see that what should be done is being done.
Some work-related accidents, diseases and dangerous occurrences have to be reported to the enforcing
authorities. It is good practice to investigate all injuries, cases of work-related ill health and ‘near misses’ to find
out what went wrong and why they were not prevented.
Employers, contractors and subcontractors should share the lessons learnt from monitoring and investigations
with each other and with the entire workforce. Where health and safety requirements are not being met, the first
step is for the employer and the contractor to find out why and put matters right. If health and safety performance
is not brought up to requirements, employers should to stop the contractor working on the job until requirements
can be met.
Both the employer and the contractor should review the work after completion to see if performance could be
improved in future.
FURTHER INFORMATION

Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations
For further information, please contact Thomas, Carroll Management Services
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/070/3
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
DISPLAY SCREEN EQUIPMENT
INTRODUCTION
The health problems associated with display screen equipment are:

upper limb disorders (including pains in the neck, arms, elbows, wrists, hands, fingers) often known as
repetitive strain injury or 'RSI'

back ache

fatigue and stress

temporary eye strain (but not eye damage) and headaches.
In order to protect the health of employees employers are required to reduce risks from display screen equipment
by:

analysing workstations to assess and reduce risks

ensuring that workstations meet specified minimum requirements

planning work activities so that they include breaks or changes of

activity

providing eye and eyesight tests on request, and special spectacles if needed

providing information and training.
Definitions
Display Screen Equipment (D.S.E.)
The definition of DSE covers conventional (CRT) display screens, laptops and other types such as liquid crystal or
plasma displays used in flat panel screens, touch screens, and other emerging technology. Display screens
mainly used to display line drawings; graphs, charts, or computer-generated graphics are included, as are screens
used in work with television or film pictures. The definition is not limited to typical office situations but also covers
for example non-electronic displays systems such as microfiches etc. DSE used in factories, and other non-office
applications are also included.
Workstation
A workstation is an assembly comprising:

display screen equipment (whether provided with software determining the interface between the equipment
and its operator or user, a keyboard or other input device)

any optional accessories to the display screen equipment

any disk drive, telephone, modem, printer, document holder, work chair, work desk, work surface or other
item peripheral to the display screen equipment

the immediate work environment around the display screen equipment.
Users
Users are defined in the regulations as employees ‘who habitually use display screen equipment as a significant
part of their work’.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/110/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
The identification of ‘users’ is important because the likelihood of experiencing adverse health effects is related to
the frequency, duration, intensity, and the pace of spells of continuous use of DSE. This is allied to other factors
such as the amount of discretion the person has over the extent and methods of display screen use. It is not
possible therefore to identify a set rule based solely on the number of hours of usage.
Where it is clear that the use of DSE is more or less continuous on most days the individuals concerned should be
regarded as users or operators. Where use is less continuous or frequent, other factors to do with the job must be
assessed. It is generally appropriate to classify a person as a user or operator if they:

normally use DSE for continuous or near continuous spells of an hour or more at a time; and

use DSE in this way more or less daily; and

have to transfer information quickly to or from the DSE; and
also need to apply high levels of attention and concentration or are highly dependant on DSE or have little choice
about using DSE or need special training or skills to use the DSE.
SOME EXAMPLES OF USERS ARE LISTED BELOW:
DEFINITE DISPLAY SCREEN
USERS
POSSIBLE USERS –
DEPENDING ON
CIRCUMSTANCES
DEFINITE NON USERS
Word processing worker
Scientist/technical adviser
Senior
Secretary or typist
Client manager
(sometimes a laptop) infrequently
Data input operator
Building society customer support
for short periods for preparing
News sub-editor
officer
statistics
Journalist
Airline check in clerk
meetings
Tele-sales/customer
Community care worker
complaints/accounts
Receptionist
manager
for
using
DSE
presentation
Receptionist
using
at
DSE
enquiry/directory enquiry operator
occasionally for limited purposes
Air traffic controller
for example obtaining details of
Financial dealer
staff
Graphic designer
locations
Microwaves assembly or testing
monitoring of a single CCTV
operative
screen
telephone
or
numbers,
intermittent
Television editing technician
Librarian
Operators
Operators are defined as self-employed persons who habitually use DSE as a significant part of their normal work
(i.e. as for users, but not employees).
Special Groups of Workers
Homeworkers and Teleworkers
There is no evidence that homeworkers and teleworkers are exposed to any major additional or unique risks to
health and safety as a consequence of their DSE work. Indeed, there may be potential benefits to individuals and
communities.
However, homeworkers and teleworkers may encounter both the normal risks associated with DSE work and
some potentially increased risks that may arise from social isolation, stress, lack of supervision, lack of employer
commitment and difficulties in undertaking risk assessments.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/110/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Agency Workers
Many temporary workers supplied by employment agencies will use DSE sufficiently to become users
(employees) or operators (self-employed people).
Where a DSE worker supplied by an agency/employment business becomes an employee of the host employer,
duties fall to the host employer. In other situations where the worker is an employee of the agency or is selfemployed, both the agency/employment business and the host (client) employer have duties.
Analysis of Workstations
An analysis of display screen equipment workstations should be undertaken to asses the extent to which the
possible health risks arise for DSE worker using their workstations.
Risks to health may arise from a combination of factor sand are particularly likely to occur when the work,
workplace and work environment do not take account of workers needs.
In the simplest and most obvious cases, which can be easily repeated and explained at any time, an assessment
need not be recorded. This might be the case for example, if no significant risks are indicated and no individual
operator or user is identified as being especially at risk. Assessments of short-term or temporary workstations may
also not need to be recorded, unless risks are significant. However, in most other cases assessments need to be
recorded and kept readily accessible.
Risk assessment
Information provided by users is an essential part of an assessment. A useful way of obtaining this information is
through is through the use of an ergonomic checklist, which should be completed by users or with their input. In
order for users to undertake a self assessment correctly they should be provided with appropriate information and
training. On completion of self assessments a more objective analysis of the elements of the workstations should
be undertaken.
Those responsible for undertaking risk assessments should have the ability to:

identify hazards and assess risks from the workstation and the kind of display screen work being done, for
example, from a checklist

draw upon additional sources of information on risk if appropriate

draw valid and reliable conclusions and identify steps to reduce risks

make a clear record of the assessment and communicate the findings to those who need to take appropriate
action, and to the employee concerned

recognise their own limitations as to assessment so that further expertise can be called upon if necessary.
Employees’ safety representatives should also be encouraged to play a full part in the assessment process. In
particular, they should be encouraged to report any problems in display screen work that come to their attention.
Risk assessments should be reviewed in light of changes to the display screen user population, or changes in
individual capability and where there has been a significant change in the workstation itself, such as:

major change to software used

major change to equipment (screen, keyboard, input devices etc)

major change in workstation furniture

substantial increase in the amount of time required to be spent using display screen equipment
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/110/3
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System

substantial change in other task requirements (e.g. greater speed or accuracy)

relocation of a workstation (even if all the equipment and furniture stays the same)

features of the work environment are significantly modified i.e. lighting.
Shared workstations
Where one workstation is used by more than one worker, whether simultaneously or in shifts, it should be
analysed and assessed in relation to all those who use the workstation.
Reducing Risks
Risk assessment should highlight any areas that may give rise to concern which will require further evaluation and
corrective action as appropriate. For typical applications of display screen equipment such as computer monitors
in offices, remedial action is often straightforward, for example:
Postural problems
These may be overcome by simple adjustments to the workstation such as repositioning equipment, adjusting the
chair or providing a footrest. Training is likely to be required.
Visual problems
Visual problems such as glare or reflections may often be corrected by providing blinds or by repositioning the
screen in relation to windows and lights. In some cases, the lighting may need to be changed.
Fatigue and stress
This may be alleviated by correcting obvious defects in the workstation. In addition, good task design is important;
wherever possible the task should provide the user with control over the pace and nature of their tasks. Provision
should be made for training, information, and advice not only as regards health, but also on the use of software.
It is important to recognise the limitations of a basic assessment in identifying the root causes of observed or
reported problems. Problems such as backache may be caused by a combination of factors such as an unsuitable
posture adopted because of glare on the screen.
Minimum Workstation Requirements
Employers must ensure that workstations meet minimum requirements for ergonomic features relating to
equipment, the working environment and the interface between (for example software) the computer and the user
or operator.


Equipment

- Display Screen

- Keyboard and other input devices

- Work desk or work surface

- Work chair
Working Environment
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/110/4
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System


- Space requirements

- Lighting, reflections and glare

- Noise

- Heat and humidity

- Radiation
Task Design and Software

- Task design

- Software ergonomics
Daily Work Routine of Users
Every reasonable effort should be made to plan the activities of users so that their daily work routine on display
screen equipment is interrupted by appropriate breaks or changes of activity. Frequent short breaks or changes of
activity that allow movement, change of posture, and change of viewing distance are more beneficial than longer
breaks taken less frequently. Changes of viewing distance are important to reduce fatigue in the muscles of the
eyes. Breaks that involve similar viewing distances (e.g. reading) are of little benefit.
Provision of Eye/Eyesight Testing and Corrective Spectacles
Users, or those who are to become users of DSE, are entitled, on request, to an eye and eyesight test by a
competent person and the test must be paid for by the user’s employer. Employers are free to specify that such
tests and any correction that may be required are provided by a particular company or professional.
If the competent person prescribes corrective appliances for the employee specifically for display screen
equipment work, then employers have a duty to pay the minimum cost of obtaining suitable lenses and a standard
frame.
The legal obligation is simply to provide the means to correct a defect of sight so as to enable the screen to be
used. It does not extend to the supply of tinted lenses, more expensive frames, scratch resistant coatings or other
‘extras’.
Provision of Information and Training
All users or those who are to become users should be provided with suitable health and safety training in addition
to training given to do the work itself.
Health and safety training should be aimed at reducing or minimising the principal risks associated with display
screen equipment relating to physical problems, visual fatigue and mental stress and should include:

The users role in recognising hazards and risks

A simple explanation of how health may be harmed

Actions that the user should take to control risks

Arrangements for reporting problems

Information regard to eyesight tests, rest pauses etc

Users contribution to risk assessments
It is good practice for training to be provided before users undertake self assessments.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/110/5
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
RECORDS
Records should be kept of the following:

analysis of workstation undertaken

defect reporting and corrective action taken

provision of eye and eyesight tests

provision of corrective spectacles.
FURTHER INFORMATION

Health and Safety (Display Screen Equipment) Regulations
For further information, please contact Thomas, Carroll Management Services
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/110/6
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
ELECTRICITY
INTRODUCTION
Electricity can kill. Even non-fatal shocks can cause severe and permanent injury and damage including:
Electric Shock
An electric shock occurs when current flows through the body. This can happen either by direct contact (this is
contact between an individual and a live conductor) or by indirect contact (between an individual and a conductor
that is not live under normal conditions but is live through a fault).
The main effects of electric shock result from muscular spasms and contractions which often make it impossible to
let go of the energised conductor. This effect occurs with both alternating current (AC) and direct current (DC).
Depending on the current involved and the duration of contact, muscular spasms can be fatal. Burns at the point
of current entry and exit are another typical physiological effect, which often accompanies electric shock.
Electrical Burn
Electric burns occur when contact is made between a tool and a conductor which causes a short circuit to earth.
Massive over current causes the tool to melt instantly spraying molten metal in all directions. The resulting flash
also causes serious ultra violet burns.
Another type of burn often accompanies electric shock. Electricity generates heat as it passes through the body
and causes serious internal burns, often within the skin where pain may not be felt.
Fires
Electrical faults and overloaded circuits are one of the main causes of fires in industry, as well as in the home. The
most common reasons are:

flammable materials placed too close to electrical equipment, which becomes warm in normal use (lamps
etc)

overloading circuits beyond their intended capacity

poor connections causing arcing

poor insulation causing arcing

use of incorrect fuses

use of wiring etc. that is inadequate for the currents intended to be carried.
Electric Arcing
When a conductor carries enough potential, it may allow the electricity to ‘jump’ across an insulation material
(usually air). This is when arcing occurs. The distances covered may vary according to potential and atmospheric
conditions.
Explosions Caused by Electricity
Even low currents and voltages can result in the ignition of flammable gases, vapours, or dusts. Static electricity
can also cause explosions in some circumstances.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/120/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Risk Assessment
A risk assessment arising from any work that might expose people to danger from electric shock, fire as a result of
electrical work, electrical burns and explosion arising from electricity as an ignition source in flammable
atmospheres should be undertaken for the purpose of identifying all necessary measures required to reduce any
risks.
Suitability of Plant, Equipment and Circuits
All electrical plant, tools and equipment should be suitable for their intended purpose and environment and be
appropriately CE marked where applicable.
Electrical plant, tools and equipment should only be used for the purpose for which they are suitable.
In assessing the suitability of the equipment, consideration should be given to the:

rating assigned by the manufacturer of the equipment

likely load and fault conditions

need for suitable electrical protective devices

fault level at the point of supply and the ability of the equipment and any protective devices to handle likely
fault conditions

contribution to the fault level from connected loads such as from motors

environmental conditions which will have a bearing on the mechanical strength and protection required of the
equipment

user’s requirements of the system

manner in which commissioning, testing and subsequent maintenance or other work may need to be carried
out.
Strength and Capability
No electrical equipment should be used where its strength and capability may be exceeded in such a way as to
give rise to danger.
Adverse or Hazardous Environments
Electrical equipment must be constructed or as necessary protected to prevent danger arising from environments
to which it is reasonably foreseeable that it may be exposed including:

mechanical damage from impact, wear, abrasion etc

the effects of weather, both in the long and short term

natural hazards such as animals, trees etc

temperature and pressure

liquids, including water and solvents

corrosive chemicals

dirty conditions, such as electrically conducting dust

flammable conditions, including flammable dusts and vapours
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/120/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System

explosive substances or environments.
All electrical installations and equipment should be installed in accordance with the Institute of Electrical
Engineers (IEE) Wiring Regulations.
Insulation, Protection and Positioning of Conductors
All electrical conductors that may give rise to danger must be either suitably insulated or other precautions taken
(such as suitable positioning) to prevent danger. Where reliance is placed on safe positioning, additional
precautions should also be provided to ensure that persons are not exposed to danger when carrying out
maintenance work that might bring them into close proximity to the conductors.
Earthing or Other Suitable Precautions
Suitable precautions must be taken to prevent danger where it is foreseeable that conductive materials may
become electrically charged, either as a result of the use of an electrical system, or as a result of a fault. Ways of
preventing such danger include ensuring that:

the conductors do not become charged; or

if the conductors do become charged the values of voltage and current and the duration are such that danger
will not arise

if the conductors do become charged, the environment is such that danger will not arise.
Protection Devices
Earthing
The most common protective device is to connect the conductive material to the mass of earth by a conductor of
sufficient strength and current-carrying capacity to discharge electrical energy to earth.
Other commonly used techniques include:

double insulation

equipotential bonding

the use of safe voltages

current/energy limitation

residual current devices.
Many of the following techniques rely upon their mechanical and electrical integrity. It is therefore normally
essential to carry out planned inspection/tests.
Double insulation
Live conductors of the electrical equipment are enclosed in two discrete layers of insulation. This avoids the need
for external metalwork to be connected to earth and is widely used in portable electrical tools. Safety depends on
the equipment being suitably constructed, used and maintained.
Equipotential bonding
All exposed conductive material that could be touched, and which may become electrically charged (e.g. workbenches, metal pipes) are electrically interconnected so that dangerous potentials (voltages) between them are
limited.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/120/3
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Safe voltages
Reduced voltage systems are recommended in all situations where there is risk of mechanical damage to
equipment and cables (e.g. in factories, workshops and on construction sites). In most situations of this sort, the
use of 110 volt (centre tapped to earth) is appropriate. Where there is no 110v supply, a 240/110v transformer
should be used.
In higher risk situations, such as work carried out in or on metal-work which might be wet, extra low voltage
systems (i.e. below 50v A.C. or 120v D.C.) should be used.
Residual current devices (RCD)
In a RCD, the phase and neutral are monitored so as to detect any ‘leakage’ to earth that might result from an
insulation fault or potential electric shock situation. Even very small leakage currents will cause the device to trip
and cut the supply, usually within 30 milliseconds. This means that any electric shock sustained will be too brief to
stop the heart or cause fibrillation.
Connections
Joints and connections (including plugs and sockets) in an electrical system must be mechanically and electrically
suitable for use. Loose connections give rise to overheating, arcing and possible fire. Connections that have little
mechanical strength e.g. ‘chocolate block’ connections can result in the exposure of live conductors, if, for
example, a lead is pulled.
Means of Protection from Excess Current
Faults such as short circuits and overloads may occur on electrical systems. Where such overcurrents may result
in danger such as fire or arcing suitable protection must be provided. This usually involves the use of a suitably
rated fuse or circuit breaker that will interrupt the supply or reduce it to a safe value.
Fuse
The flow of electrical current generates heat and the higher the current, the more the heat. Fault currents caused
by a short circuit to earth are likely to allow much higher currents to flow than the equipment or wiring was
designed to carry. A fuse is a weak link designed to melt (thereby breaking the circuit) at abnormal currents. The
fuse is intended to protect the equipment and wiring from overcurrent and will not protect people from electric
shock. Without a fuse, the equipment might be damaged and the wiring would eventually become hot enough to
melt its insulation and start a fire.
Most normal currents are capable of causing fatal shocks. A fuse therefore does not provide direct protection from
electric shock. By protecting the circuit from overload, the fuse may well prevent fires. In addition, without a fuse,
the fault is likely to remain 'live' for some time during which the exposed parts might be touched.
Circuit breakers and miniature circuit breakers
These electromagnetic devices perform the same function as fuses and although slightly faster, they do not
protect people from electric shock.
Means for Cutting off the Supply and for Isolation
Where necessary to prevent danger, suitable means must be available for cutting off the supply of electrical
energy to any electrical equipment and for isolation of electrical equipment. The requirement is for both a means
of switching off, and a means of ensuring that the supply will remain switched off and inadvertent reconnection is
prevented. The most common means of achieving isolation is the use of lockable isolators.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/120/4
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Precautions for Work on Equipment Made Dead
Where equipment has been electrically isolated or switched off to prevent danger while work is carried out on or
near that equipment, adequate precautions must be taken to prevent that equipment from becoming electrically
charged. This means that an effective method of cutting off and for secure isolation must be used. In some cases,
i.e. where there is a risk of electromagnetic induction or from stored electrical energy, it may also be necessary to
provide temporary earth connections.
It may also be appropriate to use formal written procedures including ‘Permits to Work’.
Maintenance
All electrical systems (e.g. fixed installations and electrical equipment) must be maintained so as to prevent
danger. This can be achieved by carrying out routine testing, and where practicable, visual inspection at
appropriate intervals.
There is no statutory frequency for such inspection and tests. The frequency required is likely to vary according to
the likelihood of dangerous faults occurring and should be determined by considering the class and type of
equipment, the environment in which it is used and the frequency of use.
A typical frequency for the testing of fixed electrical installations is, for example:

once every 5 years for office situations

once every 3 years for factory situations.
For portable or transportable equipment (which is usually more vulnerable to damage); typical test frequencies
would be in:

once every 3 months on a construction site

once every 6-12 months an industrial or commercial situation.
Working Practices and Live Working
Safe systems of work are required for maintenance, inspection or testing that might expose persons to any risks
or dangers.
Live working
Live working (including fault finding and testing) on or near live conductors (other than conductors that are suitably
insulated) should not be undertaken unless it is:

unreasonable to isolate the conductors from sources of energy;

reasonable (absolutely necessary) to carry out the work ‘live’; and

suitable precautions (including the use where necessary of suitable personal protective equipment) are
taken.
Suitable precautions normally require that a safe system for live work (including the use of a permit to work, where
appropriate) should be followed. All employees who carry out electrical work should be competent to do so or be
adequately supervised.
Working space, access and lighting
Adequate working space, adequate means of access and adequate lighting must be provided at all electrical
equipment on which electrical work is undertaken.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/120/5
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Permit to Work
In specified circumstances, a ‘Permit to Work’ system should be used in respect of electrical work. Where the
need for a permit is specified, the work must not commence unless a valid permit has been issued.
Information and Training
Nobody should be engaged in work where technical knowledge or experience is necessary unless they possess
such knowledge or experience, or is under appropriate supervision.
Persons carrying out work on electrical equipment, circuits or installations and their immediate line
managers/supervisors should be provided with appropriate information relating to safety aspects of that
equipment and should include the ability to recognise obvious visible defects.
Users of portable and transportable equipment should be trained to check before use for visible defects to plugs
and leads etc.
Electric Shock - Emergency Resuscitation and First Aid
It is advisable to place notices or placards giving details of emergency resuscitation procedures in case of electric
shock at those locations where the risk is greatest.
All employees in areas of risk must be should be aware of the importance of not touching a casualty with bare
hands until either the current is switched off or the contact is broken by means of a non-conducting implement (a
wooden brush or chair etc.). The person should stand on insulating material when carrying out this operation.
Where high voltages are involved, the casualty must not be approached until the supply has been switched off.
RECORDS
Records should be kept of the following:

contractor's safety information

risk assessments undertaken

copies of any permits to work issued for work on electrical equipment

details of fixed electrical installations

inspections and tests (detailing date tested, name of tester and date of next test) plus details of any
modifications or repairs made

matters relevant to personal competence and training in respect of persons who carry out, supervise,
manage or assess electrical work

personal protective equipment provided

safety information provided to contractors.
LEGISLATION

Electricity at Work Regulations.
For further information, please contact Thomas, Carroll Management Services
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/120/6
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
FIRE SAFETY
INTRODUCTION
Good management of fire safety is essential to ensure that fires are unlikely to occur; that if they do occur they are
likely to be controlled or contained quickly, effectively and safely; or that, if a fire does occur and grow, everyone in
a premises is able to escape to a place of total safety easily and quickly.
Responsible Person
Responsibility for fire safety in the workplace rests with the ‘responsible person’. In a workplace, this is the
employer and any other person who may have control of any part of the premises, e.g. the occupier or owner. In
all other premises the person or people in control of the premises will be responsible. If there is more than one
responsible person in any type of premises (e.g. a multi-occupied complex), all must take all reasonable steps to
co-operate and co-ordinate with each other.
The responsible person must carry out a fire risk assessment which should focus on the safety in case of fire of all
‘relevant persons’. It should pay particular attention to those at special risk, such as disabled people, those who
you know have special needs and young persons, and must include consideration of any dangerous substance
liable to be on the premises.
In addition to fire risk assessment, the responsible person must:

appoint one or more competent persons, depending on the size and use of the premises, to carry out any of
the preventive and protective measures required

provide employees with clear and relevant information on the risks to them identified by the fire risk
assessment, about the measures taken to prevent fires, and how these measures will protect them if a fire
breaks out

consult with employees (or their elected representatives) about nominating people to carry out particular
roles in connection with fire safety and about proposals for improving the fire precautions

before employing a child, provide a parent with clear and relevant information on the risks to that child
identified by the risk assessment, the measures put in place to prevent/protect them from fire and inform any
other responsible person of any risks to that child arising from their undertaking

inform non-employees, such as temporary or contract workers, of the relevant risks to them, and provide
them with information about who are the nominated competent persons, and about the fire safety procedures
for the premises

co-operate and co-ordinate with other responsible persons who also have premises in the building, inform
them of any significant risks, and how those risks which might affect the safety of their employees will be
reduced/controlled

provide the employer of any person from an outside organisation (e.g. an agency providing temporary staff)
with clear and relevant information on the risks to their employees and the preventive and protective
measures taken

consider the presence of any dangerous substances and the risk this presents to relevant persons from fire

establish a suitable means of contacting the emergency services and provide them with any relevant
information about dangerous substance,
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/140/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System

provide appropriate information, instruction and training to employees about the fire precautions in the
workplace

ensure that the premises and any equipment provided in connection with fire fighting, fire detection and
warning, or emergency routes and exits are covered by a suitable system of maintenance, and are
maintained by a competent person in an efficient state, in efficient working order and in good repair

Advise employees that they have a duty to co-operate so as to ensure the workplace is safe from fire and its
effects, and that they must not do anything that will place themselves or other people at risk.
Fire Risk Assessment
Fire risk assessment should identify risks that can be removed or reduced the nature and extent of the general fire
precautions that need to be taken.
Identify Fire Hazards
For a fire to start, three things are required:

A source of ignition – smoking, naked lights, hot surfaces, electrical equipment

Fuel – flammable gases, flammable liquids, flammable solids

Oxygen – always present in air, additional sources from oxidising agents
If any one of these is missing, a fire cannot start. Taking measures to avoid the three coming together will
therefore reduce the chances of a fire occurring.
Identify People at Risk
If there is a fire, the main priority is to ensure that everyone reaches a place of safety quickly. Putting the fire out is
secondary to this because the greatest danger from fire in a workplace is the spread of the fire, heat and smoke
through it.
To identify those who may be at risk if there is a fire consideration should be given to where employees work
(permanent and occasional locations) and others, such as customers, visiting contractors etc, work and where
these people are likely to be found.
Evaluate, Remove, Reduce and Protect From Risk
Evaluate the Risk of a Fire Occurring
In general, fires start in one of three ways:

accidentally, such as when smoking materials are not properly extinguished or when lighting displays are
knocked over

by act or omission, such as when electrical equipment is not properly maintained, or when waste packaging
is allowed to accumulate near to a heat source

deliberately, such as an arson attack.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/140/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Evaluate the Risk to People
To evaluate the actual risk to people should a fire start and spread, consideration should be given to the likelihood
of any particular incident occurring.
Remove or Reduce the Hazards
Sources of ignition, fuel and oxygen should either be removed or reasonable steps must be taken to reduce them.
Remove or Reduce the Risks to People
The risk to people should be reduced to as low as reasonably practicable, by ensuring that adequate fire
precautions are in place to warn people in the event of a fire and allow them to safely escape.
Fire Protection Measures
The level of fire protection should be proportional to the risk posed to the safety of the people in the premises. The
higher the risk of fire and risk to life, the higher the standards of fire protection will need to be.
Fire-detection and warning systems
In some simple premises, a fire may be obvious to everyone as soon as it starts. In these cases, where the
number and position of exits and the travel distance to them is adequate, a simple shout of ‘fire’ or a simple
manually operated device, such as a gong, whistle or air horn that can be heard by everybody when operated
from any single point within the building, may be all that is needed. Where a simple shout or manually operated
device is not adequate, it is likely that an electrical fire warning system will be required.
In more complex premises, particularly those with more than one floor, where an alarm given from any single point
is unlikely to be heard throughout the building, an electrical system incorporating sounders and manually operated
call points (breakglass boxes) is likely to be required. This type of system is likely to be acceptable where all parts
of the building are occupied at the same time and it is unlikely that a fire could start without somebody noticing it
quickly. However, where there are unoccupied areas, or common corridors and circulation spaces in multioccupied premises, in which a fire could develop to the extent that escape routes could be affected before the fire
is discovered, automatic fire detection may be necessary.
Fire fighting equipment and facilities
Fire fighting equipment can reduce the risk of a small fire, e.g. a fire in a waste-paper bin, developing into a large
one. The safe use of an appropriate fire extinguisher to control a fire in its early stages can also significantly
reduce the risk to other people in the premises by allowing people to assist others who are at risk. This equipment
will need to comprise enough portable extinguishers that must be suitable for the risk.
Fire risk assessment
In simple premises, having one or two portable extinguishers of the appropriate type, readily available for use,
may be all that is necessary. In more complex premises, a number of portable extinguishers may be required and
they should be sited in suitable locations, e.g. on the escape routes at each floor level. It may also be necessary to
indicate the location of extinguishers by suitable signs. Some premises will also have permanently installed
firefighting equipment such as hose reels, for use by trained staff or firefighters.
People with no training should not be expected to attempt to extinguish a fire. However, all staff should be familiar
with the location and basic operating procedures for the equipment provided, in case they need to use it. If your
fire strategy means that certain people, e.g. fire marshals, will be expected to take a more active role, then they
should be provided with more comprehensive training.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/140/3
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Other fixed installations and facilities to assist firefighters, such as dry rising mains and access for fire engines, or
automatically operated, fixed fire suppression systems such as sprinklers and gas or foam flooding systems, may
also have been provided.
Escape routes
Once a fire has started, been detected and a warning given, everyone should be able to escape to a place of total
safety unaided and without the help of the fire and rescue service. However, some people with disabilities and
others with special needs may need help from staff who will need to be designated for the purpose.
Escape routes should be designed to ensure, as far as possible, that any person confronted by fire anywhere in a
building, should be able to turn away from it and escape to a place of reasonable safety, e.g. a protected stairway.
From there they will be able to go directly to a place of total safety away from the building.
Those who require special assistance (e.g. very young children in a creche and some people with disabilities)
could be accommodated on the same level as the final exit from the premises to facilitate escape. Where they
need assistance to evacuate, sufficient staff should be available to ensure a speedy evacuation.
The level of fire protection that should be given to escape routes will vary depending on the level of risk of fire
within the premises and other related factors. Generally, premises that are simple, consisting of a single storey,
will require fairly simple measures to protect the escape routes, compared to a large multi-storey building, which
would require a more complex and inter-related system of fire precautions.
When determining whether adequate escape routes for a premises, consideration should be given to:

the type and number of people using the premises

escape time

the age and construction of the premises

the number and complexity of escape routes and exits

whether lifts can or need to be used

the use of phased or delayed alarm evacuation

assisted means of escape/personal evacuation plans (PEEPs)

assembly points.
The type and number of people using the premises
Employees can reasonably be expected to have an understanding of the layout of the premises, while contractors
or visitors will be unlikely to have knowledge of alternative escape routes.
The number and capability of people present will influence the assessment of the escape routes. You must ensure
that your existing escape routes are sufficient and capable of safely evacuating all the people likely to use your
premises at any time, including temporary staff employed in busy periods, and visitors. If necessary you may need
either to increase the capacity of the escape routes or restrict the number of people in the premises.
Escape time
In the event of a fire, it is important to evacuate people as quickly as possible from the premises. Escape routes in
a building should be designed so that people can escape quickly enough to ensure they are not placed in any
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/140/4
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
danger from fire. The time available will depend on a number of factors, including how quickly the fire is detected
and the alarm raised, the number of escape routes available, the nature of the occupants and the speed of fire
growth.
Age and construction of the premises
Older buildings may comprise different construction materials from newer buildings, and may be in a poorer state
of repair. The materials from which premises are constructed, the quality of building work and state of repair could
contribute to the speed with which any fire may spread, and potentially affect the escape routes the occupants will
need to use.
Number of escape routes and exits
In general there should normally be at least two escape routes from all parts of the premises, but a single escape
route may be acceptable in some circumstances (e.g. part of a premises accommodating less than 60 people or
where the travel distances are limited).
Where two escape routes are necessary and to further minimise the risk of people becoming trapped, escape
routes should be completely independent of each other. This will prevent a fire affecting more than one escape
route at the same time.
When evaluating escape routes, a safety factor should be built in by discounting the largest exit from an escape
plan or doors which cannot be opened quickly, e.g. manually operated roller shutters. You can then determine
whether the remaining escape routes from a room, floor or building will be sufficient to evacuate all the occupants
within a reasonable time. Escape routes that provide escape in a single direction only may need additional fire
precautions to be regarded as adequate.
Exit doors on escape routes and final exit doors should normally open in the direction of travel, and be quickly and
easily openable without the need for a key. Checks should be made to ensure final exits are wide enough to
accommodate the number of people who may use the escape routes they serve.
Management of escape routes
It is essential that escape routes, and the means provided to ensure they are used safely, are managed and
maintained to ensure that they remain usable and available at all times when sessions about the escape routes
within the premises. Corridors and stairways that form part of escape routes should be kept clear and hazard free
at all times. Items that may be a source of fuel or pose an ignition risk should never be located on any corridor or
stairway that will be used as an escape route. In some premises with storage racking, escape routes may be
through/ under the racking; these should be kept clear of any storage and obstructions.
Emergency evacuation of persons with mobility impairment
Means of escape must be suitable for the evacuation of everyone and provisions for the emergency evacuation of
disabled persons may include stairways, evacuation lifts, firefighting lifts, horizontal evacuation, refuges or ramps.
Use of these facilities should be linked to effective management arrangements as part of an emergency plan. The
plan should not rely on fire and rescue service involvement for it to be effective.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/140/5
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Emergency escape lighting
People must be able to find their way to a place of total safety if there is a fire by using escape routes that have
enough lighting. Where any escape routes are internal and without windows or premises are used during periods
of darkness, including early darkness on winter days, then some form of back-up to the normal escape route
lighting (emergency escape lighting) is likely to be required.
Signs and Notices
Signs
Signs must be used, where necessary, to help people identify escape routes, find firefighting equipment and
emergency fire telephones. Sign must be in pictogram form which can be supplemented by text if this is
considered necessary to make the sign more easily understood.
Notices
Notices must be used, where necessary, to provide the following:

instructions on how to use any fire safety equipment

the actions to be taken in the event of fire

help for the fire and rescue service (e.g. location of sprinkler valves or electrical cut-off switches).
All signs and notices should be positioned so that they can be easily seen and understood.
Installation, Testing and Maintenance
New fire precautions should be installed by a competent person.
Any existing equipment, devices or facilities that are provided for the safety of people, such as fire alarms, fire
extinguishers, lighting, signs, fire exits and fire doors, must be kept in effective working order. Fire separating
elements designed to prevent fire and smoke entering escape routes must also be maintained.
Regular checks, periodic servicing and maintenance should be undertaken and any defects are put right as
quickly as possible.
Record, Plan, Inform, Instruct and Train
Record the significant findings and action taken
Significant findings should include details of:

the fire hazards identified

the actions taken or to be taken to remove or reduce the chance of a fire

occurring

persons who may be at risk, particularly those especially at risk

the actions taken or will be taken to reduce the risk to people from the

spread of fire and smoke (protective measures)

the actions people need to take in case of fire, including details of any persons nominated to carry out a
particular function (emergency plan)

the information, instruction and training provided.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/140/6
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Emergency Plans
An emergency plan is required for dealing with any fire situation. The purpose of an emergency plan is to ensure
that the people know what to do if there is a fire and that the premises can be safely evacuated.
An emergency plan should be based on the outcome of fire risk assessment and be available for employees, their
representatives (where appointed) and the enforcing authority.
Inform, Instruct, Co-Operate and Co-Ordinate
Clear and relevant information and appropriate instructions should be provided to employees and employers of
other people working in a premises, such as contractors, about how to prevent fires and what they should do if
there is a fire.
If children are employed their parents must be informed of the significant risks identified and the precautions
taken.
Information and instruction
All employees should be given information and instruction as soon as possible after they are appointed and
regularly after that.
All other relevant persons should be given information about fire safety arrangements as son as possible.
Information and instructions must be in a form that can be used and understood. They should take account of
those with disabilities such as hearing or sight impairment, those with learning difficulties and those who do not
use English as their first language.
The information and instruction should be based on the emergency plan and must include:

the significant findings from your fire risk assessment

the measures that you have put in place to reduce the risk

what staff should do if there is a fire

the identity of people you have nominated with responsibilities for fire safety

any special arrangements for serious and imminent danger to persons from fire.
Co-operation and co-ordination
In premises that are multi occupied it is important that everybody cooperates to ensure their actions and working
practices do not place others at risk if there is a fire, and that any co-ordinated emergency plan operates
effectively.
Where two or more responsible persons share premises in which an explosive atmosphere may occur, the
responsible person with overall responsibility for the premises must co-ordinate any measures necessary to
protect everyone from any risk that may arise.
Employees also have a responsibility to co-operate with their employer so far as it is necessary to help the
employer comply with any legal duty.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/140/7
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Fire safety training
Adequate fire safety training should be provided to employees. The type of training should be based on the
particular features of a premises and should:

take account of the findings of fire risk assessment

explain emergency procedures

take account of the work activity and explain duties and responsibilities

take place during normal working hours and be repeated periodically where appropriate

be easily understandable by employees and other people who may be present

be tested by fire drills.
All the staff identified in the emergency plan that have a supervisory role if there is a fire should be given details of
the fire risk assessment and provided with additional training.
REVIEW
A fire risk assessment should be reviewed and where necessary, revised, if it is no longer valid or if there is a
significant change to premises that affects fire precautions.
Reasons for review could include:

changes to work activities or the way that you organise them, including the introduction of new equipment

alterations to the building, including the internal layout

substantial changes to furniture and fixings

the introduction, change of use or increase in the storage of hazardous substances

the failure of fire precautions, e.g. fire-detection systems and alarm systems, life safety sprinklers or
ventilation systems

significant changes to type and quantities and/or method of storage of goods

an increase in the number of people present

the presence of people with some form of disability.
LEGISLATION

Regulatory Reform (Fire Safety) Order
For further information, please Contact Thomas Carroll Management Services
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/140/8
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
FIRST AID
WHAT IS FIRST AID AT WORK
People at work can suffer injuries or fall ill. It doesn’t matter whether the injury or illness is caused by the work
they do or not. What is important is that they receive immediate attention and that an ambulance is called in
serious cases. First aid at work covers the arrangements you must make to ensure this happens. It can save lives
and prevent minor injuries becoming major ones.
Duty to Provide First Aid
Employers have a duty to provide adequate and appropriate equipment, facilities and personnel to enable first aid
to be given to employees if they are injured or become ill at work.
Assessment of Need
What is adequate and appropriate depends on individual circumstances and employers should carry out an
assessment to identify their first-aid needs.
Sufficient first aid personnel and facilities should be available to:

give immediate assistance to casualties with both common injuries or illness and those likely to arise from
specific hazards (e.g. hazardous substances or dangerous processes) at work

summon an ambulance or other professional help.

The table below covers the points you should consider.
ASPECTS TO CONSIDER
IMPACT ON FIRST AID PROVISION
1. The risks to health and safety identified by
If the risks are significant first aiders may be required
assessment
2. Are there specific risks, e.g. from:
Consider:

hazardous substances?

specific training of first aiders

dangerous tools?

extra first aid equipment

dangerous machinery?

precise sighting of first aid equipment

dangerous loads or animals?

informing emergency services

first aid room
3. Are there different levels of risk in different parts of
Different levels of provision may be needed.
the establishment?
4. Are large numbers of people employed?
First aiders may be needed to deal with the higher
probability of an accident.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/150/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
5. What is the accident/ill health history (what type
Consider:
and where did they happen)?

locate provision where needed

ensure that the contents of first aid boxes are
appropriate
6. Are there inexperienced workers on site, or
Consider:
employees

special equipment

siting of equipment
with
disabilities
or
special
health
problems?
7. Are the premises spread out?
Consider:
Is there more than one building?

Is there more than one floor?
8. Is there shift-work or out of hours working?
provision of first aid in each building or on
several floors.
First aid cover must be provided whenever people are
at work.
9. Is the workplace remote from emergency medical
service?

Inform local medical services of your location

Consider special arrangements with emergency
services
10. Do you have employees who work alone or travel

a lot?
Consider issuing personal first aid kits and
training staff in their use

Consider issuing personal communicators to
employees
11. Do any of your employees work at sites occupied
You will need to make arrangements with other site
by other employees?
occupiers.
12. Do you have any work experience trainees?
Your first aid provision must cover them.
13. Do members of the public visit your premises?
You have no legal responsibilities for non-employees
but you may wish to cover them in your first aid
provision (recommended by HSE)
14. Do you have employees with reading or
You should make special arrangements to give them
language difficulties?
first aid information.
Provision of First Aid Personnel
Employers must ensure an adequate availability of first aid personnel with approved qualifications. Such provision
should ensure first aid cover during normal working hours and so far as it is practicable should also provide cover
during abnormal hours of work.
Arrangements should ensure that sufficient cover is provided when first aiders and appointed persons are on
leave or absent from the workplace for any reason.
First Aiders
The term ‘first aider’ generally means someone who has been trained by, and holds a current certificate issued by
a training organisation approved by the Health and Safety Executive Training. Re-training should be carried out at
appropriate intervals – certificates are currently valid for three years.
The number of first aiders required depends on individual circumstances and is not bound by any strict ratio.
However, the following Guidance offers suggestions as to how many first aiders or appointed persons might be
needed in relation to categories of risk and number of employees.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/150/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Category of Risk
Low risk
e.g. shops offices libraries
Numbers Employed
at any location
Number of First Aid Personnel
Below 50
At least one appointed person
50-100
At least one first aider
Above 100
One additional first aider for
every 100 employed
Medium risk
e.g. light engineering and assembly work,
food processing, warehouses
Below 20
At least one appointed person
20-100
At least one first aider for every
50 employed (or part of 50)
Above 100
One additional first aider for
every 100 employed
High risk
e.g. most construction sites, chemical
processing, extensive work with dangerous
machinery, steelworks
Below 5
At least one appointed person
5-50
At least one first aider
More than 50
One additional first aider for
every 50 employed
Where there are hazards
At least one additional first aider
requiring special first aid
trained in the specific emergency
skills
action
Appointed Persons
Where an assessment of first aid needs indicates that a first aider is unnecessary, the minimum requirement is for
a sufficient number of persons to be appointed to take charge of:

any situation where an ill or injured employee requires urgent medical attention

any first aid equipment and facilities while the certificated first aider is absent.
Appointed persons should not give first aid treatment, except emergency first aid treatment as covered on a basic
emergency first aid course, if so trained.
Provision of Information
Information should be provided to employees on first aid arrangements. Notices displayed in a prominent position
in the workplace telling staff the names and location of first aiders and/or appointed persons and where first aid
boxes ate located will usually be sufficient.
Arrangements should be made for employees with reading or language difficulties.
Equipment and Facilities
The assessment of need should determine the equipment and facilities that are appropriate and will normally
include:

an appropriate number of first aid boxes

where mains water is not readily available, an adequate number of sealed bottles of sterile water or saline
solution suitable for eye irrigation

additional equipment as required for dealing with specific hazards

travelling first aid kits should be provided where appropriate.
Provision should also be made for the disposal of soiled dressings.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/150/3
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
First Aid Boxes
The number of boxes should be such that first aiders have reasonable access to first aid equipment. There is no
mandatory list of items that should be included in a first aid box; this depends on the needs identified by the
assessment. The guidance to the regulations, list the minimum contents for normal purposes.
First aid boxes should be provided for use by trained first aiders only and must be clearly marked with a white
cross on a green background. They must be properly maintained and the contents replenished when necessary
and not contain tablets or medication (aspirin or paracetamol etc).
First Aid Rooms
Whether or not there is a need for a first aid room should be determined by an assessment of need. Such a room
would be required in high-risk locations such as the chemical processing plants, foundries, large construction sites
etc.
RECORDS
Records should be kept of the following:

training of first aiders and appointed persons.
LEGISLATION

Health and Safety (First Aid at Work) Regulations
For further information, please contact Thomas Carroll Management Services
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/150/4
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES
INTRODUCTION
Using chemicals or other hazardous substances at work can put people’s health at risk, so the law
requires employers control exposure to hazardous substances to prevent ill health.
Hazardous substances include:

substances used directly in work activities (e.g. adhesives, paints, cleaning agents)

substances generated during work activities (e.g. fumes from soldering and welding)

naturally occurring substances (e.g. grain dust)

biological agents such as bacteria and other micro-organisms.
Effects of hazardous substances include:

skin irritation or dermatitis as a result of skin contact

asthma as a result of developing allergy to substances used at work

losing consciousness as a result of being overcome by toxic fumes

cancer, which may appear long after the exposure to the chemical that caused it

infection from bacteria and other micro-organisms(biological agents).
Substances Hazardous to Health
There are a range of substances regarded as hazardous to health including:

substances or mixtures of substances classified as dangerous to health under the Chemicals (Hazard
Information and Packaging for Supply) Regulations 2002 (CHIP). These can be identified by their warning
label and the supplier must provide a safety data sheet for them. Many commonly used dangerous
substances are listed in the HSE publication Approved Supply List.

substances with workplace exposure limits listed in the Health and Safety Executives publication EH40
Workplace Exposure Limits

biological agents (bacteria and other micro organisms),if they are directly connected with the work, such as
with farming, sewage treatment, or healthcare, or if the exposure is incidental to the work (e.g. exposure to
bacteria from an air conditioning system that is not properly maintained)

any kind of dust if its average concentration in the air exceeds the levels specified in COSHH

any other substance which creates a risk to health, but which for technical reasons may not be specifically
covered by CHIP including: asphyxiants (i.e. gases such as argon and helium, which, while not dangerous in
themselves, can endanger life by reducing the amount of oxygen available to breathe), pesticides,
medicines, cosmetics or substances produced in chemical processes.
Substances not Hazardous to Health
Substances hazardous to health do not include:
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/170/5
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System

asbestos and lead, which have their own regulations

substances which are hazardous only because they are: radioactive; at high pressure; at extreme
temperatures; or have explosive or flammable properties (other regulations apply to these risks)

biological agents that are outside the employer’s control, e.g. catching an infection from a workmate.
For the vast majority of commercial chemicals, the presence (or not) of a warning label will indicate whether
COSHH is relevant. For example, there is no warning label on ordinary household washing-up liquid, but there is a
warning label on bleach and so COSHH does apply to its use in the workplace.
RISK ASSESSMENT
In order to identify whether there is a problem with a substance being used, or those to which employees are
incidentally exposed employers must undertake a risk assessment to identify the hazardous substances present
in the workplace and the risks these substances present to people’s health.
When identifying the hazardous substances present in the workplace consideration should be given to any
substances provided by suppliers; those produced by work activities, e.g. fumes, vapours, aerosols, final products
and waste materials; and those naturally or incidentally present in the workplace, e.g. infectious agents carried by
farm animals.
Assessing the risk involves making a judgement on how likely it is that a hazardous substance will affect
someone’s health and consideration should be given to:

how much of the substance is in use or produced by the work activity and how could people be exposed to it

who could be exposed to the substance and how often including all groups of people who could come into
contact with the substance, i.e. contractors, visitors and members of the public, as well as employees.
Consideration should also be given to cleaning and maintenance workers, as high exposures can occur
during this type of work together with certain groups of people could suffer more from exposure than others,
e.g. pregnant women, individuals with a suppressed immune system.

the a possibility of substances being absorbed through the skin or swallowed (e.g. as a result of a substance
getting into the mouth from contaminated hands during eating or smoking)

risks to employees at other locations if they work away the main workplace.
PRECAUTIONS NEEDED
For any significant risks identified, action needs to be taken to remove or reduce them to an acceptable level.
To help decide whether risks are significant, control should be compared with to the results of monitoring workers’
exposure with workplace exposure limits (WELs) and good work practices and standards used by or
recommended for industry sectors, e.g. trade associations etc, and chemical supplier or manufacturer’s advice on
storage, use and disposal.
Control systems should be effective and consideration should be given as to whether a substance could be
absorbed through the skin. Where this could occur, a biological monitoring programme may help to assess the
risks.
If risk assessment identifies that there are risks to health, employers must take action to protect employees’ (and
others’) health.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/170/6
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Recording and Reviewing Assessments
The main findings of risk assessments should be recorded either in writing or on computer. The record should be
made as soon as practicable after the assessment and contain enough information to explain the decisions taken
about whether risks are significant and the need for any control measures. The actions employees and others
need to take to ensure hazardous substances are adequately controlled should also be recorded. If it is decided
that there is no risk to health or the risk is trivial, a record of the identity of the substance, the control measures
taken, and the fact that it poses little or no risk, may be required.
Risk assessment should be a ‘living’ document, which should be revisited if circumstances change. It should
definitely be reviewed when:

there is reason to suspect the assessment is no longer valid

there has been a significant change in the work

the results of monitoring employees’ exposure shows it to be necessary.
The assessment should state when the next review is planned.
Preventing or Adequately Controlling Exposure
Employers are required to prevent exposure to substances hazardous to health, if it is reasonably practicable to
do so and may include:

change the process or activity so that the hazardous substance is not needed or generated

replace it with a safer alternative

use it in a safer form, e.g. pellets instead of powder.
If prevention is not reasonably practicable, employers must adequately control exposure and consider putting in
place measures appropriate to the activity and consistent with the risk assessment, including, in order of priority,
one or more of the following:

use appropriate work processes, systems and engineering controls, and provide suitable work equipment
and materials e.g. use processes which minimise the amount of material used or produced, or equipment
which totally encloses the process;

control exposure at source (e.g. local exhaust ventilation), and reduce the number of employees exposed to
a minimum, the level and duration of their exposure, and the quantity of hazardous substances used or
produced in the workplace;

provide personal protective equipment (e.g. facemasks, respirators, protective clothing), but only as a last
resort and never as a replacement for other control measures which are required.
Adequate control
Under COSHH, adequate control means reducing exposure to a level that most workers could be exposed to, day
after day at work, without adverse effects on their health. For a number of commonly used hazardous substances
the Health and Safety Commission has assigned an occupational exposure limit (OEL) to help define adequate
control. There are two types of OEL, occupational exposure standards (OESs) and maximum exposure levels
(MELs).
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/170/7
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Occupational Exposure Standards
An OES is set at a level that is not likely to damage the health of workers exposed to it, by inhalation, day after
day (based on current scientific knowledge). For substances with an OES, exposure should be reduced to comply
with that OES. However, under COSHH it is still considered to be adequate control if the OES is exceeded,
provided it is identified why it has been exceeded and appropriate steps taken to reduce exposure as soon as is
reasonably practicable.
Maximum Exposure Limits
MELs are set for substances which may cause the most serious health effects such as cancer and occupational
asthma, and for which it is not possible to set an OES. For substances with MELs employers are required to
reduce exposure so far as is reasonably practicable and, in any case, below the MEL.
Skin Absorption
Some substances can damage the skin itself while others can readily penetrate it, become absorbed into the body
and cause harm and so consideration must be given to the need to protect skin in deciding on control measures.
Use and Maintenance of Control Measures
Using the controls
Employees must be provided with suitable training, information and appropriate supervision so that they are
capable of making proper use of control measures and to any report defects.
Maintain Controls
Employers have a specific duty to ensure that exposure controls are maintained. The objective being to ensure
that every element of the control measure continues to perform as originally intended. This applies to items of
equipment such as local exhaust ventilation and to systems of work, which will have to be regularly checked to
make sure that they are still effective. Respiratory protective equipment should also be examined and, where
appropriate, tested at suitable intervals. COSHH sets specific intervals between examinations for local exhaust
ventilation equipment, and records of examinations and tests carried out (or a summary of them) should be
retained for at least five years.
Monitoring Exposure
The concentration of hazardous substances in the air breathed in by workers should be measured where risk
assessment concludes that:

there could be serious risks to health if control measures failed or deteriorated

exposure limits might be exceeded

control measures might not be working properly.
However, this does not need to be done if it can be shown by another method of evaluation that employees’
exposure to hazardous substances is being prevented or adequately controlled, e.g. a system which automatically
sounds an alarm if it detects hazardous substances.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/170/8
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Air monitoring must be carried out when employees are exposed to certain substances and processes specified in
Schedule 5 to the COSHH Regulations. Where it is appropriate to carry out personal air monitoring, the air to be
sampled is the space around the worker’s face from where the breath is taken, i.e. the breathing zone. A record of
any exposure monitoring undertaken must be retained for at least five years. Where an employee has a health
record (required where they are under health surveillance), any monitoring results relevant to them as an
individual must be kept with their health record. They should be allowed access to their personal monitoring
record.
Health Surveillance
Health surveillance should be undertaken in the following circumstances:

where an employee is exposed to one of the substances listed in Schedule 6 to COSHH and is working in
one of the related processes, e.g. manufacture of certain compounds of benzene, and there is a reasonable
likelihood that an identifiable disease or adverse health effect will result from that exposure

where employees are exposed to a substance linked to a particular disease or adverse health effect and
there is a reasonable likelihood, under the conditions of the work, of that disease or effect occurring and it is
possible to detect the disease or health effect.
Health surveillance might involve examination by a doctor or trained nurse. In some cases trained supervisors
could, for example, check employees’ skin for dermatitis, or ask questions about breathing difficulties where work
involves substances known to cause asthma. Employers must keep a simple record (a ‘health record’) of any
health surveillance carried out. COSHH requires to health records to be kept for at least 40 years.
Plans and Procedures to Deal with Accidents, Incidents and Emergencies
This will apply where the work activity gives rise to a risk of an accident, incident or emergency involving exposure
to a hazardous substance, which goes well beyond the risks associated with normal day-to-day work. In such
circumstances, employers must plan a response to an emergency, involving hazardous substances, before it
happens. That means preparing procedures and setting up warning and communication systems to enable an
appropriate response immediately any incident occurs, and ensuring that information on emergency arrangements
is available to those who need to see it, including the emergency services. It also requires these ‘safety drills’ to
be practised at regular intervals. If any accident, incident or emergency occurs immediate steps must be taken to
minimise the harmful effects, restore the situation to normal and inform employees who may be affected. Only
those staff necessary to deal with the incident may remain in the area and they must be provided with appropriate
safety equipment. However, these emergency procedures do not have to be introduced if:

the quantities of substances hazardous to health present in the workplace are such that they present only a
slight risk to employees’ health

the measures put in place to prevent or adequately control exposure are sufficient to control that risk.
However, the above requirements must be complied with in full where either carcinogens, mutagens or biological
agents are used.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/170/9
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Information, Training and Supervision
Suitable and sufficient information, instruction and training should be provided to employees and should include:

the names of the substances they work with or could be exposed to and the risks created by such exposure,
and access to any safety data sheets that apply to those substances

the main findings of risk assessment

the precautions they should take to protect themselves and other employees

how to use personal protective equipment and clothing provided

results of any exposure monitoring and health surveillance (without giving individual employees’ names)

emergency procedures which need to be followed.
Information, instruction and training should be updated and adapted to take account of significant changes in the
type of work carried out or work methods used.
Information that is appropriate to the level of risk identified by the assessment and in a manner and form in which
it will be understood by employees.
It is vital that employees understand the risks from the hazardous substances they could be exposed to as control
measures will not be fully effective if employees do not know their purpose, how to use them properly, or the
importance of reporting faults.
LEGISLATION

Control of Substances Hazardous to Health Regulations
For further information, please contact Thomas, Carroll Management Services
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/170/10
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
LIFTING EQUIPMENT AND LIFTING OPERATIONS
INTRODUCTION
Lifting equipment includes any equipment used at work for lifting or lowering loads such as cranes, fork-lift trucks,
lifts, hoists, mobile elevating work platforms, and vehicle inspection platform hoists and also attachments used for
anchoring, fixing or supporting such as chains, slings, eyebolts etc.
Dangers
The main dangers with lifting equipment involve the equipment itself and the system of work, some of which, are
identified below:

cranes may collapse, overturn or fail for a number of reasons

unsuitable support or inadequate base for lifting appliance

failure of equipment due to lack of maintenance

overloading of lifting appliance

contact with overhead electricity cables

incorrect positioning of lifting appliance

improper methods of use of equipment

incorrect signals

working at or near the track of an overhead travelling crane.
Risk Assessment
A risk assessment of lifting equipment and lifting operations should be undertaken to identify all necessary
measures required to reduce any risks.
For practical purposes it may often be convenient to assess separately:

the suitability of the equipment for a particular purpose; and

the lifting operations to be carried out.

The factors that should be considered as part of the risk assessment include:

the type of load being lifted, its weight, shape and what it consists of

how often the lifting equipment will be used

where the equipment will be used

any limitations on use specified by the manufacturer or supplier

ergonomic factors such as operating positions and forces required to be exerted by operators

the initial integrity of the equipment

the risk of a load falling or striking a person or object and the consequences

the risk of the lifting equipment striking a person or some other object and the consequences

the suitability of materials from which the equipment is made for the environment and conditions in which it
will be used.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/220/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Suitability of Lifting Equipment
Lifting equipment should be suitable for the task and for the environmental conditions to be encountered. In
selecting work equipment, employers must consider the working conditions and the risks to the health and safety
of persons in the premises or undertaking in which it is to be used, and to any additional risks posed by the use of
the work equipment.
The following issues should be considered when assessing the suitability of lifting equipment.
Ergonomic Considerations
Ergonomic considerations should be considered in the design of lifting equipment to ensure that the design is
compatible with human dimensions. Operating positions and reach distances etc should accommodate the
intended operator and the operation of lifting equipment should not place undue strain on the operator.
Materials of Manufacture
Lifting equipment should only be selected if it is made of materials, which are suitable for the conditions under
which it will be used. For example, some materials are more likely to suffer the effects of exposure to high
temperatures but can be safely operated at low temperatures.
Means of Access
Where access to or egress from any part of lifting equipment is required, there must be a safe means for doing so.
Safe access may be required not only for normal operation, but also for the purposes of erecting, dismantling,
inspecting, maintenance or repair. Where practicable, a permanent means of access should be provided in
preference to temporary arrangements.
Protection against Slips, Trips and Falls
Places on lifting equipment where people may need to carry out work should be of adequate strength and size
and should minimise the risk from slips, trips or falls. Slip resistant surfaces and adequate drainage might be
required in many situations.
Openings in floors (platforms etc) should either be adequately covered or fenced and suitable edge protection
comprising a guardrail, intermediate rail, and toe board provided. Edge protection may also be needed if there is a
special risk such as falling into flowing water or into the path of moving traffic. Gates or barriers should open
inwards. Where edges are unguarded for access purposes, the unguarded portion should be as small as possible
and should be replaced as soon as possible.
Operator Protection
Adequate protection must be provided where there is a risk from the environment. Typically this might be the
provision of a cab to protect operators from:

extremes of weather or temperature (e.g. in a foundry)

hazardous substances

high levels of noise.
The nature of the protection will depend on the hazards but should provide adequate visibility, be ergonomically
suited to the operator and may involve heating and/or ventilation.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/220/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Effects of High Wind
Where lifting equipment, and/or its load, may be affected by high wind the equipment should be fitted with
appropriate devices so as to detect dangerous situations so that measures can be taken to cease using the
equipment. Lifting equipment such as tower cranes and mobile elevated working platforms may become unstable
in high wind or gusty conditions. In most cases, either a fixed or hand-held anemometer may be practicable.
Where this is not practicable, estimates using the local weather forecasts may be appropriate. Whatever method
is used, operators should be aware of the levels at which use of the equipment should cease and of any other
precautions to be taken.
Strength and Stability
Adequate strength
An assessment must be carried out by a competent person to establish whether lifting equipment has the required
strength for the proposed use. In addition, every part of a load and anything attached to it and used in lifting must
also be of adequate strength including chains, slings, ropes, eyebolts, beams, hooks, lifting lugs etc and pallets.
Adequate stability
Effective measures must be taken to ensure the stability of lifting equipment. Consideration should be given to any
combination of stabilising forces that might affect the stability of the lifting equipment, including:

the strength or firmness of the surface on which the equipment is located

the proximity of excavations etc

whether or not the ground is level, and the angle of any slope

the size and stability of the load itself

maximum wind loadings.
Stability may be improved by the use of spreader plates, anchorage systems, ballast, outriggers, stabilisers etc.
Lifting equipment should not be used unless the required positioning or stabilising arrangements are in place.
Particular care should be taken in the case of mobile lifting (e.g. mobile cranes, forklift trucks) and equipment or
equipment which is dismantled and re-assembled at different locations (e.g. tower cranes and construction site
hoists).
In the case of rail-mounted cranes, steps should be taken to minimise the risk of derailment, including:

providing means for removing loose material from rails

ensuring firm support for the rails

maintaining even running surfaces with suitable joints.
Inflatable tyres of mobile lifting equipment must be at the correct pressure when lifting loads.
Preventing overload
Where there is a significant risk of overturning and/or overloading arising from the use of lifting equipment, it
should be provided, where appropriate, with devices such as rated capacity indicators and rated capacity limiters
to provide audible/and or visible warning when safe working limits are being approached.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/220/3
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Lifting Equipment Used for Lifting People
Carriers such as lift cars which are fully enclosed
Lifting equipment for lifting persons must prevent any person using it from being crushed, trapped or struck or
falling from the carrier. Protection (normally in the form of full enclosure) should be provided to prevent persons
from being injured by something outside of it. Doors should be of solid construction with smooth internal surfaces.
Appropriate precautions (such as interlock devices) should be taken:

to ensure that the car cannot move unless the doors are closed

to prevent someone entering or leaving the car being crushed by motorised doors when they close

where necessary, to prevent access to the danger zone

to ensure that doors remain closed and interlocked if the lift stops between floors

has suitable devices to prevent the risk of the carrier falling.
Carriers that are not fully enclosed
Where it is not practicable to enclose carriers (e.g. cages of construction hoists, bosun’s chairs, mobile elevated
work platforms), the carrier should be provided with suitable securely fixed edge protection. The floor of the carrier
should be slip resistant. Access doors (if fitted) should not open outwards and should be fitted with a device to
prevent inadvertent opening.
Where the risk of falling cannot be adequately controlled by enclosures etc, further steps may be required such as
the use of safety harnesses with lanyards attached to designated anchorage points.
Lifting Persons Using Lifting Equipment not Specifically Designed for the Purpose
Raising and lowering people with equipment not specifically designed for the purpose should only be done in
exceptional circumstances where it is not practicable to gain access by less hazardous means. In all cases, a risk
assessment must first be carried out.
Lift trucks/telescopic handlers
Forklift trucks may only be used for lifting people if:

a properly designed and maintained working platform with edge protection and toe boards used

when loaded with people, tools and materials, the platform is compatible as regards stability and security in
use with the lift truck to which it is fitted

platforms are effectively secured to the truck’s elevating carriage or forks

persons carried on the platform are protected by screens or guards from reaching any dangerous parts such
as the chains of the truck

persons carried on the platform are protected from any overhead hazards such as rafters

tilt mechanisms are scotched or locked out to prevent inadvertent operation

suitable means of communication exist between the operator and the platform

the control position of the lifting equipment is manned at all times.
People should never be lifted on the fork arms or on pallets due to the very high risk of falling.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/220/4
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Cranes
Cranes may only be used for lifting persons if the crane:

is suitable and adequate for the task

has full capability lock-out

has appropriate devices such as hoisting and lowering limiters and rated capacity limiter and indicator

is securely attached to the carrier

is inspected every day by a competent person.
Devices to prevent the risk of a carrier falling
Lift cars must have devices that are independent of the suspension mechanism to prevent free-fall. Where
practicable, other carriers should be fitted with suitable devices (or other measures taken) to prevent the carrier
from falling in the event of failure of the primary means of support. Such devices might include multiple ropes or
cylinders, ropes chains or hydraulic pipes with a high safety factor or hydraulic check valves.
Means of rescue
In the event of malfunction, persons being lifted must not be exposed to danger and there must be a reliable
means of rescue. Self rescue equipment such as rope ladders or inertia reel systems etc are only appropriate
where users have received appropriate training. There must be suitable means of summoning assistance.
Positioning and Installation
Lifting equipment must be positioned or installed in such a way as to reduce, as low as is reasonably practicable,
the risk of someone being struck by the equipment or the load. Lifting equipment must be positioned or installed
to:

minimise the need to lift loads over people

prevent crushing when it is in its extreme position

prevent freely suspended loads from moving in an uncontrolled manner where risks justify it.
Runway beams supporting lifting equipment should be level and of sufficient stiffness to prevent equipment
drifting or running away.
Lifting equipment such as a conventional lift or hoist, which follows a fixed path, should be provided with suitable
and substantial enclosures or other effective measures to minimise the risk of people being struck.
Lifting equipment with a travelling or slewing motion should be positioned or installed to prevent trapping points or
to prevent access to persons to such trapping points (gaps that people might enter should be at least 0.5 metres
and preferable more than 0.6 metres).
Risk of falling loads
Where appropriate, lifting equipment should be fitted with suitable devices such as multiple ropes/chains, safety
gear, check valves or safety nets (for palletised loads) to minimise the risk of the load falling freely.
If, in the event of power failure, there is a risk of the load falling, appropriate measures (e.g. back-up systems or
exclusion of persons) should be taken to prevent persons being exposed to risk.
Hooks and similar lifting devices should be of a type that reduces the risk of the load becoming displaced. Hooks
should be fitted with safety catches or mousing.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/220/5
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Collisions
Where two or more items of lifting machinery are used, they should be installed or positioned so as to prevent the
loads and/or parts of the equipment coming into contact with one another. This can be achieved by positioning the
lifting equipment so that their operating paths do not overlap. Where this is not practicable, motion-limiting devices
should be considered.
Preventing persons from falling down shafts or hoistways
Suitable and substantial gates should be provided at access points to prevent persons from falling and should be
interlocked to ensure that the:

gate cannot be opened except when the lifting equipment is at the landing and

lifting equipment cannot be moved away from the landing until the gate is closed.
Where it is not reasonably practicable to fit such devices, alternative arrangements such as ensuring that the gate
is kept closed and fastened except when the lifting equipment is at rest at the landing, should be introduced.
Marking of Lifting Equipment
Except where the safe working load of machinery for lifting loads depends on its configuration, machinery and
accessories should be clearly marked to indicate safe working loads (SWL).
In some cases, the safe working load of machinery for lifting loads depends on its configuration (e.g. a lifting beam
with multiple lifting points) or on its operating radius (e.g. a crane with a jib that can be raised or lowered). In such
cases either:

the machinery must be clearly marked to indicate its SWL for each configuration; or

information indicating its SWL for each configuration should be kept with the machinery.
The information would normally be in the form of an indicator, plate, chart or certificate, which is readily available
to the operator.
Where a significant hazard arises from the use of the machinery (e.g. a crane used for construction), it should be
provided with appropriate equipment or devices such as rated capacity indicators and rated capacity limiters to
provide a visible and/or audible warning if the SWL for a given radius is in danger of being exceeded.
Accessories for lifting (e.g. slings, shackles, swivel or eyebolts, clamps, lifting magnets, vacuum lifters and lifting
beams) must be marked in such a way that it is possible to identify the characteristics necessary for the
accessory’s safe use in particular circumstances. The ‘characteristics’ might include, for example, where its use
might be affected by factors such as heat or corrosive atmosphere.
Where the weight of an accessory is significant, the weight as well as the SWL should be clearly marked.
Structural elements of lifting equipment that might be dismantled should be marked to indicate the equipment of
which it is part.
Lifting equipment that is designed for lifting persons should be appropriately marked to that effect and should
display the maximum number of persons to be carried as well as the SWL.
Lifting equipment that is not designed for lifting people but which might be so used in error should be marked to
show that it is not suitable for lifting people.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/220/6
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Organisation of Lifting Operations
Every lifting operation must be:

properly planned by a competent person

appropriately supervised; and

carried out in a safe manner.
The person planning the operation should have adequate practical and theoretical knowledge and experience of
planning lifting operations.
The plan should address the risks identified by the risk assessment and identify the resources required, the
procedures and the responsibilities, so that any lifting operation is carried out safely. The plan should ensure not
only that suitable equipment is provided by duty holders, but also that it can be used safely.
The degree of planning will vary considerably depending on the complexity of the lifting operation and the
equipment used. Proper planning of a lifting operation is in two parts:

initial planning to ensure that lifting equipment is suitable for the range of tasks it will have to carry out; and

planning of individual lifting operations so that they can be carried out safely.
Initial Planning
Factors to be considered when selecting lifting equipment for a proposed task include:

the load to be lifted (its weight, shape, centre of gravity, availability of lifting points

where the load is to be moved from and to

the environment in which the equipment will be used

the personnel available and their knowledge, training and experience.
The plan should ensure that the lifting equipment remains safe for the range of lifting operations for which the
equipment might be used.
Where two or more items of lifting equipment are used simultaneously to lift a load, where appropriate a written
plan should be drawn up and applied to ensure good coordination on the part of the operators.
Planning of Individual Lifting Operations
For routine lifting operations, the planning of each individual operation will usually be a matter for the people using
the lifting equipment (e.g. slinger, forklift truck operator etc).
An example of a simple plan for routine use of an overhead travelling crane would be:

assess the weight of the load

choose the right accessory for lifting depending on the nature of the load and of the environment

check the anticipated path for obstructions

prepare a suitable place to set down the load
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/220/7
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System

fit the sling to the load using an appropriate slinging method

make the lift ( a trial lift may sometimes be necessary to confirm the centre of gravity); tag lines may be
necessary to stop the load swinging

release the slings (boards or similar may be necessary to prevent trapping of the sling)

clear up.
For complex lifting operations it may be necessary to plan the task each time it is carried out.
Supervision
Appropriate supervision must be provided, proportionate to the risk and taking into account the competence of the
personnel involved in the lifting operation. Direct supervision will not generally be required unless the lift/load is
unusual or is in a potentially hazardous environment such as across a public road.
Working Under Suspended Loads
Where practicable, loads should not be carried or suspended over areas occupied by people. Measures should be
taken to prevent the load from striking anything or person. This may involve the provision of barriers and/or signs
to exclude people from the danger zone.
Where this is not practicable (e.g. mechanics working under a raised vehicle inspection lift) a safe system of work
must be established to minimise the risks to people who may need to be below the load. This might involve
additional safety features or the provision of some form of head protection.
Where it is necessary to leave loads suspended, access to the danger zone should be prevented and the load
secured properly.
Visibility/Communication
If the operator of lifting equipment cannot observe the full path of the load, (either directly or by means of auxiliary
devices, such as closed circuit television or visible markers), a responsible person or persons with appropriate
means of communication must guide the operator.
Communication methods might involve verbal communication, hand signals, radios or telephones. Where hand
signals are used these must conform to the Health and Safety (Safety Signs and Signals) Regulations or relevant
British Standard. Where verbal communication is used, the minimum requirements of the above regulations must
be met.
Attaching, Detaching and Securing Loads
Lifting accessories used for securing the load must be compatible with the load taking account of any attachment
points on the load, the environmental conditions and the configuration of slinging.
The load handler (i.e. the person with responsibility for attaching and detaching and securing the loads to lifting
equipment) should have the necessary competence to select suitable accessories. The load handler must be
provided with adequate information, instruction and practical experience in the principles of selection, use, care,
and maintenance of lifting accessories including any limitations on use.
Appropriate measures should be taken to prevent the load disintegrating while being lifted. Plastic sheeting or
metal strapping may be required to secure pallets of bricks for example.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/220/8
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Lifting operations should not commence until the load handler (or some other person in control of the lifting
operation) has indicated that it is safe to do so. The system of work should ensure that the load handler is in a
safe position before the lifting operation begins.
Environmental Conditions
Lifting operations in the open air should be halted where weather conditions (e.g. excessive wind speed, mist/fog,
lightning, heavy rain) deteriorate to the point that could affect the integrity of the lifting equipment or expose
people to danger. Lifting equipment may need to be thoroughly examined where weather conditions may have
jeopardised the safety of the lifting equipment.
Location
Lifting equipment should only be used where there is sufficient headroom, adequate access/egress and sufficient
space to install the equipment (including any outriggers etc).
Overturning
Appropriate measures must be taken to prevent lifting equipment from tilting, overturning and, where appropriate,
moving or slipping. The employer must ensure that suitable checks are made to achieve this.
People who us the lifting equipment need sufficient knowledge to judge when lifting equipment is likely to be overstressed or unstable, for example:

when turning a lift truck with a raised load

during excessive or uneven loading of an elevated work platform or in high wind

when using a crane to lift an unknown (excessive) load

when using a crane to drag a load.
Proximity Hazards
Suitable measures should be taken to minimise the risks from lifting equipment due to the proximity of other
objects. Typical proximity hazards include:

contact with overhead power lines

contact with structures and other work equipment

trench work and excavations

other lifting operations nearby

low bridges

speed retarders

warehouse racking

underground services.
Work near wheel tracks of an overhead crane
Where anyone is working near the wheel tracks of an overhead crane, the crane should not be allowed to
approach within 6 m of them if they would be liable to be struck by it.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/220/9
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Derating
Where appropriate, the safe working load of the lifting equipment should be reduced to take account of the
environment and mode in which it is being used. Although a safe working load may be marked on lifting
equipment, it may be necessary to reduce this value in order to give a higher factor of safety, for example:

when using extended forks or attachments on a fork lift truck

when a load is being lifted in adverse weather conditions

when lifting people.
Derating must be done by persons who have sufficient competence to do so.
Lifting of Persons
Where persons are lifted by lifting equipment not primarily designed for lifting persons, the control position of the
lifting equipment must be manned at all times.
Persons being lifted on such equipment must have a reliable means of communication with the equipment
operator or some other responsible person. In many cases, verbal communication or hand signals are likely to be
adequate. In other cases, radios or telephones may be needed.
In the event of failure of the lifting equipment, the persons being lifted must not be exposed to danger and there
must be a reliable means of rescue available.
Overload
A load greater than the safe working load should not be lifted except where, for the purposes of a test, a
competent person requires it. Overload testing by competent persons is permissible provided the risks are
minimised.
Equipment should not be used if the safe working load is not known. Weights that are believed to be approaching
the maximum that equipment can safely lift, should not be lifted until their weight is determined.
Pre-use Check
Appropriate training and instructions should be provided to employees have so that they are able to carry out preuse checks etc to ensure that the lifting equipment is safe to use. The aim of the checks is to pick up faults due to
day-to-day wear and tear and malfunction of safety-related equipment.
A trained operator or other person carrying out checks should be able to identify damage to lifting ropes and
accessories, distortions to shackles and other obvious faults, which could affect the safe operation of the lifting
equipment or accessories.
Continuing Integrity
Lifting accessories should be stored in conditions that do not lead to damage or deterioration. Chains and ropes
etc must be stored away in racks or containers etc after use so that they are not damaged. Storage conditions
must be such that the atmosphere is sufficiently dry and free of chemicals, rodents and sunlight etc as is
necessary to avoid damage and deterioration.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/220/10
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Thorough Examination and Testing
Thorough Examination by a Competent Person
Equipment that requires thorough examination should be identified and be thoroughly examined by a person with
appropriate practical and theoretical knowledge and experience of the lifting equipment to be examined as will
enable them to detect defects or weaknesses and to assess their importance in relation to the safety and
continued use of the lifting equipment.
Thorough examination may be needed at several points during the life of lifting equipment:

on initial use or following installation

periodically during its life; and

following exceptional circumstances.
The extent of the thorough examination will depend on an assessment of risks based on the type of equipment,
where it installed and how it is to be used.
Thorough Examination Before Use
Before lifting equipment (including lifting accessories) is put into service for the first time, it must be
thoroughly examined for any defect unless either:

the lifting equipment has been used before; and in the case of lifting equipment for which an EC declaration
of conformity could or (in the case of a declaration under the Lifts Regulations) should have been drawn up,
the employer has received such declaration made not more than 12 months before the lifting equipment is
put into service; or

if it is obtained from the undertaking of another person, it is accompanied by physical evidence that the last
thorough examination required to be carried out under these regulations has been carried out.
Installation Conditions
Where the safety of lifting equipment depends on installation conditions, it must be thoroughly examined before
being put into service for the first time and before being put into service at a new site or location. This would not
normally apply to mobile equipment but would apply, for example, to tower cranes, construction site hoists or
gantry cranes, if they were re-located or if there were significant changes to their configuration.
In-service thorough examinations
Lifting equipment deteriorates through normal wear and tear. Equipment and accessories that are in service must
be thoroughly examined at intervals no longer than at least:

every 6 months in the case of lifting equipment for lifting persons, or accessories for lifting

every 12 months in the case of other lifting equipment.
More frequent thorough examinations must be carried out if the competent person considers it appropriate and
has drawn up an examination scheme.
Examination scheme
The examination scheme must be drawn up by a competent person (as described above) and must specify the:

parts of the lifting equipment that should be thoroughly examined
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/220/11
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System

intervals at which the equipment (or the individual parts) must be thoroughly examined; and the parts that
need to be tested.
The scheme should take account of the condition of the equipment the environment in which it is used, the
number of operations and the loads lifted. The employer must notify the competent person of any significant
changes that have occurred or are expected before the next examination is due.
Thorough examination following exceptional circumstances
Exceptional circumstances, such as high winds may cause damage or premature deterioration that could lead to
danger. A thorough examination must therefore be carried out following exceptional circumstances that are liable
to jeopardise the safety of the lifting equipment.
Inspections
Suitable inspections (in addition to thorough examinations and tests) of lifting equipment should be arranged
where lifting equipment is of a type where its safe operation is dependant on its condition in use and deterioration
would lead to significant risks to the operator or others. For example, a weekly inspection of a crane might include
checking:

correct operation of limiters and indicators

tyre pressures (mobile equipment)

that no components are missing

correct operation of controls.
Lifting accessories such as chains and ropes will not normally require inspection provided they are thoroughly
examined at appropriate intervals and are checked before use.
Evidence of Thorough Examination and Testing
Anyone using lifting equipment should be able to ascertain that it has been thoroughly examined and is likely to be
safe to use. Employers must ensure that no lifting equipment leaves their business, or if obtained from another
business, is used unless it is accompanied by physical evidence that the last thorough examination required has
been carried out. This would normally be a paper copy of the last report.
Reports and Defects
The competent person’s report is a vital diagnostic aid to the safe management of lifting equipment. Habitual
failure to detect or rectify defects until the competent person’s thorough examination indicates an inadequate
maintenance/inspection regime.
Common defects include cracks and permanent deformation, corrosion of vital parts, excessive wear or failure of
moving parts (e.g. interlocks) and misalignment. Common defects in lifting accessories include:

damaged, cut or abraded textile slings

deformed, cracked or stretched chain links

wire ropes with kinks or broken strands.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/220/12
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Where the competent person who has carried out a thorough examination identifies defects which need to be put
right within a specified timescale, they should submit the report promptly (normally within 28 days) to allow the
employer to take the necessary action within the required period. Where appropriate, a report should also be sent
to the person from whom the lifting equipment was hired or leased.
Where it is the opinion of the competent person that a defect involves an existing or imminent risk of serious
personal injury, the competent person must send a copy of the report as soon as is practicable to the enforcing
authority (normally the Health and Safety Executive).
RECORDS
Records should be kept of the following:

reports of thorough examinations

declarations of conformity

risk assessments undertaken

initial planning of a lift involving two or more items of lifting equipment

training of operators and competent persons (if internal to the organisation).
LEGISLATION

Lifting Operations and Lifting Equipment Regulations

Provision and Use of Work Equipment Regulations
For further information, please contact Thomas, Carroll Management Services
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/220/13
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
MANUAL HANDLING
INTRODUCTION
Manual handling is defined as ‘transporting or supporting a load by hand or bodily force’. This definition therefore
includes lifting, putting down, pushing, pulling, carrying or moving, wherever human effort is involved.
Dangers Associated with Manual Handling

Damage to soft tissue (ligaments, tendons or muscles) in the form of strains and sprains etc

Rupture of muscular tissue particularly in abdominal region

Injury to the spine, particularly in the form of prolapsed inter-vertebral discs (i.e. slipped discs)

Damage to the cartilage tissue of other joints (e.g. knees, elbows, shoulders)

Lacerations and abrasions particularly to hands resulting from the handling of hot or very cold, abrasive or
sharp materials.
It is important to note that several of these injuries are associated with damage sustained over a prolonged period
rather than a single ‘lift’.
Duties of Employers
Employers are required to:

avoid hazardous manual handling operations so far as is reasonably practicable

assess the risk of injury from any hazardous manual handling operations that cannot be avoided

reduce the risk of injury from hazardous manual handling, so far as is reasonably practicable.
Duties of Employees
Employees are required to:

follow appropriate systems of work laid down for their safety

make proper use of equipment provided for their safety

co-operate with their employer on health and safety matters

inform the employer if they identify hazardous handling activities

take care to ensure that their activities do not put others at risk.
Avoiding Manual Handling Operations
Avoiding the need to undertake manual handling should be a primary consideration when planning tasks and
workplace layouts. Manual handling should only be used as a last resort. Re-organising the work or automating or
mechanisation and using mechanical aids, should be considered first. However, mechanisation or automation can
bring their own new hazards.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/230/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Assessing the Risk of Injury from Manual Handling Operations
An assessment of risk must be carried out in respect of all manual-handling operations unless the risks associated
with the operation are obviously insignificant.
Such assessments should consider the following factors:

the tasks

the loads

the working environment

individual capability

other factors such as hindrance to posture or movement caused by the need to wear personal protective
equipment.
Assessing the Task
Is the load held or manipulated at a distance from the trunk
As the load is moved away from the trunk the general level of stress on the lower back increases. The load should
always be kept close to the body. As a rough guide, holding a load at arms length imposes about five times the
stress experienced when holding the same load very close to the trunk.
Posture
Poor posture introduces uneven stresses on the muscles and spine and increases the risk of loss of control due to
overbalancing. Examples are when the weight is forward on the toes and the feet are too close together.
Does the task involve twisting the trunk?
Twisting greatly increases stress on the lower back, particularly when it is supporting a load.
Does the task involve stooping?
Stooping also increases stress on the lower back because the weight of the trunk has to be supported, even when
the back is straight.
Does the task involve reaching upward?
Reaching upward imposes additional stresses on the arms and back. Control of the load becomes more difficult
leading to the need for high-risk corrections to keep the load stable.
Combined risk factors
Risks are greatly increased (therefore capability reduced) if twisting is combined with stooping or stretching. Such
combinations should be avoided if possible. The need for positioning the load with precision can also greatly
increase the risk of injury.
Does the task involve excessive lifting or lowering distances?
Large movements are more physically demanding than smaller ones. In addition, capabilities decrease
considerably the further the load has to be moved from the optimum waist height. Loads lifted from or to floor level
should be avoided if possible and should not be moved above waist height if possible.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/230/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Does the task involve excessive carrying distances?
If a load is carried for an excessive distance, physical stresses are prolonged leading to fatigue and increased risk
of injury. As a general rule, the demands of carrying a load more than 10 m are greater than those involved in
lifting or lowering it, capabilities are therefore reduced accordingly.
Does the task involve excessive pulling or pushing of the load?
The risk of injury is increased if pushing or pulling is carried out with the hands much below knuckle height or
above shoulder height. The risk of slipping is also much greater when pushing or pulling, suitable floor surfaces
and footwear are particularly important.
Does the task involve a risk of sudden movement of the load?
The body can be subjected to unpredictable and harmful stresses if the load suddenly slips or becomes free for
example when freeing an object, which is jammed.
Does the task involve frequent or prolonged physical effort?
The frequency with which a load is handled can affect the risk of injury. Even quite modest loads can present a
high risk if the operation is repeated frequently. The risk is even higher if the operation involves poor posture or
jerky, hurried movements.
Does the task involve insufficient rest or recovery periods?
Research and experience in industry have shown that failure to counter fatigue during physically demanding work
increases ill health and reduces output. Assessments should include consideration of whether there are adequate
opportunities for rest or recovery (i.e. varying the task). The amount/duration of work to be carried out at a fixed
posture should be limited. Variations of tasks, involving different muscle groups allow recovery of fatigued
muscles.
Does the task involve a rate of work imposed by a process?
Particular care is needed where the handler does not have control over the pace or rate of work. The lack of ability
to pause momentarily to relieve mild fatigue can result in more pronounced fatigue leading to risk of injury.
Does the task involve handling while seated?
Handling loads while seated makes it difficult to use the leg muscles and the weight of the body to counterbalance
loads. This imposes more strain on the weaker muscles of the arms and the trunk. Handling while seated also
increases the need for twisting the trunk and for leaning forwards, both of which increase the risk of injury.
Does the task involve team handling?
The use of two or more persons obviously increases the capability beyond that of one person. During team
handling however, the proportion of the load that is borne by on member of the team will vary. Such variation is
likely to be more pronounced on rough ground or when climbing steps. The load that a team can handle is less
than the sum of the loads that the individual members could cope with if working alone.
Assessing the Load
Is the load heavy?
It is important to remember that the weight of the load is only one of many factors to be considered. Other features
of the load that should be considered include size and shape of the load (this will affect the postures and
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/230/3
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
movements involved) and the rigidity and grip. Attempts to specify a ‘safe’ weight of load are likely to be
misleading. The numerical guidelines shown later in this text should not be regarded as ‘safe limits’; they are an
indication of loads that are not likely to present significant risks if handled infrequently and there are no other high
risk factors involved.
Is the load bulky or unwieldy?
The shape and size of a load will affect the way it can be held and the posture that the handler can adopt. In
general, if any dimension of a load exceeds 75 cm its handling is likely to pose an increased risk of injury,
particularly if this size is exceeded for more than one dimension or does not provide convenient handholds. Bulky
loads can also restrict vision and therefore increase the risk of slipping, tripping or falling etc.
Bulky loads may also be difficult to control and may hit obstructions or be affected by gusts of wind. Risks may
also be increased if loads do not have their centre of gravity positioned centrally or visually apparent. This is
because the handler may have to make sudden adjustments to posture or grip, and may attempt to lift the load
from the wrong side (i.e. with the centre of gravity further from the trunk than is necessary).
Is the load difficult to grasp?
Extra grip strength, leading to fatigue, will be needed where loads are rounded, slippery or wet. There is also an
increased risk of the load being dropped and need for sudden posture/grip changes.
Is the load unstable, or are its contents likely to change?
If the load lacks rigidity or if its contents are liable to shift, the likelihood of injury is increased because of sudden
stresses for which the handler is unprepared. Handling animals or people (e.g. hospital patients) can present extra
problems since the load has to be treated with great care and may move unpredictably.
Is the load sharp, hot or otherwise potentially damaging?
Risk of injury may arise from the external state of the load. It may have sharp edges or rough surfaces, or be too
hot or too cold to touch safely without protective clothing. In addition to the obvious risks of direct injury, these may
impair grip or posture and interfere with safe handling
Assessing the Working Environment
Are there space constraints preventing good posture?
Lack of headroom or floor area in which to manoeuvre will increase the need for stretching, twisting, leaning or
other unsafe postures.
Are there uneven, slippery or unstable floors?
In addition to increasing the likelihood of slips, trips or falls, uneven or slippery floors hinder smooth movement
and create unpredictable situations or stresses.
Are there variations in level of floors or work surfaces?
Carrying a load up or down steps or steep slopes increases the risk of manual handling injuries and of falling.
Carrying loads up or down ladders should be avoided. Excessive variations between the heights of work surfaces
and shelving etc will increase the range of movements needed and therefore the risk of injury.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/230/4
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Are there extremes of temperature or humidity?
Extreme thermal conditions will increase the risk of fatigue and of muscle damage etc and may lead to loss of grip
due to fatigue or perspiration. Work at low temperatures and the need for protective clothing also decreases
dexterity. Consideration should also be given to the affects of air movement on temperature.
Are there ventilation problems or gusts of wind?
Poor ventilation can hasten fatigue. Gusts of wind can make large loads difficult to manage.
Are there poor lighting conditions?
Poor levels of lighting or excessive contrast between light/dark areas increases the risk of slipping and tripping
etc.
Assessing Individual Capability
Manual handling injuries are more often associated with the nature of the operations than with variations in
individual capability. Capability does vary between individuals however.
In general, the lifting capability of women as a group is around 65% of that of men. This varies greatly in individual
cases however; some women are stronger than some men.
Capability also generally increases up to age about 20 and then declines gradually during the 40s and markedly
thereafter. This also varies greatly in individuals and some people in their 60s have a greater lifting capability than
some 20 year olds.
In deciding what manual handling is reasonable for a particular work group, it is reasonable to take into account
the nature of the group and the self-selection that might result in different capabilities among a group of
employees involved in heavy labour as opposed to a group of office workers.
As a general rule, however, the risk of injury should be regarded as unacceptable if the manual handling
operations cannot be performed satisfactorily by most reasonably fit, healthy employees.
Does the job put at risk those who might reasonably be considered to be pregnant or to have health
problems?
Allowance should be made for pregnancy where the employer could reasonably be expected to be aware of it (i.e.
where the employer has been notified or the pregnancy is visibly apparent). Pregnancy increases susceptibility to
injury to the mother as well as the risk to the unborn child. Particular care should be taken for women who may
handle loads during the three months following a return to work after childbirth.
Allowance should also be made for any health problem of which the employer could reasonably be expected to be
aware and which might have a bearing on the ability to carry out manual handling operations safely. If there is
good reason to suspect that an individual’s state of health might significantly increase the risk of injury from
manual handling operations, medical advice should be sought.
Does the task require special information or training for its safe performance?
The risk of injury from a manual-handling task will be increased where a worker does not have the information or
training necessary for its safe performance. General health and safety training and basic manual handling training
may need to be supplemented by specific information about unusual characteristics of loads or systems of work
designed to ensure safety during manual handling operations. The use of mechanical ids might itself create a
need for training.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/230/5
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Assessing Other Factors
Is personal protective equipment or other special clothing worn?
Personal protective equipment should be worn as a last resort. Where it is used, protective equipment such as the
use of gloves, respirators etc. might have implications on the risks arising from manual handling. Other clothing
such as uniforms might also inhibit freedom of movement.
Reducing the Risk of Injury
The steps taken to reduce manual handling risks will depend on the circumstances identified in the risk
assessment and may involve:
Changes to the task

the use of mechanical assistance (trolleys, hoists, lifting platforms etc)

improving the workstation layout (making improvements of posture possible)

improving the work routine to minimise fatigue (job rotation etc)

avoiding the need to handle while seated (or paying careful attention to workstation designs and acceptable
loads)

use of team handling (where large or heavy loads cannot be moved by mechanical means)

making handling aids readily available (conveyors, hoists, trolleys etc).
Changes to the load

making the load lighter, smaller or easier to manage (use smaller containers)

making the load easier to grasp (provision of hand grips or improved texture)

making the load more stable (by means of packaging or use of slings etc)

making the load less damaging to hold (cleaner, less slippery, better insulated from heat/cold).
Changes to the environment

removing space constraints (layout, workspace etc)

ensuring that floors are suitable and well maintained (suitable surfaces, spillages dealt with promptly)

carrying out manual handling work at one level

providing a comfortable thermal environment (avoiding extremes of temperature)

avoiding the need for handling bulky items in strong winds

providing suitable and sufficient lighting (adequate lighting levels and contrasts).
Individual considerations
Give particular consideration to employees who are, or have recently, been pregnant, and those who have a
history of back trouble, hernias or other health problems that might be affected by manual handling.
Provide appropriate information and training.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/230/6
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Provision of Information and Training
Employees who may be required to carry out manual handling operations should be trained in the safe systems of
work to be applied including the use of mechanical devices (where appropriate) and correct handling techniques.
Training should include providing individuals with a clear understanding of:

how potentially hazardous handling operations may be recognised

how to deal with unfamiliar handling operations

the proper use of handling aids

the proper use of personal protective equipment

features of the working environment that contribute to safety

the importance of good housekeeping

factors affecting individual capability

good handling techniques.
Although it is important for individuals to be provided with appropriate information and training, it is not a substitute
for a safe system of work. The use of ‘correct’ lifting techniques does not transform an unsafe operation into a safe
one.
Wherever it is practicable to do so, employees should be provided with information on the weight of loads and on
the position of the centre of gravity, where this is not in the centre of the load.
Numerical Guidelines for Assessment
Although there is no such thing as a completely ‘safe’ manual handling operation, working within the following
guidelines will cut the risk of injury and reduce the need for a detailed risk assessment.
Guidelines for Lifting and Lowering
A full assessment of every manual handling operation could be a major undertaking and might involve wasted
effort. The following numerical guidelines therefore provide an initial filter, which can help to identify those manual
handling operations that deserve more detailed examination. The guidelines set out an appropriate boundary
within which operations are unlikely to create a risk of injury sufficient to warrant more detailed assessment. This
should enable assessment work to be concentrated where it is most needed.
There is no safe threshold below which manual handling operations may be regarded as ‘safe’. Even operations
lying within the boundary mapped out by the guidelines should be avoided or made less demanding wherever it is
reasonably practicable to do so.
Basic guideline figures for manual handling operations involving lifting and lowering are set out in figure 1. They
assume that the load is readily grasped with both hands and that the operation takes place in reasonable working
conditions with the handler in a stable body position.
The guideline figures take into consideration the vertical and horizontal position of the hands as they move the
load during the handling operation, as well as the height and reach of the individual handler. It will be apparent
that the capability to lift or lower is reduced significantly if, for example, the load is held at arm’s length or the
hands pass above shoulder height.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/230/7
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
If the hands enter more than one of the box zones during the operation, the smallest weight figure should be used.
The transition from one box zone to another is not abrupt; an intermediate figure may be chosen where the hands
are close to a boundary. Where lifting or lowering with the hands is beyond the box zones s unavoidable, a more
detailed assessment should be made.
Figure 1: Lifting and lowering
Reproduced by permission of HSE.
Frequent lifting and lowering
The basic guideline figures for lifting and lowering are for relatively infrequent operations – up to approximately 30
operations per hour - where the pace is not forced, adequate pauses for rest or recovery are possible, and the
load is not supported for any length of time. They should be reduced if the operation is repeated more frequently.
As a rough guide the figures should be reduced by:

30% where the operation is repeated once or twice per minute

50% where the operation is repeated around five to eight times per minute

by 80% where the operation is repeated around five to eight times per minute.
Individual capability
There is a wide range of individual capability, even among those fit and healthy enough to be at work. For the
working population the guideline figures will give reasonable protection to nearly all (i.e. 95%) men and between
half and two thirds of women. To provide the same degree of protection to nearly all (i.e. 95% of) working women
the guideline figure should be reduced by one third.
It is important to understand that the guideline figures are not limits. They may be exceeded where a more
detailed assessment shows that it is appropriate to do so, having regard to the employer’s duty to avoid or reduce
risk of injury where this is reasonably practicable. However, even for a minority of fit, well trained individuals
working under favourable conditions, any operations that would exceed the guideline figures by more than a factor
of about two should come under very close scrutiny.
Twisting
The basic guideline figures for lifting and lowering should be reduced if the handler twists to one side during the
operation. As a rough guide the figures should be reduced by:

about 10% where the handler twists through 45

about 20% where the handler twists through 90.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/230/8
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Guidelines for Carrying
Basic guideline figures for manual handling operations involving carrying are similar to those given for lifting and
lowering, though carrying should not normally be carried out with the hands below knuckle height.
It is also assumed that the load is held against the body and is carried no further than 10 metres without resting. If
the load is carried over a longer distance without resting, the figures may need to be reduced.
Where the load can be carried securely on the shoulder without first having to be lifted (as for example when
unloading sacks from a lorry) a more detailed assessment may show that it is acceptable to exceed the guideline
figure.
Guidelines for Pushing and Pulling
The following guideline figures are for manual handling operations involving pushing and pulling, whether the load
is slid, rolled or supported on wheels. The guideline figure for starting and stopping the load is a force about 25 kg.
The guideline figure for keeping the load in motion is about 10 kg.
Figure 2 Measuring pulling force
Reproduced by permission of HSE.
It is assumed that the force is applied with the hands between knuckle and shoulder height; if this is not possible,
the guideline figures may need to be reduced. No specified limit is intended as to the distance over which the load
is to be pushed or pulled provided there are adequate opportunities to rest or recover.
Guidelines for Handling while Seated
The basic guideline figure for handling operations carried out while seated is given in figure 3 and applies only
when the hands are in the box zone indicated. If handling beyond the box zone is unavoidable or, for example,
there is significant twisting to the side, a more detailed assessment should be made.
Remember
– the guideline figures should not be regarded as precise recommendations. They should be applied
with caution. Where doubt remains, a more detailed assessment should be made.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/230/9
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Figure 3 Handling while seated
Reproduced by permission of HSE.
RECORDS
Records should be kept of the following:

risk assessments undertaken of manual handling risks

information and training provided to employees.
LEGISLATION

Manual Handling Operations Regulations
For further information, please contact Thomas Carroll Management Services
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/230/10
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
MOBILE WORK EQUIPMENT
INTRODUCTION
Mobile work equipment is any work equipment, which carries out work while it is travelling or which travels
between different locations where it is used to carry out work. Such equipment would normally be moved on, for
example wheels, tracks, rollers, skids, etc. Mobile work equipment may be self-propelled, towed or remote
controlled and may incorporate attachments.
In addition to the general requirements that apply to all work equipment which requires risks to people’s health
and safety, from equipment that they use at work, to be prevented or controlled, there are also specific duties
regarding mobile work equipment, which relate to equipment when it is traveling.
Employers must ensure that where mobile work equipment is used for carrying people, it is suitable for purpose
and measures should be taken to reduce the risks (e.g. from it rolling over) to the safety of the people being
carried, the operator and anyone else.
Employees Carried on Mobile Work Equipment
The risks to the operator and other workers due to the mobile work equipment travelling must be controlled and
workers should be protected against falling out of the equipment and from expected movement.
Employers should ensure that the risks (including risks from wheels or tracks) to operators and other workers
travelling on mobile work equipment are reduced to the lowest level that is reasonably practicable.
Seating and Protection against Falling and Unexpected Movement
The equipment must be suitable for the purpose and incorporate features to protect against falling from the
equipment and from unexpected movement. Seats should be provided wherever necessary or other suitable
features (e.g. secure handholds) in the case of equipment not specifically designed for carrying people. Work
platforms should be fitted with guard rails or barriers.
Where there is a foreseeable risk of contact with wheels or tracks, adequate separation should be achieved by
appropriate positioning of cabs/operator stations, or by provision of guards or barriers designed to prevent contact
with wheels and tracks.
This regulation also covers risks arising from the environment in which the equipment is used (e.g. low roofs,
falling objects, road surfaces).
Restraining Systems
The need for restraining systems on mobile work equipment (e.g. full-body seat belts, lap belts or purpose
designed restraining systems) should be determined by the risk to workers operating and riding on the mobile
work equipment and the practicality of fitting and using such restraints.
FALLING OBJECT PROTECTION STRUCTURES (FOPS)
If people carried on the mobile work equipment are at significant risk of injury from objects falling on them while it
is in use, FOPS should be provided. This may be achieved by a suitably strong safety cab or protective cage
which provides adequate protection in the working environment in which the mobile equipment is used.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/240/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Speed Adjustment
When carrying people, mobile work equipment should be driven within safe speed limits to ensure that the
equipment is stable when cornering and on all the surfaces and gradients on which it is allowed to travel. In
addition, the speeds at which the mobile machinery travels should be limited to avoid sudden movements which
could put people being carried at risk.
Guards and Barriers
Where there is a foreseeable risk to contact with wheels or tracks when mobile equipment is traveling, adequate
separation needs to be provided between people and the wheels and tracks. This can be achieved by positioning
cabs, operator stations or work platforms and any suitable barriers, such as robust guard rails or fenders, in
positions which prevent the wheels and tracks being reached.
Rolling Over of Mobile Work Equipment
To assess the likelihood and potential consequences of roll-over, you will need to take into account the following
to determine what safety measures are needed:

nature of the mobile work equipment and any attachments or accessories fitted to it

the effects of any work being carried out on or by the mobile work equipment

the conditions in which it is used.
When mobile work equipment is travelling, roll-over may be encouraged by uneven surfaces, variable or slippery
ground conditions, excessive gradients, inappropriate speeds, incorrect tyre pressures and sudden changes in
direction. It can also occur due to the inertia transmitted to the mobile work equipment by attachments used with it,
particularly if those attachments are not securely restrained from movement.
When mobile work equipment is under power but is restrained from movement, for example when a forestry
tractor is being used to drag fallen trees or logs from one place to another and the tree or log snags, consideration
should be given to the inherent stability of the mobile work equipment and the forces it can apply.
When carrying out a risk assessment it is important to remember that although drivers should be trained to
minimise the risk of roll-over, this is not a substitute for hardware measures to prevent roll-over (for example
counterbalance weights) or protective structures (for example roll-over
protective structures (ROPS) to minimise the risk of injury in the event of a roll-over) where they are necessary.
Reducing Risk of Equipment Rolling Over
Where there is a risk to employees riding on mobile work equipment from it rolling over more than 90º, the
employer must reduce the risks by:

stabilising the work equipment

using a structure which ensures that the work equipment does no more than fall on it’s side

using a structure giving sufficient clearance to anyone being carried if it overturns further than that;

using a device giving comparable protection.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/240/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Stabilisation
Measures that can be taken to stabilise mobile work equipment (i.e. measures to reduce the risk of roll-over)
include fitting appropriate counterbalance weights or increasing its track width by fitting additional or wider wheels.
Also, moveable parts which could otherwise create instability by moving around when the mobile work equipment
is travelling, may be locked or lashed in stable positions, particularly where locking features are provided for such
purposes, for example locking devices for excavator back hoes.
Roll-over Protection Structures (ROPS)
Suitable roll-over protective structures should be fitted to mobile work equipment where necessary to minimise the
risks to workers carried should roll-over occur.
ROPS are normally fitted on mobile work equipment which is at risk from 180 degree or more roll-over. They may
be structures, frames or cabs which, in the event of roll-over, prevent the work equipment from crushing the
people carried by it. ROPS should be capable of withstanding the forces that they would sustain if the mobile work
equipment were to roll over through 180 degrees or more.
Limitations on fitting protective structures
A protective structure may not be appropriate where it could increase the overall risk of injury to people operating,
driving or riding on mobile work equipment. In these circumstances, where possible, the risks of roll-over should
be addressed by other means. An example of where protective structures are not appropriate is when mobile work
equipment is required to enter and leave buildings with low roofs and contact could increase the risks to workers.
In workplaces such as orchards or a glasshouse, it may not be reasonably practicable to operate mobile work
equipment fitted with a ROP.
Before fitting ROPS to older mobile work equipment, which has no anchorage points provided on it (in use before
5 December 1998), an engineering analysis would be necessary. The analysis would need to assess whether it is
reasonably practicable to fit adequate anchorage points to the equipment and the structural integrity of any
anchorage provided. Some mobile work equipment may not be capable of being fitted with protective structures
because mounting points of sufficient strength cannot be provided. This will be true of some equipment in use
before 5 December 1998. If the risks associated with the use of the equipment are sufficiently high and it is not
reasonably practicable to fit mounting points to allow the fitting of a protective structure, you may need to use
other restraining systems.
Restraining Systems
Restraining systems should be provided on mobile work equipment, where appropriate, if they can be fitted to the
equipment, to prevent workers carried from being crushed between any part of the work equipment and the
ground, should roll-over occur.
Where the operator is at risk of falling out and being crushed by the mobile work equipment or its protective
structure in the event of roll-over, a restraining system should be provided (for example, a seat belt) if it can be
fitted.
If the operator is in a fully enclosed protective structure and unable to fall out of the mobile work equipment, they
will not be at risk of being crushed between the mobile work equipment and the ground. However, if the operator
or people carried are likely to be injured through contact with the inside of the structure during roll-over, a
restraining system may be necessary.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/240/3
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Mounting points for restraining systems
Any restraining system should be fitted to appropriate anchorage points on the mobile work equipment to ensure
its integrity and reliability in use. Substantial structural modification may need to be made on some older types of
work equipment in use before 5 December 1998 to allow a restraining system to be fitted. Under these
circumstances it would only be considered reasonably practicable to fit a restraining system if the risks involved
were of a sufficiently high order to justify the necessary modifications. Alternatively, other work equipment which
has or can have a restraining system fitted to it may need to be used.
Tractors
If a tractor is fitted with a ROPS rather than a cab, a restraining system will be needed. Even if a cab is fitted, a
seat restraining system will be needed if the operator might be injured through contact with the inside of the
structure during roll-over.
Overturning of Fork Lift Trucks
Restraining Systems
For fork-lift trucks fitted with either a mast or a roll-over protective structure, restraining systems should be
provided where appropriate, if such systems can be fitted to the equipment, to prevent workers carried from being
crushed between any part of the truck and the ground, should it overturn.
If risk assessment shows that an FLT with a seated ride-on operator can roll over in use and there is a risk of the
operator leaving the operating position and being crushed between the FLT and the ground, a restraining system,
such as a seat belt, will be required. Restraining systems are also required on any FLT which is fitted with a
ROPS, for example a variable reach truck to protect operators from the risks of injury from 180 degrees or more
roll-over. To be effective, the restraining system should prevent operators or others carried from falling out or
being trapped by the FLT or its protective structure in the event of roll-over.
Mounting points for restraining systems
Substantial structural modification may be necessary on some older FLTs provided for use before 5 December
1998 in order to allow seat belts or other types of restraining system to be fitted. Under these circumstances it
would only be considered reasonably practicable to fit a restraining system if the risks involved were of a
sufficiently high order to justify the necessary modifications.
Where seat restraints cannot be fitted, and the risks are sufficiently high, you may need to use another FLT which
has a restraining system.
Self Propelled Work Equipment
Preventing Unauthorised Start-Up
Self-propelled work equipment may be prevented from unauthorized start-up if it has a starter key or device which
is issued or made accessible only to authorised people. This means that access to starter keys and starting
devices, such as removable dumper starting handles, should be controlled.
Minimising the Consequences of a Collision of Rail-Mounted Work Equipment
If more than one item of rail-mounted work equipment can travel on the same rails at the same time and collision
may be foreseen, safety precautions are required to control the risks involved. Where necessary, safe methods of
working will need to be followed to reduce the chances of rail-mounted work equipment colliding with each other.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/240/4
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Where collision may be foreseen, safety precautions, such as buffers or automatic means of preventing contact,
should be provided.
Devices for Stopping and Braking
All self-propelled mobile work equipment should have brakes to enable it to slow down and stop in a safe distance
and park safely. To this end, mobile work equipment should have adequate braking capacity to enable it to be
operated safely on the gradients on which it will be used and its parking brakes should be capable of holding it
stationary (where appropriate, fully loaded) on the steepest incline that the mobile work equipment may be parked
in use.
Emergency Braking and Stopping Facilities
Where there are significant risks associated with failure of the main braking device, a secondary braking system is
required. The secondary braking system may operate automatically through spring applied brakes or through a
dual circuit system on the service brakes. It may also be operated through the parking brake system or other
controls which are easily accessible to the driver.
Self-propelled mobile work equipment which will not stop in a safe distance, for example through transmission
drag, if service brake failure or faults occur, are normally fitted with secondary braking systems.
Driver’s Field of Vision
When mobile work equipment is about to move or while it is travelling (including manoeuvring) and where the
driver’s direct field of vision is inadequate to ensure safety then visibility aids or other suitable devices should be
provided so far as is reasonably practicable.
Operators of mobile equipment should be able to see anyone who may be put at risk when any control is
operated. Therefore, if direct vision is impaired, then mirrors or more sophisticated visual or sensing facilities may
be necessary. Such devices may include mirrors or closed-circuit television.
Equipping Mobile Work Equipment with Lighting for Use in the Dark
In such situations where the light levels are not good enough for the driver to operate the self-propelled work
equipment safely without risks to themselves or other people in the vicinity the equipment needs to be equipped
with ‘appropriate’ lighting. The level of lighting required will depend on the type of equipment being operated, how
it is being operated and the area in which it is operating. Factors that need to be considered are the presence of
other people and/or obstacles in the vicinity of the equipment and ground conditions which could lead to risk. In
situations where there is a significant risk of an accident, the lighting will need to be at a sufficient level to help
control this risk.
Carriage of Appropriate Fire-Fighting Appliances
Where escape from self-propelled work equipment in the event of a fire could not be achieved easily, fire-fighting
appliances should be carried on that equipment.
This type of fire fighting equipment will depend on the type of equipment and/or any load it is intended to handle
but could include appropriate extinguishers and fire blankets.
For self-propelled work equipment that is used on the public highways carrying a dangerous load, it may need to
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/240/5
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
carry suitable fire extinguishers under the requirements of the Carriage of Dangerous Goods by Road and Rail
(Classification, Packaging and Labelling) Regulations
Remote-Controlled Self Propelled Work Equipment
Remote-controlled self-propelled work equipment’ is self-propelled work equipment that is operated by controls
which have no physical link with it, for example radio control.
As part of risk assessment consideration should be given to the movement of the equipment, to the person
controlling it and also anyone else who may be in the vicinity. Consideration should also be given to alarms or
flashing lights so that other people in the area are aware of its movement, or presence, sensing or contact devices
which will protect people from the risks associated with the equipment, i.e. if people may come close to or contact
it.
When the equipment is switched off every part of the equipment which could present a risk must come to a safe
stop. If the equipment is controlled manually, the controls for its operation should be of the hold-to-run type so that
any hazardous movements can stop when the controls are released.
If the equipment leaves its control range, any part of it which could present a risk should be able to stop and
remain in a safe state.
Drive shafts
A drive shaft is a device that conveys power from the mobile work equipment to any work equipment connected to
it (sometimes called a ‘take-off shaft).
Where the seizure of the drive shaft between mobile work equipment and its accessories or anything towed is
likely to involve a risk to safety, employers should:

ensure that the work equipment has means of preventing such seizure; or

where such seizure cannot be avoided, take every possible measure to avoid an adverse effect on the safety
of an employee.
The risks associated with seizure of the drive shaft should be assessed. If seizure could lead to risk (e.g. from the
ejection of parts), measures such as slip clutches or guards should be fitted.
Where a drive shaft could become soiled or damaged by contact with the ground while uncoupled, the work
equipment must have a system for safeguarding the shaft. To avoid damage, drive shafts should be supported on
a cradle when not in use and should not be dropped or rested on draw bars.
RECORDS
Records should be kept of the following:

risk assessments undertaken relating to mobile work equipment

certificates of conformity with essential safety requirements of EC directives

maintenance, inspection and test records and logs

information and training provided.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/240/6
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
LEGISLATION

Provision and Use of Work Equipment Regulations
For further information, please contact Thomas Carroll Management Services
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/240/7
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
NEW AND EXPECTANT MOTHERS
INTRODUCTION
Many women work while they are pregnant and may return to work while they are still breastfeeding. Some
hazards in the workplace may affect the health and safety of new and expectant mothers and of their child(ren).
Therefore, working conditions normally considered acceptable may no longer be so during pregnancy.
In most cases pregnancy usually goes undetected for the first 4-6 weeks. It is important therefore to identify
hazards and risks for all female employees of childbearing age and to take into account that some hazards can
present more of a risk at different stages of the pregnancy.
Risk Assessment
When undertaking risk assessments of work activities, employers need to specifically consider workers who are
new or expectant mothers and to take action to ensure they are not exposed to any significant risk.
Initial Risk Assessment
An initial risk assessment should take into account any hazards and risks to females of childbearing age. This
includes new and expectant mothers. Risks include those to the unborn child or the child of a woman who is still
breastfeeding and not just risks to the mother herself.
Physical, biological and chemical agents, processes and working conditions which may affect
the health and safety of new or expectant mothers include:
Physical risks

Movements and postures

Manual handling

Shocks and vibrations

Noise

Radiation (ionising and nonionising)

Compressed air and diving

Underground mining work
Biological agents

Infectious diseases
Chemical agents, including:

Toxic chemicals

Mercury

Antimitotic (cytotoxic) drugs

Pesticides

Carbon monoxide
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/250/9
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System

Lead
Working conditions

Facilities (including rest rooms)

Mental and physical fatigue and

working hours

Stress (including postnatal

depression)

Passive smoking

Temperature

Working with visual display units

(VDUs)

Working alone

Work at heights

Travelling

Violence

Working and personal protective

equipment

Nutrition
Risk assessment may show that there is a substance or work process in the workplace could damage the health
or safety of new and expectant mothers or their children. Consideration should be also given to the different type
of risks depending on whether workers are pregnant, have recently given birth, or are breastfeeding.
Provision of Information
If risk assessment identifies a risk all female employees of childbearing age should be informed of the potential
risks if they are or are could be in the future, pregnant or breastfeeding.
An explanation should be provided to employees as what will be done to make sure that new and expectant
mothers are not exposed to the risks that could cause them harm.
The need for early written notification from employees of pregnancy, birth or breastfeeding should be reiterated to
employees.
Specific Risk Assessment
A specific risk assessment should be undertaken when an employee notifies their employer that she is pregnant
based on the outcome of the initial risk assessment and any medical advice received on the health of the
employee.
If there is a significant risk at work to the health and safety of a new or expectant mother, which goes beyond the
level of risk found outside the workplace, then following actions must be taken to
remove her from the risk:
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/250/10
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Action 1
Temporarily adjust her working conditions and/or hours of work; or if it is not reasonable to do so, or would not
avoid the risk:
Action 2
Offer her suitable alternative work (at the same rate of pay) if available; or if that is not feasible:
Action 3
Suspend her from work on paid leave for as long as necessary to protect her health and safety, and that of her
child.
These actions are only necessary where, as the result of a risk assessment, there is genuine concern. If there is
any doubt, you may want to seek professional advice on what the risks are, and whether they arise from work,
before offering alternative employment or paid leave. Any alternative work you offer should also be subject to a
risk assessment.
Review of Risk Assessments
Risk assessments for new and expectant mothers should be reviewed regularly, as although hazards are likely to
remain constant, the risk of damage to the unborn child as a result of a hazard will vary at different stages of a
pregnancy. Dexterity, agility, co-ordination, speed of movement, and reach may be impaired because of
increasing size.
Breastfeeding
Other risks need to be considered for workers who are breastfeeding. For example, organic mercury can be
transferred from blood to milk causing a potential risk to the newborn baby if the mother is highly exposed before
and during pregnancy.
On receiving written notification that an employee is breastfeeding, employers need to ensure that she is not
exposed to risks that could damage her health and safety and that of her child for as long as she continues to
breastfeed.
There is no time limit on breastfeeding. It is for women themselves to decide how long they wish to breastfeed,
depending on individual circumstances. The Department of Health recommends breastfeeding for the first four to
six months. After that time, breastfeeding can be continued along with the safe introduction of solid food.
It is good practice to provide a healthy and safe environment for nursing mothers to express and store milk. These
facilities could be included in the suitable resting facilities that must be provided for pregnant and breast feeding
mothers.
Where workers continue to breastfeed for many months afterbirth, the risks should be reviewed regularly. Where
risk are identified, the actions outlined above and in the flowchart will need to be followed in order to avoid
exposure to risk for as long as it threatens the health and safety of the breastfeeding worker and her child.
Night work
Special consideration should be given to new and expectant mothers who work at night. if an employee who is a
new or expectant mother works at night, and has a medical certificate stating that nightwork could affect her health
and safety, employers must either:

offer her suitable alternative day time work, if any is available; or if that is not reasonable
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/250/11
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System

suspend her from work, on paid leave, for as long as is necessary to protect her health and safety and that of
her child.
This only required if the risk arises from work as there are no known additional risks to pregnant or breastfeeding
workers or their child(ren) from working at night per se.
Maternity Rights
Maternity rights fall into main categories:

time off work for antenatal

maternity leave;

maternity pay; and

protection against unfair treatment or dismissal
There are two maternity benefits available to pregnant working women:

Statutory Maternity Pay – paid by employers; and

Maternity Allowance - paid by the Department for Work and Pensions.
Confidentiality
Medical advice, reports and certificates should take working conditions into consideration. The confidentiality
concerning a woman’s pregnancy means an employer should not make it known that she is pregnant if she does
not wish it to be known or if she does not consent to it. In certain circumstances, it may be necessary to take steps
(including limited disclosure) to protect her health and safety, but this should be done with the woman’s agreement
following consultation.
RECORDS
Records should be kept of the following:

general and specific risk assessments undertaken

risk assessments undertaken of risks to individuals.
LEGISLATION

Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations

Workplace (Health, Safety and Welfare) Regulations

Sex Discrimination Act

Employment Rights Act (as amended by the Employment Relations Act).
For further information, please contact Thomas, Carroll Management Services
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/250/12
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
NOISE
INTRODUCTION
Loud noise at work can damage hearing.
The effects of noise on human health vary according to the susceptibility of the individual, the nature of the noise
and the duration and location of exposure and include:

temporary or permanent hearing loss from prolonged exposure to high levels of noise

temporary or permanent hearing loss from a single exposure to very high levels of noise (blast-deafness)

tinnitus (ringing or other sounds in the ear)

inability to hear instructions or warning sounds/signals and the misunderstanding of verbal communication
due to high levels of noise

muscular tension, tightening of blood vessels, raised heart rate and effects on the digestive system caused
by very high levels of noise.
Employers Duties
Employers must prevent or reduce risks to health and safety from exposure to noise at work and are required to:

assess the risks to employees from noise at work

take action to reduce the noise exposure that produces those risks

provide employees with hearing protection if noise exposure cannot be reduced enough by using other
methods

make sure the legal limits on noise exposure are not exceeded

provide employees with information, instruction and training

carry out health surveillance where there is a risk to health.
Identifying a Noise Problem
The existence of a noise problem will depend on how loud the noise is and how long people are exposed to it. As
a simple guide something will normally need to be done about noise if:

the noise intrusive – like a busy street, a vacuum cleaner or a crowded restaurant – for most of the working
day

employees have to raise their voices to carry out a normal conversation when about 2 m apart for at least
part of the day

employees use noisy powered tools or machinery for more than half an hour each day

work is in a noisy industry, e.g. construction, demolition or road repair; woodworking; plastics processing;
engineering; textile manufacture; general fabrication; forging, pressing or stamping; paper or board making;
canning or bottling; foundries

noises are due to impacts (such as hammering, drop forging, pneumatic impact tools etc), explosive sources
such as cartridge operated tools or detonators, or guns
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/260/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Noise can also be a safety hazard at work, interfering with communication and making warnings harder to hear.
Measuring Noise
Noise is measured in decibels (dB). An ‘A-weighting’ sometimes written as ‘dB(A)’, is used to measure average
noise levels, and a ‘C-weighting’ or ‘dB(C)’, to measure peak, impact or explosive noises. A 3 dB change in noise
level may just be noticed, because of the way our ears work. Yet every 3 dB doubles the noise, so what might
seem like small differences in the numbers can be quite significant. Some examples of typical noise levels are
shown below. This shows that a quiet office may range from 40-50 dB, while a road drill can produce 100-110 dB.
The Health Effects of Noise at Work
Noise at work can cause hearing loss which can be temporary or permanent. People often experience temporary
deafness after leaving a noisy place. Although hearing recovers within a few hours, this should not be ignored. It is
a sign that if employees are continually exposed to the noise hearing could be permanently damaged. Permanent
hearing damage can be caused immediately by sudden, extremely loud, explosive noises, e.g. from guns or
cartridge operated machines.
But hearing loss is usually gradual because of prolonged exposure to noise. It may only be when damage caused
by noise over the years combines with hearing loss due to ageing that people realize how deaf they have become.
This may mean their family complains about the television being too loud, they cannot keep up with conversations
in a group, or they have trouble using the telephone. Eventually everything becomes muffled and people find it
difficult to catch sounds like ‘t’, ‘d’ and ‘s’, so they confuse similar words.
Hearing loss is not the only problem. People may develop tinnitus (ringing, whistling, buzzing or humming in the
ears), a distressing condition which can lead to disturbed sleep.
Noise Levels
Specific action is required at certain action values. These relate to:

the levels of exposure to noise of employees averaged over a working day or week

the maximum noise (peak sound pressure) to which employees is exposed in a working day.
The values are:


lower exposure action values:

– daily or weekly exposure of 80 dB

peak sound pressure of 135 Db
upper exposure action values:

– daily or weekly exposure of 85 dB

– peak sound pressure of 137 dB
There are also levels of noise exposure which must not be exceeded:

exposure limit values:

daily or weekly exposure of 87 dB
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/260/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System

peak sound pressure of 140 dB
These exposure limit values take account of any reduction in exposure provided by hearing protection.
Risk Assessment
If a ‘noise problem’ exists a risk assessment needs to be undertaken to assess the risks to decide whether any
further action is needed. The aim of the risk assessment is to help decide what needs to done to ensure the health
and safety of employees who are exposed to noise.
A risk assessment should:

identify where there may be a risk from noise and who is likely to be affected

contain a reliable estimate of employees’ exposures, and compare the exposure with the

exposure action values and limit values

identify what needs to do done to comply with the law, e.g. whether noise-control measures or hearing
protection are needed, and, if so, where and what type

identify any employees who need to be provided with health surveillance and whether any are at particular
risk
The estimate of employees’ exposure should be representative of the work undertaken and needs to take account
of:

the work they do or are likely to do

the ways in which they do the work

how it might vary from one day to the next
The estimate must be based on reliable information, e.g. measurements in the workplace, information from other
similar workplaces, or data from suppliers of machinery.
Details of the risk assessment must be recorded and an action plan developed of anything identified as being
necessary to comply with the law, setting out what has been done and what is going to be done, together with a
timetable and person responsible for undertaking the work.
Assessments should be reviewed if circumstances in the workplace change and affect noise exposures. A review
should be undertaken regularly to make sure that all that is reasonably practicable is done to control the noise
risks. Even if it appears that nothing has changed, a review should be undertaken at least every two years.
The findings of the risk assessment should be used to:

tackle the immediate risk, e.g. by providing hearing protection

identify what is possible to control noise, how much reduction could be achieved and what is reasonably
practicable

establish priorities for action and a timetable (e.g. consider where there could be immediate benefits, what
changes may need to be phased. n over a longer period of time and the number of people exposed to the
noise in each case)
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/260/3
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System

assign responsibilities to people to deliver the various parts of the plan

ensure the work on noise control is carried out

check that what has been done has worked.
Competence
Risk assessments should be drawn up by someone who is competent to carry out the task and should be based
on advice and information from people who are competent to provide it.
Controlling Risks from Noise
The purpose of controlling risks from noise and noise exposure is to make sure that people do not suffer damage
to their hearing. Wherever there is noise at work consideration should be given to alternative processes,
equipment and/or working methods which would make the work quieter or mean people are exposed for shorter
times.
Where there are things that can be done to reduce risks from noise, that are reasonably practicable, they should
be done. However, where noise exposures are below the lower exposure action values, risks are low and would
only require actions which are relatively inexpensive and simple to carry out. Where risk assessment shows that
employees are likely to be exposed at or above the upper exposure action values, a planned programme of noise
control must be put in place.
Reducing Noise
There are many ways of reducing noise and noise exposure and often a combination of methods works best.
Eliminating noise altogether is preferred, but if that is not possible, controlling the noise at source is the next
option, with consideration given to redesigning the workplace and reorganising working patterns.
The following should be considered:


Use of a different, quieter process or quieter equipment, e.g.:

– can the work be done in some other quieter way?

– can whatever is causing the noise be replaced with something that is less noisy?

– introduce a low-noise purchasing policy for machinery and equipment.
Introduce engineering controls:

– avoid metal-on-metal impacts, e.g. line chutes with abrasion-resistant rubber, and reduce drop
heights;

– vibrating machine panels can be a source of noise – add material to reduce vibration (‘damping’);

– isolate vibrating machinery or components from their surroundings, e.g. with anti vibration
mounts or flexible couplings;


– fit silencers to air exhausts and blowing nozzles.
Modify the paths by which the noise travels through the air to the people exposed, e.g.:

– erect enclosures around machines to reduce the amount of noise emitted into the workplace or
environment;

– use barriers and screens to block the direct path of sound
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/260/4
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System


– position noise sources further away from workers.
Design and lay out the workplace for low noise emission, e.g.:

– use absorptive materials within the building to reduce reflected sound, e.g. open cell foam or
mineral wool


– keep noisy machinery and processes away from quieter areas

– design the workflow to keep noisy machinery out of areas where people spend most of their time.
Limit the time spent in noisy areas – every halving of the time spent in a noisy area will reduce noise
exposure by 3 dB .Proper and regular maintenance of machinery and equipment is essential as it will
deteriorate with age and can become noisier. Listen out for changes in noise levels – it may be time to
replace worn or faulty parts.
A Low-Noise Purchasing Policy
Introducing a positive purchasing and hire policy can be the most cost-effective long-term measure that can be
taken to reduce noise at work. Choosing quieter equipment and machinery, whether it is bought or hired, from the
start can save the cost of introducing noise-reduction measures once it is installed or in use.
The following should be taken into account when purchasing new equipment:

consider at an early stage how new or replacement machinery could reduce noise levels in the workplace

specify a realistic noise output level for all new machinery, and check that suppliers are aware of their legal
duties

request information from suppliers on the likely noise levels under the particular conditions in which
machinery will be operated, as well as under standard test conditions

attempt to purchase or hire only from suppliers who can demonstrate a low-noise design, with noise control
as a standard part of the machine, not as a costly optional extra.
SUPPLY OF MACHINERY
Suppliers of machinery must:

provide equipment that is safe and without risk to health, with the necessary information to ensure it will be
used to meet those aims

design and construct machinery so that the noise produced is as low as possible

provide information about the noise the machine produces under actual working conditions.
New machinery must be provided with:

a ‘Declaration of Conformity’ to show that it meets essential health and safety requirements

a ‘CE’ mark

instructions for safe installation, use and maintenance

information on the risks from noise at workstations

a description of the operating conditions under which the noise tests were carried out.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/260/5
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Hearing Protection
Hearing protection should be issued to employees:

where extra protection is needed above what can been achieved using noise control

as a short-term measure while other methods of controlling noise are being developed.
Hearing protection should not be used as an alternative to controlling noise by technical and organisational
means.
The law requires employers to:

provide employees with hearing protectors if they ask for it and their noise exposure is between the lower
and upper exposure action values

provide employees with hearing protectors and make sure they use them properly when their noise exposure
exceeds the upper exposure action values

identify hearing protection zones, i.e. areas where the use of hearing protection is compulsory, and mark
them with signs if possible

provide employees with training and information on how to use and care for the hearing protectors

ensure that the hearing protectors are properly used and maintained.
To ensure hearing protection is used effectively:

make sure the protectors give enough protection - aim at least to get below 85 dB at the ear

target the use of protectors to the noisy tasks and jobs in a working day

select protectors which are suitable for the working environment - consider how comfortable and hygienic
they are

think about how they will be worn with other protective equipment (e.g. hard hats, dust masks and eye
protection)

provide a range of protectors so that employees can choose ones which suit them.
To ensure hearing protection is used effectively don’t:

provide protectors which cut out too much noise– this can cause isolation, or lead to an unwillingness to wear
them

make the use of hearing protectors compulsory where the law doesn’t require it

have a ‘blanket’ approach to hearing protection– better to target its use and only encourage people to wear it
when they need to.
Maintenance of Hearing Protection
Hearing protection should be maintained in an efficient state to ensure sure that it works effectively and remains in
a good, clean condition and free of any unofficial modifications.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/260/6
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Inspection of Hearing Protection
To ensure that employees use hearing protection when required, spot checks should be undertaken to ensure that
it is being used properly and if it is found that employees are not using hearing protection properly normal
company disciplinary procedures should be followed.
Information, Instruction and Training
It is important that employees understand the risks they may be exposed to. Where they are exposed above the
lower exposure action values employees should be provided with information on:

the likely noise exposure and the risk to hearing this noise creates

action being taken to control risks and exposures

where and how people can obtain hearing protection

how to report defects in hearing protection and noise-control equipment

what their duties are

what they should do to minimise the risk, such as the proper way to use hearing protection and other noisecontrol equipment, how to look after it and store it, and where to use it

health surveillance systems.
Information should be provided in a way the employees can be expected to understand (for example special
arrangements might be required if the employees do not understand English or cannot read).
Employee and Safety Representatives
Consulting with trade union-appointed safety representatives or other employee representatives is a legal
requirement. Working with safety representatives and employees’ representatives is a very useful means of
communicating about health and safety matters in the workplace. Such issues may include for example, risk
assessments and action plans, including any proposal to average exposure over a week, selection of hearing
protection, any hearing protection zones and health surveillance programmes.
Health Surveillance
Health surveillance should be provided for all employees who are likely to be regularly exposed above the upper
exposure action values, or are at risk for any reason, e.g. they already suffer from hearing loss or are particularly
sensitive to damage.
The purpose of health surveillance is to:

identify when employees might be suffering from early signs of hearing damage

provide an opportunity to do something to prevent the damage getting worse

check that control measures are working.
Trade union safety representative, or employee representative and employees should be consulted before
introducing health surveillance as it is important that employees understand that the aim of health surveillance is
to protect their hearing.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/260/7
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Health surveillance for hearing damage usually means:

regular hearing checks in controlled conditions

telling employees about the results of their hearing checks

keeping health records

ensuring employees are examined by a doctor where hearing damage is identified.
Ideally health surveillance should be introduced before people are exposed to noise (i.e. for new starters or those
changing jobs), to give a baseline. It can, however, be introduced at any time for employees already exposed to
noise. This should be followed by a regular series of checks, usually annually for the first two years of employment
and then at three-yearly intervals(although this may need to be more frequent if any problem with hearing is
detected or where the risk of hearing damage is high).
Records of the health surveillance undertaken and fitness-for-work advice provided for each employee (but not the
confidential medical records which are kept by the doctor) should be kept and made available to employees’ who
request them.
LEGISLATION

Noise at Work Regulations

Supply of Machinery (Safety) Regulations
For further information, please contact Thomas Carroll Management Services
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/260/8
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
PERMITS TO WORK
INTRODUCTION
A permit-to-work system is a formal written system used to control certain types of work that are potentially
hazardous. A permit-to-work is a document which specifies the work to be done and the precautions to be taken.
Permits-to-work form an essential part of safe systems of work for many maintenance activities. They allow work
to start only after safe procedures have been defined and they provide a clear record that all foreseeable hazards
have been considered.
A permit is needed when maintenance work can only be carried out if normal safeguards are dropped or when
new hazards are introduced by the work. Examples are, entry into vessels, hot
work and pipeline breaking.
A permit-to-work should be designed to help communication between everyone involved. It should be designed by
the company issuing the permit, taking into account individual site
conditions and requirements. Separate permit forms may be required for different tasks, such
as hot work and entry into confined spaces, so that sufficient emphasis can be given to the
particular hazards present and precautions required.
Information
A permit-to-work system should be fully documented and should include:

how the system works

the jobs it is to be used for

the responsibilities and training of those involved

checks on its operation.
There should be clear identification of who may authorise particular jobs (and any limits to their authority) and
clear identification of who is responsible for specifying the necessary precautions (e.g. isolation, emergency
arrangements, etc).
A permit system should be clearly laid out and should avoid statements or questions which could be ambiguous or
misleading and should be designed for use in unusual circumstances.
Selection and Training
Those who issue permits should have sufficient knowledgeable of the hazards and precautions associated with
the plant and proposed work and should have the imagination and experience to ask enough ‘what if’ questions to
enable them to identify all potential hazards.
Employees and contractors should be provided with information and instruction to ensure that they fully
understand the importance of the permit-to-work system and should be trained in its use.
Description of the Work
A permit to work should clearly identify the work to be done and the associated hazards. Plans and diagrams
should be used, where appropriate, to assist in the description of the work to be done, its location and limitations.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/270/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
Plant and equipment should be adequately identified, e.g. by discrete number or tag to assist issuers and users in
correctly taking out and following permits.
A detailed work method statement should be developed for more complicated tasks.
Hazards and Precautions
A permit system should identify the removal of hazards and, where this is not reasonably practicable, their
effective control.
A permit should state the precautions that have been taken and those that are needed while work is in progress.
For example, the use of isolators or personal protective equipment should be should be specified.
A permit should also include the precautions required
to cover residual hazards and those that might be
introduced by the work, e.g. welding fume and vapour from cleaning solvents.
Procedures
A permit system should contain clear rules about how the job should be controlled or abandoned in the case of an
emergency.
A hand-back procedure incorporating statements that the maintenance work has finished and that the plant has
been returned to production staff in a safe state should be included within the permit system.
A time limitations should be identified in the permit system together with information in relation to shift
changeovers.
Clear procedures to be followed if work has to be suspended for any reason should be identified and a crossreferencing system should be introduced when two or more jobs subject to permits may affect each other.
The permit should be displayed in a prominent position displayed at the job and the jobs should be checked
regularly to make sure that the relevant permit-to-work system is still relevant and working properly.
5
LEGISLATION

Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations.
For further information, please contact Thomas Carroll Management Services
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/270/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
INTRODUCTION
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is defined as ‘all equipment (including clothing affording protection against
weather) which is intended to be worn or held by a person at work and which protects him against one or more
risks to his health or safety, and any addition or accessory designed to meet that objective’.
Personal Protective Equipment does not include:

ordinary working clothes or uniforms which do not specifically protect the health or safety of the wearer (e.g.
clothing worn in the food industry for reasons of hygiene)

equipment used during the playing of competitive sports (e.g. life jackets worn by professional canoeing
instructors)

offensive weapons used in self defence or as deterrents (e.g. truncheons, alarms)

portable devices for detecting risks or nuisances (e.g. gas detectors, radiation dosimeters)

PPE used while travelling on roads (e.g. motorcycle crash helmets).
Provision of Personal Protective Equipment
Employers have a duty to ensure that suitable PPE is provided to their employees who may be exposed to health
and safety risks at work except where the risks are adequately controlled by other means that are equally or more
effective.
Provision means more than simply having the equipment available on the premises. PPE must be readily
available to employees or there must be clear instructions on where it can be obtained. Generally, PPE should be
provided on an individual basis. It is acceptable for PPE to be shared, provided there are appropriate
arrangements for maintenance including cleaning and disinfecting etc, where appropriate.
PPE as a Last Resort
The use of PPE should only be considered if other, more reliable control measures such as engineering controls
and safe systems of work do not adequately reduce the risks, or are where their use is not reasonably practicable.
The reason for this is that PPE only protects people wearing it, whereas other measures protect everyone in the
workplace. PPE is also only fully effective if worn and maintained correctly (in practice, this is often not the case).
PPE can also bring with it some limitations of movement, possible discomfort and possibly some health and/or
safety risks.
Assessing Suitability of PPE
To allow the right type of PPE to be chosen, the different hazards in the workplace need to be considered
carefully. This will enable an assessment to be made of which types of PPE are suitable to protect against the
hazard and for the job to be done.
Personal protective equipment is not ‘suitable’ unless:

it is appropriate for the risk or risks involved and the conditions at the place where exposure to the risk may
occur

it takes account of ergonomic requirements and the state of health of the person who may wear it
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System

it is capable of fitting the wearer correctly, if necessary after adjustments within it’s designed range

so far as is reasonably practicable, it is effective to prevent or adequately control the risk or risks without
increasing overall risk

it complies with any specific legislation on design or manufacture relating to health and safety.
The assessment should consider any risks that have not been avoided by other means and must ensure that the
PPE has the characteristics necessary in order for it to be effective against those risks. For example, when
assessing the suitability of eye protection for a particular task, the employer should identify the types of hazards
present (e.g. dust, liquid splashes, or projectiles) and then assess the degree of risk – for example, the likely size
and velocity of projectiles. A suitable type of eye protection can then be selected from the range of CE marked eye
protectors available. Manufacturers and suppliers of PPE can usually provide guidance on specific types and
models.
Ergonomic considerations
Consideration should also be given to the job itself and to the demands it places on the worker. In some cases the
use of PPE may cause excessive difficulties in doing the job, or may cause excessive discomfort. In such cases it
may be necessary to make changes to the work patterns or the workplace in order to minimise these problems.
Employees should be consulted regarding the choice of PPE wherever possible. Allowance should be made for
the widely varying physical dimensions of workers. It may be necessary to provide more than one type or size of
PPE.
Compatibility
Where it is necessary for employees to wear or use more than one item of PPE simultaneously, the employer has
a duty to ensure that the items are compatible with each other and continue to be effective against the risks. For
example, certain types of earmuffs may prevent some types of safety helmets from being worn correctly.
Recording and review
The assessment of PPE must be reviewed if there is reason to suppose that it is no longer valid or if there has
been a significant change in the matters to which it relates.
C E Marking
Any PPE provided must be certified to show that it meets the basic safety requirements and complies with any
relevant European (EN) Standard. Manufacturers show this by displaying the CE mark and by enclosing with their
product a certificate of conformity. It is illegal for suppliers to sell PPE that is not CE marked.
Maintenance and Replacement of PPE
Employers must ensure that any PPE provided is maintained (including replaced or cleaned as appropriate) in an
efficient state, in efficient working order and in good repair.
Effective arrangements must be made to ensure that the PPE continues to be effective and arrangements may
need (where appropriate) to include provision for:

examination

repair
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/270/4
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System

replacement

testing

cleaning/disinfecting.
In general, manufacturer’s maintenance schedules and instructions should be followed. In some cases (e.g.
gloves) the maintenance and examination will simply requires the user to inspect the PPE periodically. In other
cases (e.g. mechanical fall-arrestors) a planned preventive maintenance programme may be necessary.
Responsibility for maintenance should be laid down and communicated, together with details of the maintenance
procedures and their frequency.
Where appropriate, it is recommended that records of tests and examinations etc be kept.
Accommodation for PPE
Employers must ensure that appropriate accommodation is provided for PPE. This may simply be a hook on
which to hang waterproof clothing, or a carrying case for safety spectacles. It is important that PPE is stored in
such a way that it is does not become damaged or ineffective (e.g. safety helmets stored in high temperatures
may become damaged and ineffective.
Charging for PPE
PPE that is provided as a means of controlling a risk must be provided to employees free of charge. This includes
PPE provided as a replacement for PPE that has been carelessly lost or damaged.
Persons other than Employees
Employers do not have a duty to provide PPE to non-employees (e.g. visitors or contractors) but must ensure that
such persons are not exposed to risk. The choices are therefore to:

exclude such persons from areas of risk, or

ensure that such persons provide their own suitable PPE, or

provide the PPE on loan.
Records of Issue
Although not a statutory requirement, it is advisable to keep a record of the issue of personal protective equipment
as evidence that PPE has been provided.
Use of PPE
Employers must take all reasonable steps to ensure that any personal protective equipment provided to
employees is properly used. Employees should not be put into a situation where PPE is required until they have
received appropriate information, instruction and training. Adequate levels of supervision should be provided to
ensure that the training and instructions are being followed.
Employees have a statutory obligation to make full and proper use of any protective equipment provided to them
and to take all reasonable steps to ensure that it is returned to the accommodation provided for it after use.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/270/5
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
Reporting Loss or Defect
Employees who have been provided with PPE must report to their employer any loss or obvious defect in PPE.
Reporting arrangements should be covered in the training provided to employees.
Provision of Information, Instruction and Training
Employees who are provided with PPE must also be provided with adequate and appropriate information,
instruction and training. This will usually include a combination of theoretical and practical training.
Theoretical training should include:

an explanation of the risks present and why PPE is needed

the operation, performance and limitations of the equipment

instructions on the selection, use and storage of PPE related to the intended use - written operating
procedures such as permits to work involving PPE should be explained

factors which might affect the protection provided by the PPE such as other PPE, personal factors, working
conditions, inadequate fitting, defects, damage and wear

instructions on how to recognise defect in PPE and arrangements for reporting loss or defects.
Practical training should include:

practice in putting on, wearing and removing the equipment

practice and instruction in inspection and, where appropriate, testing of the PPE before use

practice and instruction in maintenance which can be done by the user, such as cleaning and the
replacement of components

instruction in the safe storage of equipment.
A systematic approach to training is required; the extent of the training will depend on the complexity of the
equipment. As with any other safety related training, employers must ensure that the trainees have understood the
training. Refresher training is likely to be needed periodically.
RECORDS
Records should be kept of the following:

assessments of the suitability of PPE in relation to a particular risk

tests and examinations of PPE

issue of PPE to individuals

information, instruction and training provided regarding PPE.
LEGISLATION

Personal Protective Equipment Regulations.
For further information, please contact Thomas Carroll Management Services
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/270/6
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
SAFETY SIGNS AND SIGNALS
INTRODUCTION
The purpose of a safety signs is to warn or instruct of the nature of risks and the measures to be taken to protect
against them.
A safety sign should be provided whenever there is a risk that cannot be avoided or controlled by other means,
e.g. by engineering controls and safe systems of work. Where a safety sign would not help to reduce that risk, or
where the risk is not significant, there is no need to provide a sign.
In addition to traditional signboards such as prohibition and warning signs, there are also other means of
communicating health and safety information including the use of illuminated signs, hand and acoustic signals
(e.g. fire alarms), spoken communication and the marking of pipe work containing dangerous substances.
Provision and Maintenance of Signs
Signs must be provided and maintained where risk assessments show that risks exist which cannot be avoided or
adequately reduced, except by the provision of appropriate safety signs, to warn or instruct of the nature of those
risks and the measures to be taken to protect against them.
Internal Works Traffic
The signs shown in the schedule (shown later in these guidelines) are not suitable for use in directing traffic on
public roads. The regulations require the use of traffic signs as prescribed in the Road Traffic Regulations Act as
shown in the Highway Code.
Using Safety Signs
Signs should be used when it is necessary to convey a relevant message or information.
Additional measures such as increased volume or brilliance may be needed to ensure that employees can see
warning signs or hear signals if their vision or hearing is impaired for any reason (for example, by the use of
personal protective equipment).
In some cases, more than one type of sign may be needed (for example, an illuminated sign combined with an
acoustic warning signal).
Maintenance
All safety signs must be properly maintained so that they are capable of performing their intended function. This
will normally require regular checks and cleaning. If circumstances change, making the signboard unnecessary,
the signboard should be removed.
Safety Colours, Shapes and Pictograms
Safety signs must comply with the standard shapes and colours. Simple pictograms should be used. In some
cases the pictogram may be supplemented by text. The wording must be consistent with the class of sign (e.g.
mandatory signs should state the action required).
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/320/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
Signboards
Where signboards are used, they should be sufficiently large and clear so that they can be easily seen and
understood. Signboards need to be durable, securely fastened and properly maintained.
Permanent signboards are necessary unless the hazard is temporary. Temporary signs may be appropriate, for
example, in the case of cleaners using a portable sign to warn of wet floors.
Signs on Containers and Pipes
Containers, tanks and vessels used in the workplace to contain dangerous substances and the visible pipes in the
workplace containing or transporting dangerous substances should generally have signs fixed to them. There are
exceptions:

where the pipe is short and is connected to a container that is clearly signed

where their contents may regularly change or if there are other arrangements for ensuring that employees
know the dangerous properties of the contents, (for example, process instructions), containers need not be
signed.
Signs or labels on pipes will be most useful where employees are liable to be exposed to the contents of the pipe
work, for example, sampling or filling points, drain valves and flanged joints which are likely to need periodic
breaking. Signs or labels should also be displayed at intermediate points on long pipe runs.
Signs to Mark Areas, Rooms and Enclosures
It is important to mark areas, rooms and enclosures used for the storage of significant quantities of dangerous
substances. Stores containing a number of different substances may be indicated by a ‘general danger’ warning
sign.
Signs to Mark Obstacles, Dangerous Locations and Traffic Routes
The Workplace (Health Safety and Welfare) Regulations require precautions to prevent injuries caused by falls
from heights or from being struck by falling objects. In most cases, secure fencing is needed to prevent falls.
Where the risk is low, however, or where it is impracticable to safeguard by other means, marking the dangerous
location with a sign may be necessary. For example, highlighting the edge of a raised platform or area where
objects may fall using markings consisting of yellow and black (or red and white) diagonal stripes.
The Workplace regulations also require indication of traffic routes within workplaces where necessary for reasons
of health and safety. The Signs and Signals Regulations require the markings to take the form of continuous lines,
preferably yellow or white.
In general, outdoor traffic routes are not required to be marked except in situations where defined traffic routes are
needed to meet general safety duties, for example, when vehicles are operating (particularly during reversing)
close to employees working on foot.
Acoustic Signals and Illuminated Signs
The Provision and Use of Work Equipment Regulations includes requirements for work equipment to incorporate
any warnings or warning devices necessary for reasons of health and safety. This could include the use of
acoustic signals and warning signs instead of conventional signboards. The signals and signs used need to meet
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/320/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
the requirements described in the relevant part of Schedule 1 of these regulations. The signals also need to be
suitable for the environment. Acoustic signals and illuminated signs need to be checked at appropriate regular
intervals to ensure that they are functioning correctly.
Illuminated Signs
Signs should be bright enough to be seen, without causing glare. Care is needed to ensure that a number of
illuminated signs are not used together if this could lead to confusion.
Luminous signs may be of a single safety colour or contain a pictogram on a specified background consistent with
schedule 1 of the regulations.
If an illuminated sign can be either ‘on’ continuously or operate intermittently, the flashing sign should be used to
indicate a higher level of danger or more urgent need for action.
If flashing signs are used in conjunction with an acoustic signal, the two should be synchronised as regards pulse
and duration.
Where flashing signs are used to warn of imminent danger, it is particularly important to ensure that measures are
in place to either detect failure of the sign quickly or to prevent its failure (i.e. by fitting duplicate bulbs etc).
Acoustic Signals
Acoustic signals need to be set at a level which is considerably higher (i.e. 10dB higher) than the ambient noise at
that frequency. It is also important for the signals to be easily recognisable in terms of pulse duration and intervals.
Acoustic signals should not be used more than one at a time.
Where variable sound frequencies or pulse frequencies are used, the higher frequency should be used to indicate
a higher level of danger or more urgent need for action.
Hand Signals
Hand signals can be used to direct hazardous operations such as crane or vehicle movements. Signals must be
precise, simple, easy to make and understand. Signallers must be competent to make hand signals and be
properly trained in their correct use.
Specific rules governing use of hand signals
The signaller needs to be able to see all the manoeuvres being made by the people receiving the signals without
being endangered.
During manoeuvres, the duties of the signaller must be confined to directing manoeuvres and to other specific
measures relating to safety of nearby workers.
In some cases there may be a need for additional signallers to help coordinate the action. In such cases the
person receiving the signal must take them from one signaller only, unless specific arrangements have been
made.
When an operator is unable to continue the manoeuvre safely, the operation needs to be discontinued until further
instructions are received from the signaller.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/320/3
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
Where weather conditions may obscure viewing, high visibility clothing may be required to ensure the safety of the
signaller under the Personal Protective Equipment at Work Regulations . The use of other items such as signalling
bats and reflective armbands may also help the operator to see and understand the signals.
Codes of hand signals
Where hand signals are used they must be consistent with the code of signals shown in schedule 1 of the
regulations or meet either BS 6736 or BS 7121. Where these signals are insufficient to meet communication
needs, additional signals can be used based on existing signalling practice.
Irrespective of the code used, the signals must be used consistently through out the workplace. If employees are
unfamiliar with the code, training will be necessary.
Verbal Signals
Verbal signals can also be used to direct hazardous operations. Such signals can be spoken messages given by
either human or artificial voice either directly or recorded. Spoken messages need to be clear, concise and
understood by the listener.
Fire Safety Signs
A fire safety sign is a sign (including an illuminated sign or an acoustic signal) which:

provides information on escape routes and emergency exits in case of fire; or

provides information on the identification or location of fire-fighting equipment; or

gives warning in case of fire.
Signs bearing only text (e.g. ‘Fire Exit’) have not been permissible since December 1998 and must be replaced
with signs that comply with the schedule, being either a pictogram only, or a combination of pictogram and text.
Signs may be supplemented with directional arrows that must also bear the pictogram; directional arrows alone
are not acceptable.
Signs in Buildings and Structures
Alternative exits (i.e. exits other than the main route of entry) should be clearly indicated so that people know that
there are ways to leave other than the normal way they enter.
Fire exit signs should be displayed immediately above the exit or opening or in a position where the sign can be
clearly seen and is not likely to be obstructed or obscured by smoke. Where an exit cannot be seen or where a
person escaping may be in doubt about the location of an exit (e.g. in warehouses where goods etc may obstruct
the view of the exit doors) fire exit signs and directional arrows should be positioned at appropriate points along
the escape route.
In buildings with multiple occupation, it is normally the owner of the building who has responsibility for displaying
signs in common areas (e.g. stairways). Individual employers are responsible for the signs needed in their part of
the building.
If the level of natural light is poor, then adequate illumination (which includes emergency lighting) will be needed.
Signs incorporating photoluminescent materials may also have a role in conditions of poor light.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/320/4
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
Marking Fire Fighting Equipment
The colour red is used to indicate the location of fire-fighting equipment, normally by means of a signboard or by
colouring the background behind the equipment. If for any reason fire-fighting equipment is placed in a position
hidden from direct view, its position must be indicated by using appropriate directional arrows combined with the
relevant fire-fighting equipment sign.
Fire Alarms
Fire alarms are included in the term ‘acoustic signal’, defined as ‘a coded sound signal which is released and
transmitted by a device designed for that purpose, without the use of a human or artificial voice’.
It is important that the fire alarm:

has a sound level considerably higher than the ambient noise so that the warning signal can be heard
throughout the workplace;

is easily recognisable and distinct from other acoustic signals and ambient noise; and

is continuous for evacuation.
The method of giving warning must be suitable for the workplace. In small premises a manually operated rotary
gong or hand-bell may be sufficient. In larger workplaces an electrical fire warning system conforming to BS 5839
Fire detection and alarm systems in buildings will be needed.
The regulations permit the use of public address systems with the warning signal, which may be accompanied by
an illuminated sign. This has been found to be very effective in premises where members of the public are
present. The message must give clear and concise instructions should be prepared in advance and be activated
by the fire warning system. It should over-ride amplified music etc.
Most fire warning systems are single stage, however in some large workplaces a two-stage alarm may be
appropriate. In two-stage systems, a continuous evacuation signal is given in some parts of the workplace (i.e.
near to the origin of the fire) while an intermittent or alert signal meaning ‘stand by’ is received elsewhere. These
systems allow a progressive or phased evacuation of the workplace so that congestion of exit routes is minimised.
Information, Instruction and Training
It is essential that employees, particularly supervisors and others with responsibility for fire safety fully understand
the meaning of fire safety signs and hoe to give warning in case of fire.
Minimum Requirements Concerning Safety Signs and Signals at Work
Permanent signboards
For signs relating to prohibitions, warnings, mandatory requirements, and the location of emergency escape
routes and first aid facilities, signboards must:

be as simple as possible

use clearly understood pictograms

be shock and weather resistant

be suitably positioned

be clearly visible (luminous or illuminated where necessary)
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/320/5
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System

be removed when the situation ceases to exist.
Permanent marking with a safety colour
Permanent marking with a safety colour must be used for traffic routes and places where there is a risk of colliding
with obstacles or of falling (normally to be used in conjunction with permanent signboards).
Occasional signs
Illuminated signs, acoustic signals and/or verbal communications may be used where the occasion requires
(emergency evacuation, for example).
Hand signals
Hand signals and/or verbal communication must be used where the occasion requires (e.g. guiding vehicles or
lifting operations).
Minimum standards for each type of sign
Signboards on containers and pipes used for dangerous substances
Signboards must be mounted on the visible side(s) of the containers etc. in unpliable, self adhesive or painted
form and must be weatherproof etc.
Labels on pipes must be positioned near valves and joints and at reasonable intervals.
Signs for the identification of fire fighting equipment
Signs must be a specific colour for the equipment.
The location of fire fighting equipment must be coloured red and marked together with signboards.
Signs used for obstacles, dangerous locations and traffic routes
Where there is a risk of collision with obstacles, falling or falling objects the danger area must be marked with
0
alternating yellow/black or red/white stripes at 45 .
Signs must be of a size appropriate to the scale of the hazard.
Where marking traffic of routes in rooms is required, these must be clearly marked with continuous stripes
(preferably white or yellow).
Signs must be located to indicate a safe distance between vehicles/objects and vehicles/pedestrians.
Permanent traffic routes outdoors should, so far as is practicable be similarly marked unless provided with barriers
or pavements.
Illuminated signs
Illuminated signs must produce appropriate luminous contrast and be a single colour or contain a pictogram
(standard colours/pictograms).
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/320/6
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
For a higher level of danger, intermittent signs must be used.
Flashing signs to indicate grave danger must be under surveillance or be fitted with an auxiliary lamp.
Acoustic signals
Acoustic signals must be audible and above ambient noise levels, without being painful.
Signals must be easily recognisable and distinct from other noises.
If variable frequencies are used, the higher frequency must indicate a higher danger level.
Verbal communication
Verbal communication must be clear short, simple phrases or words by human or artificial voice.
Verbal communication should only be used where people involved have a good understanding of the language.
Hand signals

Hand signals must be precise, simple, distinct and easy to understand.

Signals should be given one sign at a time.

The signalman’s duties must be too exclusively direct manoeuvres.

The signalman must be able to monitor manoeuvres visually or to be assisted by other signalmen.

The operator should interrupt manoeuvres for new instructions, if safety cannot be guaranteed.

The signalman must be recognisable to the operator (distinctive brightly coloured jacket, sleeves armbands,
etc).
Standard Signboards
One of the main objectives of the regulations is to overcome reading and language difficulties by making signs as
pictorial as possible. This is achieved by the mandatory use of:

pictograms (pictorial symbols)

standard shapes

standard colours.
The categories in general use are:
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/320/7
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
PROHIBITION (MUST NOT)
A sign prohibiting behaviour likely to increase or cause danger.
Round sign with a white background and a red border and diagonal cross bar.
Pictograms must be black.
WARNING
A sign giving a warning of a hazard or danger.
Triangular with a yellow background, black border and black symbols.
MANDATORY- MUST BE DONE/WORN
A sign prescribing specific behaviour.
Round sign with a blue background and white symbol.
EMERGENCY ESCAPE OR FIRST AID
A sign giving information on emergency exits, first aid or rescue facilities (e.g.
emergency escape route. (Note: signs complying with BS5499 are also acceptable
(these have a pictogram and text. Signs with text only are not acceptable)
Square or oblong sign with white symbols on a green background.
FIRE FIGHTING
A sign indicating fire equipment
Rectangular or square with a white pictogram on a red background.
Hand Signals
A schedule to the regulations also shows the minimum requirements for hand signals such as those used when
signalling to a crane operator. Information, instruction and training
Employers must ensure that:

comprehensible and relevant information on the measures to be taken in connection with safety signs is
provided to each of his employees; and that

each of his employees receives suitable and sufficient instruction and training in the meaning of safety signs
and the measures to be taken in connection with safety signs.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/320/8
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
LEGISLATION

Health and Safety (Safety Signs and Signals) Regulations

Fire Precautions Act

Provision and Use of Work Equipment Regulations.
For further information, please contact Thomas Carroll Management Services
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/320/9
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
TRAINING
HEALTH AND SAFETY INDUCTION TRAINING
Induction training should be carried out as soon as reasonably practicable after an employee commences
employment, ideally on arrival. The objective of the training is to ensure new employees are familiar with all
fundamental aspects of health and safety relating to their employment.
Line Managers, to whom new recruits are responsible, should ensure that any relevant additional precautions are
taken to ensure the safety of the recruit until the training has been completed. Such precautions may typically
include:

increased supervision

limiting the tasks to which the new recruit is assigned

limiting the locations to which the recruit has access (unless accompanied).
New employees should complete and sign an induction form to confirm they have received the training.
Health and safety training at induction should consist of the provision of:

general health and safety induction - information that is common to all employees;

training that is specific to the responsibilities/duties of the individual and to the health and safety risks that are
foreseeable.
General Induction Safety Training
Objectives
The objectives of general induction safety training are to:

inform the new employee about our policy regarding health and safety, emphasising the high priority given,
and the expectation that the employee should support the policy

provide the new employee with an overview of the company’s arrangements for health and safety

ensure that the new employee is provided with adequate information about general and site-wide risks and
precautions.
Content
The following items should be included in the general safety induction training:
Health and Safety Policy (Including Organisation and Arrangements)

an outline of the Health and Safety Policy emphasising the company’s commitment to health and safety

the organisation that exists for implementing the policy including the health and safety responsibilities of the
company and of the individual employee

the need for employee co-operation, and arrangements for consultation

the existence of general arrangements for health and safety and of instructions relating to particular tasks
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/340/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System

disciplinary procedures that apply in the case of a breach of health and safety procedures by employees

our Health and Safety Management System, its location and general contents

the procedure for raising concerns regarding health and safety matters and for reporting hazards;
General Fire/Emergency Procedures

the action to be taken upon discovering a fire

action to be taken upon hearing the alarm

the correct use of fire fighting equipment including fire extinguishers and fire hose reels where applicable
Incidents, Injuries and Ill Health

the procedure for reporting accidents or ill health at work
General Site Hazards and Precautions

internal/external traffic and parking arrangements

restricted/high risk areas and relevant precautions

the location of any prohibited or hazardous areas and no smoking areas
Training and Information Specific to the Workplace or Task
In addition to the general induction training, new or transferred employees should be informed of any specific
hazards and precautions that relate to their work or workplace. It is the responsibility of the employee’s line
manager to ensure that this training takes place at the earliest opportunity, and before the individual is exposed to
risk.
Reference should be made to:

any recorded assessments of risk that are relevant

the hazards to which the employee might potentially be exposed (with reference to recorded risk
assessments relating to the activities/location concerned)

the precautions that exist (including the importance of adhering to the use of safe operating procedures) to
prevent exposure to hazards

actions to be taken in the event of an emergency

restrictions and prohibited areas

sources of help and information
Content
Local Fire/Emergency Arrangements

fire exit, escape route locations and assembly points

location of any no smoking areas
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/340/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System

restrictions and procedures regarding flammable materials

identity of fire wardens

location of fire fighting equipment including fire extinguishers and fire hose reels where applicable.
Incidents, Injuries and Ill Health

means of stopping machines and processes and isolating power supplies, where appropriate

names and locations of persons responsible for first aid and the location of first aid boxes

location and use of emergency showers/eye wash points etc.

location of safety information (policy, procedures, hazard information)

identity of safety representative

identity of line manager
Local/Job-Specific Hazards and Precautions

Location of any hazardous areas

Other hazards (refer to risk assessments)

Use of precautions (e.g. safety guards/devices)

Provision, maintenance and use of Personal Protective Equipment
JOB SPECIFIC TRAINING
Job Specific Training
All employees should be provided with appropriate training to help ensure that they are competent to undertake
their work safely and without risks to their health and safety. Such training may involve attending relevant training
courses arranged by external training providers, on the job training or a combination of both. In all cases training
must be delivered by a competent person. Records of all job specific training should be maintained.
Identification of training needs
All persons who have managerial responsibilities should identify the training needs of individuals under their
control, and should ensure that adequate training is provided.
Employees should be provided with appropriate health and safety related training before they are exposed to new
risks as a result of:

transfer to a new job/location or new responsibilities, or

the introduction of new equipment or new technology or modification of existing equipment; or

the introduction of new systems of work or changes to existing systems.
The training should be repeated periodically when appropriate.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/340/3
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
Evidence of a need for additional health and safety Training
The need for health and safety related training should be formally analysed periodically, taking into account:

the present or planned job content/responsibilities of individuals

the past health and safety performance of the individual

statutory requirements for training where applicable

the findings of risk assessments.
Training Programmes
Appropriate training programmes should be developed wherever health and safety related training is required.
Identifying Training Outcomes
When a need for training has been identified, the line manager who is responsible for the training should identify
the required outcomes of the training. Wherever it is practicable to do so, training outcomes should be expressed
in terms that make it possible to measure the effectiveness of the training. This should normally be either:

satisfactory completion of a formal assessment; or

demonstrated competence.
Records of Training
A record should be kept of all training received by employees Line managers should ensure that the relevant
information is provided to ensure that the record is kept up to date. The record should be kept for at least 5 years
following the individual’s cessation of employment with The Company. The record should include:

details of general induction training

details of workplace or job specific induction training

a list of the training events

a detailed record of each training event.
Employees should be required to sign the detailed record on completion of their training.
Record of Induction Training
A general induction training record form should be issued in respect of every new employee. The various relevant
topics are listed on the form, each topic having a check box to indicate that the individual has achieved
satisfactory competence in that topic. The form should be completed by the trainer and signed by both the trainer
and the trainee when all topics have been adequately covered. The completed form should be retained in the
individual’s personnel record.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/340/4
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
Record of Workplace/Job Specific Training
A specific training record form should be issued in respect of every new employee and any employee who is
moved to a new work location. The various relevant topics are listed on the form, each topic having a check box to
indicate that the individual has achieved satisfactory competence in that topic. The form should be completed by
the trainer (normally the employee’s line manager) and signed by both the trainer and the trainee when all topics
have been adequately covered. The completed form should be retained in the individual’s personnel record.
LEGISLATION

Health and Safety at Work Act 1974

Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations 1999

Provision and Use of Work Equipment Regulations 1998
For further information, please contact Thomas Carroll Management Services
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/340/5
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
VIBRATION AT WORK
INTRODUCTION
Hand-arm vibration is vibration transmitted from work processes into workers’ hands and arms. It can be caused
by operating hand-held power tools, such as road breakers, and hand-guided equipment, such as powered
lawnmowers, or by holding materials being processed by machines, such as pedestal grinders.
Regular and frequent exposure to hand-arm vibration can lead to permanent health effects. This is most likely
when contact with a vibrating tool or work process is a regular part of a person’s job. Occasional exposure is
unlikely to cause ill health.
Hand-arm vibration can cause a range of conditions collectively known as hand-arm vibration syndrome (HAVS),
as well as specific diseases such as carpal tunnel syndrome.
Identifying signs and symptoms at an early stage is important as it will allow action to be taken to prevent the
health effects from becoming serious. The symptoms include any combination of:

tingling and numbness in the fingers

not being able to feel things properly

loss of strength in the hands

the fingers going white (blanching) and becoming red and painful on recovery.
For some people, symptoms may appear after only a few months of exposure, but for others they may take a few
years. They are likely to get worse with continued exposure to vibration and may become permanent.
The effects on people include:

pain, distress and sleep disturbance

inability to do fine work (e.g. assembling small components) or everyday tasks (e.g. fastening buttons)

reduced ability to work in cold or damp conditions (i.e. most outdoor work) which would trigger painful finger
blanching attacks

reduced grip strength which might affect the ability to do work safely.
These effects can severely limit the jobs an affected person is able to do, as well as many family and social
activities.
Jobs and Industries Most Likely to Involve Hand-Arm Vibration
Jobs requiring regular and frequent use of vibrating tools and equipment and handling of vibrating materials are
found in a wide range of industries, for example:

building and maintenance of roads and railways

construction

estate management (e.g. maintenance of grounds, parks, water courses, road and rail side verges)

forestry
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/350/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System

foundries

heavy engineering

manufacturing concrete products

mines and quarries

motor vehicle manufacture and repair

public utilities (e.g. water, gas, electricity, telecommunications)

shipbuilding and repair.
Tools and Equipment that can Cause Ill Health from Vibration
There are hundreds of different types of hand-held power tools and equipment which can cause ill health from
vibration. Some of the more common ones are:

chainsaws

concrete breakers/road breakers

cut-off saws (for stone etc)

hammer drills

hand-held grinders

impact wrenches

jigsaws

needle scalers

pedestal grinders

polishers

power hammers and chisels

powered lawn mowers

powered sanders

scabblers

strimmers/brush cutters.
Control of Vibration at Work
In order to control vibration at work employers are required to:

assess the vibration risk to employees

decide if exposure is likely to be above the daily exposure action value (EAV) and if it is:

introduce a programme of controls to eliminate risk, or reduce exposure to as low a level as is
reasonably practicable;

provide health surveillance (regular health checks) to employees who continue to be regularly
exposed above the action value or otherwise continue to be at risk;
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/350/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System

decide if employees are likely to be exposed above the daily exposure limit value (ELV) and if they are:


take immediate action to reduce their exposure below the limit value;
provide information and training to employees on health risks and the actions to be taken to control those
risks;

consult trade union safety representative or employee representative on proposals to control risk and to
provide health surveillance;

keep a record of risk assessments and control actions;

keep health records for employees under health surveillance;

review and update risk assessments regularly.
Exposure Action Value (EAV) and Exposure Limit Value (ELV)
The exposure action value (EAV) is a daily amount of vibration exposure above which employers are required to
take action to control exposure. The greater the exposure level, the greater the risk and the more action
employers must take to reduce the risk. For hand-arm vibration the EAV is a daily exposure of 2.5 m/s2 A(8).
What is the exposure limit value?
The exposure limit value (ELV) is the maximum amount of vibration an employee may be exposed to on any
single day. For hand-arm vibration the ELV is a daily exposure of 5 m/s2 A(8). It represents a high risk above
which employees should not be exposed.
A transitional period exists for the limit value until July 2010 for work equipment already in use before July 2007.
The exposure limit value may be exceeded during the transitional period as long as all the other requirements
have been complied with and all reasonably practicable action taken to reduce exposure.
Assessing the Risks
In order to identify whether there is likely to be a significant risk from hand-arm vibration employers should:

find out from employees and their supervisors which, if any, processes involve regular exposure to vibration;

see whether there are any warnings of vibration risks in equipment handbooks;

ask employees if they have any of the HAVS symptoms and whether the equipment being used produces
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/350/3
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
high levels of vibration or uncomfortable strains on hands and arms.
Consultation with Employees
It is important during the whole process that hand-arm vibration is discussed with employees and the trade union
safety representative or employee representative. A policy should be developed and agreed for managing
vibration risks which will provide reassurance to employees about their job security and to explain why cooperating with risk control measures and health surveillance programme will be in their best interests.
Assessing Who Is At Risk
If there is likely to be a risk, employers need to assess who is at risk and to what degree. The risk assessment
needs to allow the employer to decide whether employees’ exposures are likely to be above the EAV or ELV and
to identify which work activities need to be controlled. You could do the risk assessment yourself or appoint a
competent person to do it for you.
Work activities should be grouped according to whether they are high, medium or low risk and a plan of action to
control risks for the employees at greatest risk first.
High risk (above the ELV)
Employees who regularly operate:

hammer action tools for more than about one hour per day; or

some rotary and other action tools for more than about two hours per day.
Employees in this group are likely to be above the exposure limit value. The limit value could be exceeded in a
much shorter time in some cases, especially where the tools are not the most suitable for the job.
Medium risk (above the EAV)
Employees who regularly operate:

hammer action tools for more than about 15minutes per day; or

some rotary and other action tools for more than about one hour per day.
Employees in this group are likely to be exposed above the exposure action value.
Measuring Employee Exposure
A rough grouping enables employers to do a basic risk assessment and to decide whether exposures are likely to
exceed the exposure action value and exposure limit value and to plan and prioritise control actions effectively.
Alternatively, employers can use available vibration data or to have measurements made to estimate exposures in
order to be more certain of whether the risk is high, medium or low.
A more detailed exposure assessment may help:

identify which control actions might be most effective and practicable in reducing vibration exposure
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/350/4
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System

be more certain whether exposures are likely to exceed the action or limit values

check whether controls are effective.
Estimating Exposure
Vibration data should be available from the equipment handbook, or from the equipment supplier.
The table below provides examples of vibration levels the HSE has measured on equipment in use. There are
also some databases on the internet which may have suitable vibration data.
If the manufacturer’s vibration data is used then checks should be undertaken to ensure that it represents the way
equipment is used since some data may under estimate workplace vibration levels substantially. Manufacturer
should provide an indication of the likely vibration emission of the tool when being used. If vibration data which is
reasonably representative of the way equipment is used is available from the manufacturer, it should be suitable
for estimating employees’ exposure. However, if the only information available is the vibration emission declared
in the equipment’s handbook, it may be safer to double this figure before using it for estimating daily exposures.
Checking how long employees are actually exposed to the vibration (i.e. the total daily ‘trigger time’ with the
equipment operating and in contact with the employee’s hand(s)). As employees are unlikely to be able to provide
this information very accurately themselves, observation is required to measure the trigger time over, for example,
half an hour and then use the result to estimate the trigger time for the full shift. If employees are exposed to
vibration from more than one tool or work process during a typical day, information will need to be collected on
likely vibration level and ‘trigger time’ for each one. Once relevant vibration data and exposure times have been
collected an exposure calculator should be used to assess each employee’s daily exposure.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/350/5
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
Alternatively, a simple ‘exposure points’ system such as the one below can be used to estimate the daily
exposure.
Workplace vibration measurements
In order to obtain vibration measurements a competent person will need to carry out measurements using
specialised equipment. Measurement results can be highly variable, depending on many factors, including the
operator’s technique, the condition of the work equipment, the material being processed and the measurement
method. The competence and experience of the person who makes the measurements is important so that they
can recognise and take account of these uncertainties in producing representative vibration data.
Duties of Manufacturers and Suppliers
Tool and machine manufacturers and suppliers are obliged by the Supply of Machinery (Safety)
Regulations 1992 to design equipment which will reduce vibration risks to as low a level as possible, making use
of the latest technology. Equipment should be CE-marked to show that it complies with these requirements, and
health and safety information should be provided in an instruction book and include:

warnings about any vibration-related risk from using the equipment

information on safe use and, where necessary, training requirements

information on how to maintain the equipment

a statement of the vibration emission together with information on the test method used.
For most types of tool, manufacturers use internationally agreed test methods for vibration testing. These allow
vibration performance of different brands and models of the same type of tool to be compared. Unfortunately,
many of these test methods do not represent the way tools perform at work and vibration levels in the workplace
may be much higher than those in this type of ‘laboratory’ test.
In some industries, employers’ organisations, equipment manufacturers and hire companies have adopted colourcoding systems to mark tools which are high, medium and low risk. These ‘traffic light’ systems are intended to
help users manage the use of the tools to control risks from vibration.
Controlling the Risks
Once persons at risk have been identified, employers must do all that is reasonable to control the risk. An action
plan should be prepared for dealing with the high-risk work tasks first, followed by the medium- and lower-risk
activities.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/350/6
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
Risk controls include:
Alternative work methods

identify alternative work methods which eliminate or reduce exposure to vibration

mechanise or automate the work.
Equipment selection

make sure that equipment selected or allocated for tasks is suitable and can do the work efficiently equipment that is unsuitable, too small or not powerful enough is likely to take much longer to complete the
task and expose employees to vibration for longer than is necessary.

select the lowest vibration tool that is suitable and can do the work efficiently.

limit the use of high-vibration tools wherever possible.
Purchasing policy for replacing old equipment and tools
Work equipment is likely to be replaced over time as it becomes worn out, and it is important that replacements,
so far as is reasonably practicable, are suitable for the work, efficient and of lower vibration.
Workstation design

improve the design of workstations to minimize loads on employees’ hands, wrists and arms caused by poor
posture

use devices such as jigs and suspension systems to reduce the need to grip heavy tools tightly.
Maintenance

introduce appropriate maintenance programmes for your equipment to prevent avoidable increases in
vibration (following the manufacturer’s recommendations where appropriate)

do not use blunt or damaged concrete breaker and chipping hammer chisels and replace consumable items
such as grinding wheels, so that equipment is efficient and keeps employee exposure as short as possible.
Work schedules

limit the time that employees are exposed to vibration

plan work to avoid individuals being exposed to vibration for long, continuous periods – several shorter
periods are preferable

where tools require continual or frequent use, introduce employee rotas to limit exposure times.
Clothing

provide employees with protective clothing when necessary to keep them warm and dry

gloves can be used to keep hands warm, but should not be relied upon to provide protection from vibration.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/350/7
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
Monitoring Controls
To ensure that the steps taken to taken to control risks are working employers should:

check regularly that the programme of controls introduced is being carried out by managers and employees

talk regularly to managers, supervisors, employees and trade union safety representative or employee
representative about whether there are any vibration problems with the equipment or the way it is being used

check the results of health surveillance and discuss with the health service provider whether the controls
appear to be effective or need to be changed.
Health Surveillance
Health surveillance should be provided to employees who, despite action to control the risk, are likely to be
regularly exposed above the exposure action value or are considered to be at risk for any other reason.
The purpose of health surveillance is to:

identify anyone exposed or about to be exposed to hand-arm vibration who may be at particular risk, for
example people with blood circulatory diseases;

identify any vibration-related disease at an early stage in employees regularly exposed to hand arm vibration;

help you prevent disease progression and eventual disability;

help people stay in work;

check the effectiveness of your vibration control measures.
Trade union safety representative, or employee representative, and employees should be consulted before
introducing health surveillance as it is important that employees understand that the aim of health surveillance is
to protect them from developing advanced symptoms of ill health so that they can continue to work and their
understanding and co-operation is essential if health surveillance is to be effective.
Results of health surveillance
Employers need to:

keep records of the health surveillance and fitness for work advice provided for each

employee

make employees’ records available to them

act upon any recommendations made by the doctor about employees’ continued exposure to vibration

use the results to review and, if necessary, revise your risk assessment, including your plans

to control risks

discuss any changes to your risk assessment with your trade union safety representative or employee
representative

notify the relevant enforcing authority when advised in writing by a doctor that an employee in listed
occupations has HAVS or carpal tunnel syndrome.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/350/8
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
Provision Of Information and Training to Employees
Information should be provided to employees on:

the health effects of hand-arm vibration

sources of hand-arm vibration

whether they are at risk, and if so whether the risk is high (above the ELV), medium (above the EAV) or low

the risk factors (e.g. the levels of vibration, daily exposure duration, regularity of exposure over weeks,
months and years)

how to recognise and report symptoms

the need for health surveillance, how it can help them remain fit for work, how it will be provided, how the
results will be used and the confidentiality of the results;

ways to minimise risk including:

- changes to working practices to reduce vibration exposure;

- correct selection, use and maintenance of equipment;

- correct techniques for equipment use, how to reduce grip force etc;

- maintenance of good blood circulation at work by keeping warm and massaging fingers and, if
possible, cutting down on smoking.
LEGISLATION

Control of Vibration at Work Regulations
For further information, please contact Thomas, Carroll Management Services
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/350/9
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
WELFARE FACILITIES
INTRODUCTION
Welfare facilities are those that are necessary for the well being of employees, such as washing, toilet, rest and
changing facilities and somewhere to eat and drink during breaks.
Toilet and Washing Facilities
Employers must provide adequate toilet and washing facilities including:

enough toilets and washbasins for those expected to use the – people should not have to queue for long
periods to go to the toilet

where possible, separate facilities for men and women - failing that rooms with lockable doors

clean facilities – to help achieve this walls and floors should preferably be tiled (or covered in a suitable
waterproof material) to make them easier to clean

a supply of toilet paper and for female employees, a means of disposing of sanitary towels

facilities that are well lit and ventilated

facilities with hot and cold running water

enough soap or other washing agents

a basin large enough to wash hands and forearms if necessary

a means of drying hands e.g. paper towels or a hot air dryer

showers, where necessary, i.e. particularly for dirty work
Particular consideration should be given to the needs of those with disabilities.
Minimum number of facilities
Number of toilets and washbasins required for mixed use (or women only).
Number of people at work
Number of water closets
Number of wash stations
1 to 5
1
1
6 to 25
2
2
26 to 50
3
3
51 to 75
4
4
76 to 100
5
5
An additional water closet and one additional washing station should be provided for every 25 people above 100.
Where work activities result in heavy soiling of face, hands and forearms, the number of washing stations should
be increased to 1 for every 10 employees.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/370/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
Number of toilets required for men only.
Number of men at work
Number of water closets
Number of urinals
1 to 15
1
1
16 to 30
2
1
31 to 45
2
2
45 to 60
3
2
61 to 75
3
3
76 to 90
4
3
91 to 100
4
4
Remote workplaces
Where the workplace is remote and there is no running water or sewer, a sufficient means of maintaining personal
hygiene (e.g. sufficient water in containers for washing) and chemical closets, together with suitable deodorising
agents should be provided.
Temporary work sites
In the case of temporary work sites, the same facilities should be provided as for permanent sites if it is
reasonably practicable. If this not possible then consideration should be given to the use of chemical toilets and
water containers.
The use of public toilets and washing facilities should be a last resort and not used because they are the easier
option and is not acceptable where the provision of better facilities would be reasonably practicable.
Drinking Water
An adequate supply of wholesome drinking water must be provided and must be readily accessible at suitable
places and conspicuously marked by an appropriate sign where there is a risk of persons drinking from nondrinkable cold water supplies (unless the non-drinkable supplies are marked instead).
A sufficient number of suitable cups, other drinking vessels or a drinking water jet must be provided at each place
where drinking water is provided.
Drinking water taps should not be located in positions where contamination is likely (e.g. in workshops where
harmful substances are processed).
Drinking water should normally be supplied from a water main. Bottled water dispensers are acceptable as a
secondary supply
Changing and Storing Clothing
If a work activity requires employees to change into and wear specialist clothing (overalls, a uniform, thermal
clothing etc) then an adequate number of changing rooms must be provided for the number of people expected to
use them.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/370/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
Where a changing room is provided it should:

be readily accessible

contain, or lead directly to, clothing storage and washing facilities

provide seating

provide a means for hanging clothes – a hook or peg may be sufficient

ensure the privacy of the user
Employees own clothing should be prevented from coming into contact with work soiled clothing or getting dirty or
wet. Separate storage should be provided for clean and contaminated clothing which allows wet clothing to be
hung up and dry out during the course of the day and is well ventilated.
Separate facilities must be provided for men and women where necessary (or be used separately for reasons of
propriety.
Facilities for Rest and to Eat Meals
A suitable seating area should be provided for employed to use during breaks which should be clean and located
where food will not get contaminated. Washing facilities should be located nearby together with a means of
heating food or water for hot drinks.
RECORDS
Records should be kept of:

the maintenance of the welfare facilities.
LEGISLATION

Workplace (Health, Safety and Welfare) Regulations
For further information, please contact Thomas Carroll Management Services
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/370/3
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
WORK AT HEIGHT
INTRODUCTION
A place is considered ‘at height’ if a person could be injured falling from it, even if it is at or below ground level.
‘Work’ includes moving around at a place of work (except by a staircase in a permanent workplace) but not travel
to or from a place of work.
OVERRIDING PRINCIPLE
The overriding principle for working at height is that everything that is reasonably practicable must be done to
prevent anyone falling.
In order to achieve this, the following hierarchy for managing and selecting equipment for work at height should be
adopted:

avoid work at height where this can be done

use work equipment or other measures to prevent falls where work at height cannot be avoided

where it is not possible to eliminate the risk of a fall use work equipment or other measures to minimise the
distance and consequences of a fall should one occur.
In addition, duty holders must ensure:

all work at height is properly planned and organised

all work at height takes account of weather conditions that could endanger health and safety

those involved in work at height are trained and competent

the place where work at height is done is safe

equipment for work at height is appropriately inspected

the risks from fragile surfaces are properly controlled

the risks from falling objects are properly controlled.
Planning
Planning work at height must:

ensure that no work is done at height if it is safe and reasonably practicable to do it other than at height

ensure that the work is appropriately supervised and carried out in as safe a way as is reasonably practicable

plan for emergencies and rescue

take account of the risk assessment carried out.
Weather
Work at height must be postponed whenever weather conditions endanger health or safety.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/390/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
Staff training
Everyone involved in work at height should be either competent (or, if being trained, be under the supervision of a
competent person). This includes involvement in organisation, planning and supervision and the supply and
maintenance of any equipment.
Where the other precautions introduced do not entirely eliminate the risk of a fall occurring, then, as far as it is
reasonably practicable to do so, those involved should be trained in how to avoid falling and how to avoid or
minimise injury to themselves should they fall.
The workplace
The place where work is done at height (including the means of access) must be safe and have features to
prevent a fall, unless this would mean that it is not reasonably practicable for the worker to carry out the work
safely (taking into account the demands of the task equipment and the working environment).
In general, any place of work at height should:

be stable and of sufficient strength and rigidity (or rest on a stable, sufficiently strong surface) for the purpose
for which it is intended

provide enough space to permit the safety passage of persons and the safe use of any plant or materials
required

provide a safe working area with regard to the work to be carried out

have suitable and sufficient means for preventing a fall

possess a surface which has no gap through which a person could fall or through which any material or
object could fall and injure a person (or give rise to other risk of injury to any person), unless measures have
been taken to protect persons against such risk

be constructed, used and maintained as to prevent, so far as is reasonably practicable, the risk of slipping,
tripping or any person being caught between the workplace and adjacent structure.

if appropriate, be fitted with suitable devices to prevent inadvertent movement (for those workplaces with
moving parts)
Equipment, temporary structures and safety features
When work at height cannot be avoided, then equipment should be provided for preventing, as far as is
reasonably practicable, a fall occurring.
Where it is not possible to prevent the risk of such a fall occurring employers must do all that is reasonably
practicable to minimise the distance and effect of a fall.
When selecting equipment for work at height:

use the most suitable equipment.

give collective protection measures , e.g. guard rails, priority over personal protection measures, e.g. safety
harnesses.

take account of the working conditions and the risks to the safety of all those at the place where the work
equipment is to be used.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/390/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
Inspections
As far as it is reasonably practicable to do so, each individual place of work at height should be checked on every
occasion before that place is used. This will involve checking the surface and every parapet, permanent rail etc.
Any item of equipment should be inspected:

after it is assembled or installed if its safety depends on how it is assembled or installed

as often as is necessary to ensure safety and, in particular, to make sure that any deterioration can be
detected and remedied in good time.
Before using any equipment which has come from another business, and before any equipment leaves the
business, it should be accompanied by an indication (clear to everyone involved) that the last inspection has been
carried out.
Lifting equipment is covered by similar requirements in the Lifting Operations and Lifting Equipment Regulations.
Any platform used for, or for access to, construction work and from which a person could fall more than 2 m must
be inspected in place before use, and not more than seven days before use. Where it is a mobile platform,
inspection at the site is sufficient without re-inspection every time it is moved.
The person inspecting a platform should:

prepare a report before going off duty

give the report, or a copy, within 24 hours of completing the inspection to the person for whom the inspection
was done.
A copy of the report of a platform inspection should be kept:

at the construction site until the work is completed

then at an office for another three months.
Keeping a report means keeping it, or a copy, safe from loss and unauthorized interference and so that a printed
copy can be supplied when required.
All other records of inspection should be kept until the next inspection has been carried out.
Fragile Surfaces
It is necessary to ensure that no one working under your control goes onto or near a fragile surface unless that is
the only reasonably practicable way for the worker to carry out the work safely having regard to the demands of
the task, equipment or working environment. Where it is necessary for someone to work on or near a fragile
surface, then:

ensure, as far as it is reasonably practicable to do so, that suitable platforms, coverings, guard-rails and the
like are provided and used to minimise the risk.

do all that is reasonably practicable if any risk of a fall remains to minimise the distance and effect of a fall.

make them aware of the danger, preferably by prominent warning notices fixed at the approaches to the
danger zone.
Falling objects
Where it is necessary to prevent injury, all that is reasonably practicable to prevent anything falling should be
done. If it not reasonably practicable, it will be necessary to ensure that no one is injured by anything falling.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/390/3
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
Ensure that nothing is:

thrown or tipped from height if it is likely to injure anyone

stored in such a way that its movement is likely to injure anyone.
Where the workplace contains an area in which there is a risk of someone being struck by a falling object or
person, ensure that the area is clearly indicated and that, as far as reasonably practicable, unauthorized people
are unable to reach it.
Risk Assessment
When considering work at height, a risk assessment should identify activities and workplaces where a foreseeable
risk of a fall liable to result in personal injury could occur and also where risks of personal injury could result from
falling material.
Safe System of Work
If work at height cannot be avoided then a safe system of work needs to be established. The results of the risk
assessment, along with the points related to the workplace precautions outlined above, should help identify the
key issues that need to be addressed in the safe system of work that is developed.
Safe systems for work at height should take account of the findings of the risk assessment and will normally
address the following matters:

weather restrictions

the level of supervision required

competence requirements

methods of preventing falls of persons

methods of minimising falls of persons and the resulting consequences

methods of preventing falls of materials

methods of working near or on fragile surfaces

selection and use of suitable equipment

checks and inspections of equipment

isolation of nearby electrical supplies

personal protective equipment (PPE)

arrangements for emergencies and rescue
LEGISLATION

Work at Height Regulations.
For further information, please contact Thomas, Carroll Management Services
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/390/4
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
WORKPLACE ENVIRONMENT, STRUCTURE AND
LAYOUT
INTRODUCTION
These guidelines provide advice on the dangers associated with the structure and layout of the workplace
(particularly in respect of pedestrian, vehicle and traffic routes) and the precautions that should be taken.
The guidelines are based on the requirements of the Workplace (Health Safety and Welfare) Regulations and its’
associated Approved Code of Practice that relate to the structure and layout of the workplace .
For other requirements of the Workplace (Health Safety and Welfare) Regulations refer to Health and Safety
Guidance ’ Welfare Facilities’
Exclusions
The Workplace (Health Safety and Welfare) Regulations do not apply to:

means of transport (ships, aircraft, trains, road vehicles etc)

extractive industries (mines, quarries etc)

construction sites (including site offices and workplaces where construction work is in progress if they are
fenced off).
Agricultural and forestry outdoor workplaces that are away from the main buildings are excluded from the
regulations relating to workplace structure and layout.
The ‘workplace structure and layout’ requirements of the regulations apply equally to temporary sites (work sites
used only infrequently or for short periods).
Dangers

Pedestrians being hit or run over by moving vehicles

Slips, trips or falls of persons

Persons being struck by falling objects

Impact damage to site services ,such as pipe work, fuel or chemical tanks etc

Accidents between vehicles.
Risk Assessment
A suitable and sufficient risk assessment of the workplace structure and layout should be undertaken for the
purpose of identifying all necessary measures required to reduce any risks (see ‘dangers’ above) found as a result
of the assessment.
Maintenance of the Workplace, Equipment, Devices and Systems
The ‘equipment and devices’ referred to in these regulations means workplace related
equipment such as
lighting, general ventilation, fixed window cleaning equipment, anchorage points for safety harnesses and fencing
etc. These regulations do not include equipment used for work purposes which is covered by the Provision and
Use of Work Equipment Regulations (PUWER).
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/400/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
Maintenance requirements
The workplace, equipment, devices and systems (including mechanical ventilation systems) must be maintained
in an efficient state, in efficient working order and in good repair as far as health and safety is concerned. A
suitable system of maintenance must exist where appropriate.
A suitable system of maintenance would be appropriate for ventilation systems and for emergency lighting,
fencing, fixed window cleaning equipment, anchorage points for safety harnesses, devices to limit the opening of
windows, powered doors and escalators etc.
A suitable system of maintenance should ensure that:

regular maintenance (including, as necessary, inspection, testing, adjustment, lubrication and cleaning) is
carried out at suitable intervals;

potentially dangerous defects are remedied, and that access to defective equipment is prevented in the
meantime;

regular maintenance and remedial work is carried out properly; and

a suitable record is kept.
Room Dimensions and Space
Every room where persons work shall have sufficient floor area, height and unoccupied space for the purposes of
health, safety and welfare.
The ACOP interprets this requirement as at least 11 cubic metres per person in workrooms other than those in
which people work only for short periods (e.g. meeting rooms). Note that this means unoccupied workspace. In
calculating the individual workspace, nothing above 3 metres high, and no space occupied by furniture etc should
be included.
Workstations and Seating
Every workstation shall be arranged so that:

it is suitable for any person who is likely to work there and for any work that is likely to be done at the
workstation

protection is provided from adverse weather (so far as is reasonably practicable)

swift emergency escape is possible; and

persons at the workstation are not likely to slip or fall

a suitable seat (and footrest where necessary) is provided for each person who’s work can be done sitting.
Condition of Floors and Traffic Routes
Strength
Every floor in a workplace and the surface of every traffic route must be of a construction that is suitable for it’s
use. Floors and traffic routes must have adequate strength for the loads and traffic using them and must not be
overloaded.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/400/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
Surfaces presenting slipping and tripping hazards
Floors and traffic routes must be free of slippery surfaces, holes or slopes that would expose any person to health
or safety risks.
Precautions such as conspicuous markings and/or barriers must be taken to prevent accidents from hazardous
holes etc until they can be repaired. Slopes should not be steeper than necessary and handrails should be
provided where necessary (e.g. ramps used by disabled people). Surfaces that are likely to get wet should be of a
type (or be treated) so that they do not become slippery. Floors near to dangerous machinery (e.g. woodworking
machinery) should be slip resistant and be free of loose materials.
Spillages and leaks
Every floor must have effective means of drainage where necessary.
Foreseeable leaks or discharges from processes, pipes, drums tanks etc should be caught by enclosing them
(e.g. drip-trays or bunds) or drained away so as to prevent slipping hazards.
Immediate steps must be taken to fence-off, mop up or absorb leaks and spillages that might present a slipping
hazard.
Arrangements should be made to minimise risks from snow and ice. This may involve gritting, snow clearing and
closure of high risk routes including outside stairs, ladders and walkways on roofs.
Obstructions presenting slipping or tripping hazards
So far as is reasonably practicable, every floor and traffic route must be kept free of obstructions and from articles
and substances which may cause a person to slip, trip or fall. This is particularly important in high risk areas such
as stairs, steps, doorways, junctions and emergency routes. Warning (e.g. hazard cones) should be given of any
unavoidable, hazardous obstruction.
Stairs
Suitable and sufficient handrails must be provided at all stairs, except at points where a handrail would obstruct
the traffic route. High risk stairs (e.g. those that are heavily used, wide, steep, or subject to spillage) should have a
handrail at each side.
Every open staircase must be securely fenced, the minimum requirement being an upper rail between 900 to
1100mm high and a lower rail (unless a lower rail has been approved under local authority building regulations).
Falls or Falling Objects
So far as is reasonably practicable, suitable and effective measures must be taken to prevent:

any person from falling a distance likely to cause personal injury; and

any person being struck by a falling object likely to cause personal injury.
Fencing
Secure fencing is required, wherever possible, where there is a risk of falling 2 metres or more.
Secure fencing is also required where a person might fall less than 2 metres where:
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/400/3
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System

the likelihood of such a fall is high (e.g. a traffic route close to an edge) or

if the consequences of a fall might be serious (e.g. fall into the path of a vehicle).
Fencing should be:

sufficiently high, and filled in sufficiently to prevent falls of people or objects over or through the fencing (the
minimum fencing requirement is for an upper rail between 900 to 1100mm high and a lower rail - unless
lower fencing has been approved under local authority building regulations)

sufficiently strong to restrain any person or object liable to fall against it

designed to prevent objects falling from the edge (where necessary an adequate toeboard etc should be
provided).
Covers over holes or openings should be capable of supporting foreseeable loads/traffic passing over them and
must capable of being easily removed or displaced.
The above requirements do not apply to roofs and places where there is no general access, although adequate
fencing should be provided, wherever possible, in such cases.
Safeguards may also be necessary where
unauthorised entry is foreseeable.
Loading operations
The minimum possible opening should be made for the minimum possible time where fencing has to be removed
for the purpose of hoisting or lowering goods. Where goods are being raised or lowered by fork lift truck the use of
special barriers is recommended so that the barrier can be raised without the worker needing to approach the
edge.
Fixed ladders
Fixed ladders should not be used where it would be practicable to provide a staircase. Fixed ladders or other
suitable means of access/egress should be provided in pits, tanks etc into which workers need to descend.
Fixed ladders should:

be of sound construction, properly maintained and securely fixed

have rungs that are horizontal and give adequate foothold (not relying solely on nails or screws for their
support)

extend at least 1100mm above the landing (unless some other adequate hand-hold exists)

have a landing at least every 6 metres with each run being out of line with the next, (longer ladders should
only be used by specially trained people).

be fitted with safety hoops (starting 2.5 metres above the base with hoops at least every 900mm) or fall arrest
systems.
Where ladders pass through a floor, the opening should be as small as possible and be provided with a gate to
prevent falls.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/400/4
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
Roof work
Permanent access should be provided where regular access is needed to roofs (including internal roofs). Other
safeguards such as crawling boards or temporary access equipment must be provided where there is no suitable
permanent access. There must be physical safeguards to prevent falls from edges and through fragile roofs.
Fragile roofs (i.e roofs that might not support the weight of a person walking or falling onto them) must be clearly
identified. All glazing and asbestos cement or similar sheeting should be treated as fragile unless there is
evidence to the contrary.
Falls into dangerous substances
So far as is practicable, every tank, pit or structure where there is a risk of persons falling into a dangerous
substance shall be securely covered or fenced.
Stacking and racking
Materials and objects should be stored or stacked in such a way that they are not likely to fall and cause injury.
Racking should be of adequate strength and stability, having regard to the loads placed on it and its vulnerability
to damage, for example, by vehicles. Suitable precautions include:

safe palletisation

wrapping or banding to prevent individual articles falling out

height limits maintained to avoid instability

regular inspection of stacks and racks

special instructions and arrangements for irregularly shaped objects

protection from vehicle impact where appropriate.
Loading/unloading of vehicles
The need for people to climb on top of vehicles should be avoided as far as possible by the provision of gantries,
roller sheeting etc. Where this is not reasonably practicable then effective measures should be taken to prevent
falls. These might include provision of:

fixed gantries with suitable fencing

fencing for the vehicle itself

harnesses and lines.
When fencing cannot be provided
When it is not reasonably practicable to provide fencing, or the fencing has to be removed, other effective
measures have to be taken to prevent falls. These might include:

limiting access to specified people and keeping others out

written permit-to-work systems

provision of fall arrest systems or safety lines and harnesses

provision of adequate information, instruction, training and supervision.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/400/5
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
Windows and Transparent or Translucent Doors, Gates and Walls
Every window or other transparent or translucent surface in a wall, partition, door or gate shall, where necessary,
for reasons of health and safety be:

of safety material or be protected against breakage; and

appropriately marked or incorporate features so as to make it apparent.
Safety material is needed (except in the case of narrow panes up to 250mm wide) in:

doors, gates and side panels where any transparent or translucent material is at shoulder height or below;
and

windows, walls and partitions where any part of the transparent or translucent surface is at waist level or
below (except in glasshouses where people there will be likely to be aware of the presence of glazing and
avoid contact).
‘Safety materials’ are:

materials which are inherently robust such as polycarbonate or glass blocks; or

safety glass which , if it breaks, breaks safely; or

ordinary annealed glass within the following criteria.
Nominal thickness
Maximum size
8 mm
1.10 m x 1.10 m
10 mm
2.25 m x 2.5 m
12 mm
3.00 m x 4.50 m
15 mm
Any size
Windows Skylights and Ventilators
It should be possible to reach and operate the control of openable windows, skylights and ventilators in a safe
manner. This may involve the provision of window poles, stable platforms or other means of access. Controls
should be positioned where people are unlikely to fall through or out of windows. Where there is a danger of fall
from height, it will be necessary to prevent the window from opening too far.
Ability to Clean Windows Safely
All windows and skylights in a workplace shall be of a design or be constructed so that they can be cleaned safely.
Suitable provisions include:

windows that can be cleaned from inside

access equipment such as suspended cradles or travelling ladders with an attachment for a safety harness

providing suitable conditions for use of mobile access equipment including ladders up to 9 metres long (i.e.
firm, level surface, suitable points for tying or fixing the ladder)

suitable and suitably placed anchorage points for safety harnesses.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/400/6
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
Organisation of Traffic Routes
Every workplace shall be organised in such a manner that pedestrians and vehicles can circulate in a safe
manner.
Traffic routes in a workplace shall be suitable for the persons or vehicles using them, sufficient in number, in
suitable positions and of sufficient size.
Traffic routes shall not satisfy the requirements of the above unless suitable measures are taken to ensure that:

pedestrians or, as the case may be, vehicles may use a traffic route without causing danger to the health or
safety of persons at work near it

there is insufficient separation of any traffic route for vehicles from doors or gates or from traffic routes for
pedestrians which lead onto it

where vehicles and pedestrians use the same traffic route, there is sufficient separation between them

all traffic routes shall be suitably indicated where necessary for reasons of health and safety.
Design and layout of road systems
There should be sufficient traffic routes, of sufficient width and headroom to allow people on foot or in vehicles to
circulate safely. Where appropriate, special consideration should be given to routes used by people in wheelchairs
and to people with sight impairment.
Ladders and steep stairs are not normally acceptable as a means of access between floors except where a
conventional staircase cannot be accommodated.
Vehicles should be prohibited from using inadequate or unsuitable routes and any restrictions should be indicated
by signs etc.
Sharp or blind bends on routes should be avoided, wherever possible, but where this is not feasible the use of
mirrors to improve vision or use of one –way systems, should be introduced.
Traffic routes should be planned to give the safest route between places where vehicles have to call and wide
enough to allow vehicles to pass oncoming or parked vehicles without leaving the route. If necessary, one-way
systems or restrictions on parking should be introduced.
Traffic routes passing close to fuel or chemical tanks or pipes and any open and unprotected edges from which
vehicles could fall or where they could become unstable (unless the edge is adequately protected) should be
avoided.
Road junctions and /rail crossings should be kept to a minimum and be clearly signed and marked to show right of
way and entrances and gateways should be wide enough to accommodate a second vehicle, if practical.
Speed limits should be set and clearly sign posted on all vehicle routes. Where necessary, suitable speed
retarders such as humps or bollards to restrict the width of the road should be used. Warning signs or marks on
the road should always precede the latter.
Fork-lift truck routes should avoid the need to pass over road humps (unless the fork lift truck is a type which can
negotiate them safely).
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/400/7
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
Prominent warning of limited headroom should be provided both in advance and at the obstruction itself. Any
dangerous obstructions such as overhead electric cables or pipes containing flammable or hazardous chemicals
etc should be protected i.e. height gauge posts or barriers.
Where possible, the routes on open manoeuvring areas or yards should be marked and sign-posted.
If necessary, screens or other protection for people who are at risk from exhaust fumes, or to protect people from
materials which could fall from vehicles, should be provided.
Vehicle access should be restricted where high-risk substances are stored, for example where LPG or flammable
liquids are delivered, and where vehicles are refuelled.
Pedestrians
Separate routes or pavements should be provided for pedestrians to keep them away from vehicles with suitable
barriers or guard rails at entrances to and exits from buildings, to prevent pedestrians walking straight onto roads.
If traffic routes are used by both pedestrians and vehicles they should be wide enough to allow vehicles to pass
safely and routes used by fork lift trucks inside buildings should be indicated by lines marked on the floor to inform
pedestrians.
Where traffic and pedestrian routes cross, appropriate crossing points should be provided and be suitably marked
and sign posted. Where necessary, barriers or rails should be installed to prevent pedestrians crossing at
particularly dangerous points.
At crossing places where there is a high volume of traffic, the provision of traffic lights or suitable bridges or
subways should be considered.
Where crowds of people are likely to walk on to roadways e.g. at the end of a shift, consideration should be given
to stopping vehicles from using the routes at these times.
Separate vehicle and pedestrian doors should be provided in premises, with vision panels on all doors.
On routes used by automatic driver less vehicles and also by pedestrians, steps should be taken to ensure that
pedestrians do not become trapped by vehicles. Vehicles should be fitted with safeguards to minimise the risk of
injury - care should be taken to ensure that fixtures along the route do no create trapping hazards.
Parking areas
Wherever practical, suitable and sufficient parking areas should be provided for all vehicles using the workplace,
both for work-related vehicles and private cars, motorcycles and pedal-cycles.
Parking areas should be situated in safe locations e.g. drivers should not have to cross potentially dangerous work
areas. Wherever possible, parking areas should be on level ground, have a firm even surface and a safe means of
access ad exit. They should to be clearly sign posted and usually need to be well lit.
Loading bays
Loading bays should, as far as possible, be situated in safe and suitable locations e.g. adjacent to marshalling
areas so that vehicles can be manoeuvred easily, or near sheeting areas.
Loading bays should be provided with at least one pedestrian exit point from the lower level - wide loading bays
usually need at least two exit points, one at each end. Alternatively, a refuge can be provided to prevent people
being struck or crushed by vehicles.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/400/8
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
Edges of loading bays should be clearly marked. Where there is a danger of people falling off them, loading bays
should to be fenced, e.g. by secure guardrails.
Protection may also be necessary against adverse weather conditions.
Lighting
All roads, manoeuvring areas and yards should be adequately lit, with particular attention given to areas near
junctions, buildings, plant, pedestrian areas, and places where there is regular movement of vehicles or mobile
plant.
Signs
It may be useful, particularly for large sites to provide a plan of the workplace, at the entrance indicating vehicle
routes, one-way systems etc.
Adequate sign posting should be provided at relevant parts of the workplace to avoid drivers taking the wrong
route and potential hazards such as sharp bends, crossings, steep gradients or blind corners may should be
indicated by warning signs. Similar signs may be necessary to inform pedestrians of hazards and routes they
should use.
Where signs have to be visible at night, they should be illuminated and /or reflective.
RECORDS
Records should be kept of the following:

risk assessments undertaken

the maintenance of the workplace, and of equipment, devices and systems.
FURTHER INFORMATION

Workplace (Health, Safety and Welfare) Regulations

Traffic Signs Regulations

Health and Safety Guidance
The above Guidance provide advice on the danger associated with workplace structure and layout and the
precautions that should be taken and are intended to be of assistance when undertaking risk assessments and in
developing Safe Working Procedures. However, they should not be construed as an exact interpretation of
legislative requirements.
For further information, please contact Thomas, Carroll Management Services.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/400/9
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
WORK EQUIPMENT
INTRODUCTION
Work equipment is defined as ‘any machinery, appliance, apparatus, tool or installation for use at work (whether
exclusive or not)’.
‘Use’ includes starting, stopping, programming, setting, transporting, repairing, modifying, maintaining, servicing
and cleaning.
Dangers
Injuries resulting from:

Use of unsuitable work equipment or use of work equipment for a purpose for which it was not intended

Use of work equipment without providing and maintaining adequate workplace precautions and risk control
systems (as identified by risk assessment)

Equipment that is defective due to inadequate maintenance

Use of work equipment by persons who have not received adequate information, instruction and training

Carrying out maintenance work on work equipment that has not been isolated from all sources of energy.
Risk Assessment
A risk assessment of work activities involving the use of work equipment should be undertaken for the purpose of
identifying all necessary measures required to reduce any risks and any specific hazards presented by machinery
etc. found as a result of the assessment.
Suitability of Work Equipment
Employers must ensure that equipment is suitable, by design, construction or adaptation, for the actual work it is
provided to do. This should be done by reference to manufacturer’s specifications and also by risk assessment.
The risk assessment should consider all relevant factors including the:

initial integrity of the work equipment

place where it will be used; and

purpose for which it will be used

ergonomic risks.
Ergonomic risks
Operating positions, working heights and reach distances should be adapted to accommodate the intended
operator so that operation does not place undue strain on the operator. This is particularly important in the case of
repetitive work.
C. E. Marking
Where equipment is first provided for use in the workplace since 21st December 1992, employers must ensure
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/410/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
that it conforms to any relevant European Directive relating to safety. Importers or suppliers of work equipment are
obliged to ensure that equipment complies. Generally, compliance is claimed by their affixing a CE mark and
providing an EC Declaration of Conformity.
Employers providing work equipment should specify that it must not only comply with health and safety legislation,
but must also comply with any legislation implementing any relevant EC Directive. It is also important to check
that:

the equipment bears a CE mark

a copy of the CE Declaration of Conformity is obtained

adequate operating instructions have been provided

there is information about any residual hazards such as noise and vibration.
Maintenance
Work equipment must be maintained in an efficient state, in efficient working order and in good repair. Failure to
maintain equipment can:

(a) lead to danger because of the failure itself (e.g. overheating of bearings); or

(b) undermine the control of other risks (e.g. failure of ventilation systems).
Frequency of maintenance
The requirement to maintain work equipment is an absolute one; the frequency is not laid down and it is for
employers to determine the required extent, frequency, and complexity of maintenance taking account of:

intensity of use i.e. frequency and maximum working limits

operating environment i.e. marine or outdoors

variety of operations

risk to health and safety from malfunction or failure.
Generally, maintenance should be carried out in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.
The nature of the maintenance might include; as appropriate, planned preventive maintenance, condition
monitoring and breakdown maintenance (appropriate in situations where failure does not present an immediate
risk).
Maintenance log
There is no legal duty to keep a maintenance log of work equipment in general, but where there is a log, it must be
kept up to date.
Inspection
Risks from installation
Where there is a significant risk (i.e. one that could give rise to a major injury or worse) to operators or others from
the installation conditions, it must be inspected by a competent person:
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/410/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System

(a) after installation and before being put into service for the first time; or

(b) after assembly at a new site or in a new location,
to ensure that it has been installed correctly and is safe to operate.
Risks from deterioration
Work equipment exposed to conditions causing deterioration which is likely to result in dangerous situations must
be inspected by a competent person at suitable intervals and each time that exceptional circumstances, which are
liable to jeopardise the safety of the work equipment occur.
‘Exceptional circumstances might include major modifications, major repair work, known or suspected serious
damage or substantial change in the nature of use (e.g. from an extended period of inactivity).
The requirement for such inspections should be identified as a result of risk assessment.
The extent of inspection
The extent of inspections required will depend on the potential risks from the work equipment. Inspection should
include, where appropriate, visual checks, functional checks and testing. An inspection will vary from a simple
visual external examination to a detailed comprehensive inspection, which may include some dismantling/testing.
Safety related parts which are necessary for safe operation of equipment (e.g. overload warning devices and limit
switches) should always be included.
Competent person
Persons who determine the nature of the inspections and who carry out the inspections must be competent (i.e.
have the necessary knowledge and experience) to do so. The person carrying out the inspections should have
adequate knowledge of the equipment to:

enable them to know what to look at (the key components);

know what to look for (fault finding); and

know what to do (reporting faults, making a record, who to report to).
Appropriate information instruction and training should be provided.
Records
Employers must ensure that no work equipment leaves their undertaking, or if obtained from another person, is
used in his undertaking, unless it is accompanied by physical evidence that the last inspection required to be
carried out (as described above) has been carried out.
Specific Risks
Risks should be eliminated or controlled by means of physical measures such as the provision of guards. Where
risks cannot be adequately controlled in this way, it may be necessary to rely on adherence to safe systems of
work and the provision of information, instruction and training.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/410/3
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
In such cases (where the use of work equipment is likely to involve a specific risk to health or safety), employers
must ensure that:

the use is restricted to persons given the task of using it; and

repairs, modifications, maintenance or servicing of that work equipment is restricted to designated persons
who have received adequate training for the purpose.
Information and Instruction
Persons who use work equipment, and their line managers must have available to them adequate health and
safety information and, where appropriate written instructions on the use of the equipment.
The information and instructions required should include:

the conditions and methods by which the equipment may be used;

foreseeable abnormal situations and the action to be taken if they occur; and

any conclusions drawn from experience in using the work equipment.
The information required might include manufacturer’s operating instructions and manuals. Information required
must be readily comprehensible to those concerned. The instructions may be oral or written, but must be clear.
Special arrangements will be needed where there is reading or language difficulties.
Training
Persons who use work equipment, and their supervisors or managers must first have received adequate training
for the purposes of health and safety and must include:

the methods which may be adopted when using the work equipment;

any risks which such use may entail; and

precautions to be taken.
Adequate training
The need for training should be analysed by evaluation of:

(the existing competence of employees to operate the full range of work equipment that they will use

the competence they need to supervise or manage the use of work equipment; and

training needed to make up the shortfall between their competence and that required to carry out the work
with due regard to health and safety.
Training needs are likely to be greatest on recruitment, particularly in respect of young or inexperienced persons.
Training needs should also be considered:

if the risks to which people are exposed change due to a change in their working tasks or responsibilities

because new technology or equipment is introduced; or

if the system of work changes.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/410/4
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
Statutory training requirement
Only competent persons who have received appropriate training may:

drive self-propelled work equipment;

operate a chainsaw.
Dangerous Parts of Machinery
Effective measures must be taken to either to prevent access to dangerous parts of machinery or to stop the
movement of dangerous parts of machinery before a person enters a danger zone.
The hierarchy of measures are ranked in the order they should be implemented:

the provision of fixed guards enclosing the dangerous part where and to the extent that this is practicable.
Where or to the extent that this is not practicable, then

the provision of other guards or protection devices where and to the extent that this is practicable. Where or
to the extent that this is not practicable, then

the provision of jigs, holders, push-sticks or similar protection devices where and to the extent that this is
practicable. Where or to the extent that this is not practicable, then

the provision of information, instruction, training and supervision.
Specified Hazards
Measures must be taken to prevent or adequately control the exposure of persons to certain specified hazards
(listed below). The measures taken must, so far as is reasonably practicable be measures other than the provision
of personal protective equipment or the provision adequate information, instruction, training and supervision.
The specified hazards are:

any article or substance falling or being ejected from work equipment e.g. loose boards falling from scaffolds,
swarf being ejected from a machine tool

rupture or disintegration of parts of work equipment e.g. an abrasive wheel bursting, collapse of scaffolding or
false work

work equipment catching fire or overheating e.g. overheating or fire due to defective bearings on a conveyor,
coolant system failure, electric motor burning out

unintended or premature discharge of any article or of any gas, dust, liquid, vapour or other substance which,
in each case, is produced, used or stored in the work equipment e.g. molten metal spilling from a ladle

the unintended or premature explosion of the work equipment or any article or substance produced, used or
stored in it e.g. explosion due to failure of a pressure relief valve, explosion due to exothermic chemical
reaction.
High or Very Low Temperature
Protection must be provided, where appropriate, to prevent injuries from burns, scalds or sears caused by work
equipment and articles or substances produced, used or stored in work equipment which is at high or very low
temperature.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/410/5
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
Engineering methods such as reduction in surface temperature, insulation, shielding and guarding should be used
in preference to the use of personal protective measures, where practicable.
Controls for starting or Making a Significant Change in Operating Conditions
It should only be possible to start equipment by using appropriate controls. Any change in operating conditions of
the equipment (such as changes in speed or pressure, temperature or power) should only be possible by the use
of a control unless the change does not increase risks to health or safety.
Stop Controls
Where appropriate, work equipment must be provided with one or more readily accessible controls to bring
equipment to a stop in a safe manner. Where necessary for safety, the control should switch off all sources of
energy after stopping the functioning of the equipment. Where appropriate for safety reasons, it may be necessary
to lock dangerous parts into position.
In some cases, internally stored energy such as hydraulic or pneumatic pressure could result in dangerous
unintended movements under fault conditions. In such cases, the stop control should effectively isolate or
dissipate the stored energy so as to ensure safety.
Stop controls should take priority over any operating or start control.
Emergency Stop Controls
An emergency stop control should be provided where the other safeguards in place are not adequate to prevent
risk when an irregular event occurs. The need for, and the location and number of emergency stop controls should
be considered during the risk assessment.
Controls
All controls should be clearly visible and identifiable, including appropriate marking, where necessary, so that it is
possible to identify what each control does and which equipment it effects.
Controls should not be positioned where anybody using them might be exposed to risk unless this is unavoidable.
In cases where some risk is present, such as the use of robot-teaching pendants, particular precautions such as
hold-to-run and emergency stop controls should be employed.
With some large work equipment, physical safeguarding methods do not completely prevent access to dangerous
parts of work equipment, or people may be in a position where they are at risk from other aspects of the operation
such as noise or harmful radiation. In such cases, the operator of any control should, so far as is reasonably
practicable, be able to see that no one is at risk from anything they set into operation. In some cases, mirrors or
surveillance equipment may be needed. Where there is a need for regular access to dangerous parts (e.g. for
maintenance purposes) guarding should be interlocked to prevent start up when people are at risk.
If the nature of the work equipment is such, that it is not reasonably practicable for the operator at the control
position to ensure that no one is at risk, then systems of work (such as the signalling used by crane drivers)
should be used.
Where neither safe systems nor operator visibility is reasonably practicable, a clear unambiguous visible, audible
or tactile warning should be given whenever the equipment is about to start. Such warnings must be given
sufficiently in advance of the equipment starting to give those at risk time to get clear or take suitable actions to
prevent risk. This may involve means by which the person at risk can prevent start up or warn the operator of his
presence.
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/410/6
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
Control Systems
Control systems are systems or devices, often involving manual input signals from the operator, or input signals
from sensors or protection devices which generate an output signal causing the equipment to operate in a
particular manner.
Such systems should be designed to fail to minimum danger in the event of a failure in the system or of power
supply. Control systems or their failure should not impede the operation of the ‘stop’ or ‘emergency stop’ controls.
When deciding on the measures that should be taken in the design and application of a control system to mitigate
the effects of its failure, account should be taken of the consequences of the failure. This is particularly relevant in
the case of chemical processes etc where it may not be safe to bring the equipment to a halt.
Isolation from Sources of Energy
Where appropriate, work equipment must be provided with suitable, clearly identifiable and readily accessible
means to isolate it from all sources of energy. This is particularly important when carrying out maintenance etc.
Isolation means establishing a complete break in the energy supply so that inadvertent reconnection is not
possible. In some cases, this can be achieved by simply removing the plug. In other cases, an isolation switch or
valve may have to be locked in the closed position. The circumstances in which isolation may be required, and the
means of isolation should be considered during risk assessment. Stored energy should be dissipated or
shielding/barriers/restraints used to preventing stored energy (e.g. chemical, radiological or potential energy) from
adversely affecting the workers.
In the case of liquids or gases under pressure, it may be necessary to isolate pipe work by physically
disconnecting it or fitting blanking spades in the line. Reliance should not be placed on a single isolating valve and
the functionality of valves etc should be tested from time to time as part of a planned preventive maintenance
programme.
When more than one person is working on work equipment it may be necessary to provide multiple locking
devices so that each person has their own lock in position. Keys should not be interchanged between the persons
involved.
Stability
Work equipment that might collapse, overturn or fall over must be stabilised where necessary for the purposes of
health or safety. Machinery for example should generally be bolted securely and ladders should be tied or footed.
Outriggers or similar devices should be used to prevent certain types of mobile equipment from overturning.
Maintenance Operations
Equipment should be constructed or adapted so as to take account of the risks associated with carrying out
maintenance work. Maintenance operations that involve risks to health or safety should be carried out while the
work equipment is shut down where it is reasonably practicable to do so. Maintenance requirements should be
considered both at the design stage and when assessing risks.
Situations in which adjustments and lubrication has to be carried out with machinery running should be designed
out, or arranged so that suitable apertures are provided so that guards do not need to be removed. Other
examples of risk reduction measures include:

providing temporary guards

limited movement controls
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/410/7
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System

crawl speed operated by hold-to-run controls

using a second low-powered visible laser to align a powerful invisible one.
Protection from residual risks may be reduced by the provision of personal protective equipment, instruction and
supervision.
Markings
Work equipment should be marked in a clearly visible manner with markings appropriate for reasons of health and
safety. Examples include:

start and stop controls

maximum speeds of abrasive wheels

maximum safe working loads

the contents of gas cylinders and storage vessels.
Warnings
Work equipment should incorporate any warnings or warning devices which are appropriate for reasons of health
and safety. Warnings should be unambiguous, easily perceived and easily understood. Warnings may be:

permanent written signs

audible (e.g. reversing alarms)

incorporated into the equipment (e.g. a warning light on a control panel)

portable warnings posted during temporary operations

part of a permit-to-work system.
Care should be taken to ensure that audible signals can be heard in a noisy environment and are unambiguous.
RECORDS
Records should be kept of the following:

risk assessments undertaken

certificates of conformity with essential safety requirements of EC directives

maintenance, inspection and test records and logs

training provided.
FURTHER INFORMATION

Provision and Use of Work Equipment Regulations
For further information, please contact Thomas, Carroll Management Services
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/410/8
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
YOUNG PERSONS
INTRODUCTION
Young people, especially those new to the workplace, face unfamiliar risks from the job they do and from the
working environment. They are particularly at risk because of their possible lack of awareness of existing or
potential risks, immaturity and inexperience. They are also likely to lack confidence and be eager to impress or
please other people around them.
Employers have a duty to instill within young persons an understanding of the importance of health and safety
which will serve them well throughout their working life.
Young persons are defined as persons under 18 years of age.
Children are defined as persons who have not reached the official school leaving age.
Risk Assessment
When undertaking risk assessments of work activities, employers of young persons must before they start work
take particular account of their physical or psychological immaturity, inexperience and lack of awareness of
existing or potential risks and introduce control measures to eliminate or reduce risks.
In particular risk assessments should include:

inexperience, lack of awareness of risks and immaturity of young persons

fitting out and layout of the workplace and workstation

nature, degree and duration of exposure to physical, biological and chemical agents

form, range, and use of work equipment and the way it is handled

organisation of processes and activities

extent of the health and safety training provided or to be provided to the young persons; and

risks from agents, processes and work listed in the Annex to Council Directive 94/33/EC on the protection of
young people at work.
Provided the initial risk assessment gives adequate consideration to these matters, there should not usually be a
need to carry out a new assessment every time a young person is employed. However, the adequacy of the
information and training provided to young persons should be considered on an individual basis, especially where
the work involves significant risks.
Risk assessments should be reviewed when appropriate.
Protection of Young Persons
Employers must ensure that young persons are protected at work from any risks to their health and safety that
result from their lack of experience, absence of awareness of existing or potential risks or the fact that young
persons have not fully matured.
The Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations state that young persons must not be employed for
work that is listed in the Annex to Council Directive 94/33/EC on the protection of young people at work. Such
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/430/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
work is only permissible where it is necessary for the individuals training in which case the risks must be reduced
to the lowest level that is reasonably practicable and the young person must be supervised by a competent
person. Young persons must not be employed to undertake:

Work which is beyond their physical or psychological capacity:

using machinery with exposed dangerous parts such as woodworking machinery or food slicers

physically demanding work requiring repetitive, forceful movement, awkward postures

where the pace of work is determined by machinery giving insufficient recovery time and work
where the employee is under peer pressure due to payment by results


potential exposure to violent or aggressive behaviour

where decision making is required in stressful situations.
Work involving harmful exposure to agents that are either toxic, carcinogenic, cause heritable genetic
damage or harm to the unborn child or which might chronically affect human health:

biological agents (micro-organisms) - young persons should not work with animals infected with
hazard group 4 biological agents (otherwise young persons are not at greater risk from biological
agents)

substances that are carcinogenic, very toxic, toxic, harmful, corrosive or irritant and those that may
cause allergic reactions such as asthma or dermatitis - young persons are not at more risk from
exposure to such substances but may not fully appreciate the dangers or follow instructions

lead and lead compounds - young persons are not at greater risk from lead or lead compounds but
must not be employed in lead-acid battery manufacture or lead smelting

asbestos - young persons are not at greater risk from exposure to asbestos but may not fully
appreciate the dangers or follow instructions

Work involving harmful exposure to radiation:

young persons are slightly more at risk of developing cancer and hereditary defects from ionising
radiation - the annual maximum permissible dose rates are therefore lower

there is no evidence that young persons are more at risk from optical radiation (e.g. sunlight) or
from electromagnetic fields or waves (risks for all employees should be reduced to the lowest level
that is reasonably practicable.

Work involving a risk of accidents that it might be reasonably assumed could not be recognised or avoided by
young persons owing to their insufficient attention to safety or lack of experience or training:

flammable liquids, gases or gas cylinders

vats, tanks, reservoirs or carboys containing chemical agents

risk of structural collapse

high voltage electrical hazards

manufacture and handling of devices, fireworks or other objects containing explosives

animal slaughtering on an industrial scale

work with fierce or poisonous animals - young people may be at more risk than older workers
because of their inexperience of the risks (there may also be additional risks from zoonoses
(diseases carried by animals which can also affect humans) such as orf or E. coli

Work in which there is a risk to health from extreme cold or heat:
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/430/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System

where there are risk of hypothermia or local cold injury such as frostbite or of heat stroke or heat
exhaustion

Work in which there is a risk to health from noise or vibration:

there is no evidence that young persons are more at risk of damaged hearing than adults compliance with the Noise at Work Regulations will normally be adequate (a competent person
should ensure that ear protection is properly work where needed)

there is no evidence that young persons are more at risk of developing hand arm vibration
syndrome although they may be more at risk from non-occupational Raynaud’s disease which has
similar symptoms - young people with this condition should not be exposed to hand arm vibration.
(generally, compliance with HSE guidance on hand-arm vibration will be adequate)

younger people may be more at risk of damage to the spine resulting from low frequency whole
body vibration (e.g. from riding in off-road vehicles) - care should be taken to limit exposure to
such risks.
Unless there are specific prohibitions or there is evidence that young persons are more at risk of harm,
compliance with specific regulations such as the Control of Substances Hazardous to Health Regulations and the
Manual Handling Operations Regulations will normally provide adequate level of protection for young persons.
Other Legislation Relating to Young People
In addition to the requirements of the Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations the following
regulations apply to the employment of young persons:

children under 13 years are prohibited from riding on vehicles and machines

persons under 18 years are prohibited from being employed as a driver or attendant on vehicles being used
for the carriage of dangerous goods or explosives, or to supervise the unloading of petrol at a petrol filling
station

the Approved Code of Practice of the Provision and Use of Work Equipment Regulations emphasises the
importance of training and properly supervising young people because of their relative immaturity and
unfamiliarity with the working environment

young persons should not be allowed to use power presses unless they have the necessary maturity and
competence (unless under adequately supervised training)

the Approved Code of Practice and Guidance on Safe Use of Woodworking Machinery imposes similar
restrictions in respect of high risk woodworking machinery such as circular or band saws, planning machines
used for surfacing, vertical spindle moulding machines and any machine that is hand-fed

the Approved Code of Practice supporting the Lifting Operations and Lifting Equipment Regulations places
similar restrictions on the use of high risk lifting equipment such as cranes, construction site hoists and forklift trucks

the Approved Code of Practice and Guidance on rider-operated lift trucks - : operator training places similar
restrictions in respect of the use of lift trucks - children should never be allowed to operate lift trucks.
There are also specific restrictions on the employment of young persons in mines, quarries and in the shipbuilding
industry.
Information, Training and Supervision
As with all employees, adequate information should be provided relating to the:
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/430/3
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System

risks to which employees may be exposed at work

precautions that should be taken

emergency arrangements (e. g. fire evacuation and first aid procedures).
Young people are likely to need most supervision when they start a job. Young persons will need to increase their
competencies and capabilities to a level where they can do the work without putting themselves and others at risk.
Great care is needed in the case of young persons to ensure that information provided has been understood. It is
strongly recommended that formal tests of competence are carried out and that detailed training records are kept.
A formal test of competence may simply involve the individual carrying out the activity whilst being observed by a
competent person. The competent person will then record the fact that the work was carried out in a safe manner
and that all health and safety precautions were properly used.
The level of supervision required will depend upon the level of risk involved and on the level of competence of the
individual employee. Young persons must not be allowed to carry out high risk work even during training, unless
they are supervised by a competent person.
Work Experience
Students and trainees, including children on work experience should be treated for all practical purposes of health
and safety as though they are employees. Parents or guardians must be informed of the key findings of risk
assessments and of the control measures that have been introduced before the child starts work experience.
Parental Consent
Local Authorities normally require that the consent of parents or guardians is obtained before children are
employed. This is not necessary in the case of young persons over the minimum school leaving age.
Hours of Work
The working time of young workers is limited to 8 hours a day and 40 hours a week.
Various occupations and work sectors are exempt from the restrictions on maximum hours, including employment
of a young worker where no adult is available to perform the work which results from exceptional events or
unforeseeable circumstances beyond the employer’s control and which is of an immediate and temporary nature
and performing the work would not adversely affect the young workers education or training.
Night Work
Young persons may not work at night i.e. between the hours of 10.00 p.m. and 6.00 a.m. unless the individual is
contracted to work after 10.00 p.m. (in which case the young worker must not work between the hours of 11.00
p.m. and 7.00 a.m.).
Night work restrictions do not apply to young workers employed in hospitals or similar establishments or work in
connection with cultural, artistic, sporting or advertising activities where no adult is available to perform the work
and:

which results from exceptional events or unforeseeable circumstances beyond the employer’s control and
which is of an immediate and temporary nature; and
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/430/4
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System

performing the work would not adversely affect the young workers education or training.
In the following sectors and occupations the night work restrictions are relaxed to prohibiting night work between
midnight and 4 a.m.:

agriculture

retail trading

postal or newspaper deliveries

catering

hotels, public houses, restaurants, bars and similar establishments

bakeries
RECORDS
Records should be kept of the following:

risk assessments undertaken

information and training provided

hours worked.
LEGISLATION

Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations

Working Time Regulations

Working Time (Amendment) Regulations

Prevention of Accidents to Children in Agriculture Regulations

Provision and Use of Work Equipment Regulations

Lifting Operations and Lifting Equipment Regulations.
For further information, please contact Thomas, Carroll Management Services
TCMS Ref: HSMS 10/430/5
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
SECTION 11 – CONTINUOUS IMPROVEMENT PLAN
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority - Health and Safety Management System
CONTINUOUS IMPROVEMENT PLAN
Setting Objectives for Continuous Improvement
In recognition of our commitment to continuous improvement, Brecon Beacons National Park Authority will
establish measurable health and safety objectives. In identifying and setting objectives, consideration will be
given to:

Results of risk assessments, accident investigations, accident/near miss data etc

Views of employees and other third parties, for example Insurers, Enforcing Authorities etc

Results of monitoring activities

Legal and other requirements

Non compliances with our Health and Safety Management System.

Recommendations made during Health and Safety Performance Reviews undertaken by Thomas, Carroll
Management Services Ltd

Financial, operational and business requirements

Results of our Health and Safety Management Review
Continuous Improvement Cycle
The purpose of implementing a continual performance measurement system is to establish our current status with
regard to the implementation and development of our health and safety management system and to identify
remedial actions required to remedy any deficiencies.
Our performance measurement system will cover each element of our health and safety management system and
facilitate a cycle of continuous improvement.
POLICY
AUDITING
ORGANISING
CONTINUOUS
IMPROVEMENT
PLANNING AND
IMPLEMENTING
REVIEWING
MEASURING
TCMS Ref: HSMS 11/1/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
HEALTH AND SAFETY MANAGEMENT REVIEW
Date:
NO.
Completed by:
RESPONSIBLE
PERSON
ACTION
IMPLEMENTED
PRIORITY
Yes
1
Policy
1.1
Is health and safety policy statement signed, dated and displayed in a prominent position?
2
Organisation and Responsibilities
2.1
Have individuals with designated responsibilities been provided with adequate information in order to discharge
their duties effectively?
3
Planning and Implementation
010.0
Adverse Event Recording
010.1
Are accidents, ill health and near miss incidents adequately recorded?
Are reportable accidents, dangerous occurrences and diseases reported to the enforcing authority within the
010.2
appropriate time scales
010.3
Are all accidents, ill health and near miss incidents adequately investigated?
020.0
Asbestos
020.1
Has an asbestos survey been undertaken by a competent person and a record maintained?
020.2
Has a risk assessment of employee exposure to asbestos been undertaken?
Are all employees, visitors and contractors aware of the location and condition of asbestos and the precautions to
020.3
be taken?
TCMS Ref: HSMS 11/2/1
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
No
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
020.4
Are appropriate records maintained?
060.0
Consultation
060.1
Do effective methods of consultation exist?
060.2
Where appropriate, are ‘Representatives of Employees’ appointed?
060.3
Are Representatives provided with appropriate health and safety information?
060.4
Do Representatives have sufficient training and time off to fulfil their duties?
060.5
Does consultation occur at the appropriate frequencies and in ‘good time’?
060.6
Are records of all consultation maintained?
070.0
Contractors
070.1
Is appropriate information collected from contractors to ensure they are competent?
070.2
Are contractors monitored whilst carrying out their work?
070.3
Is information on the risks presented by our work communicated to contractors (and visa versa)?
070.4
Is the contractors safety performance reviewed at the end of each contract?
110.0
Display Screen Equipment (DSE)
110.1
Do DSE workstations meet the minimum requirements?
110.2
Are the daily work routines of DSE users planned?
110.3
Do adequate arrangements exist for the provision of eye testing?
110.4
Do adequate arrangements exist for the provision of corrective appliances, where necessary?
110.5
Has information and training been provided to all DSE users?
110.6
Are appropriate records maintained?
120.0
Electricity
120.1
Are electrical systems constructed and maintained to prevent danger?
120.2
Are suitable precautions taken when working on or near live conductors?
120.3
Is portable electrical equipment tested and maintained?
120.4
Is the strength and capability of electrical equipment ever exceeded?
120.5
Are the ‘Electric Shock – Emergency Resuscitation’ posters displayed, where appropriate?
120.6
Is information and training provided to all people required to carry out work on electrical equipment, circuits and
installations?
TCMS Ref: HSMS 11/2/2
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
120.7
Are appropriate records are maintained?
130.0
Emergency Procedures
130.1
Are individuals responsible for emergency procedures, in the event of an emergency, appointed?
130.2
Are emergency plans prepared?
130.3
Are emergency plans practised?
130.4
Are the emergency plans effectively communicated to all employees?
130.5
Are appropriate records maintained?
140.0
Fire Safety
140.0
Are sources of ignition and fuel kept to a minimum?
140.1
Are adequate fire protection and fire warnings provided and tested?
140.2
Are adequate means of escape provided and maintained?
140.3
Is information and training provided to all employees?
140.4
Are fire drills undertaken and records maintained?
150.0
First Aid
150.1
Are an adequate number of trained first aider’s / appointed persons provided?
150.2
Are adequate first aid equipment and facilities provided and maintained?
150.3
Are records associated with the provision of first aid kept and maintained?
150.4
Are the names and locations of first aiders displayed?
160.0
Gas Safety
160.1
Are gas installations and appliances constructed, inspected, tested and maintained to prevent danger?
160.2
Are suitable precautions taken when work takes place on or near gas installations and appliances?
160.3
Are competent persons only engaged to work on gas installations and appliances?
160.4
Is sufficient information about the specific gas installation or appliance provided to those engaged to work upon it?
160.5
Are all emergencies involving gas installations and appliances, including suspected gas leaks, dealt with
immediately?
160.6
Are appropriate records are maintained?
170.0
Hazardous Substances
170.1
Is exposure of employees to hazardous substances prevented or controlled?
TCMS Ref: HSMS 11/2/3
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
170.2
Are control measures provided, and used by all employees?
170.3
Are control measures examined and tested (where appropriate)?
170.4
Is exposure of employees to hazardous substances monitored (where appropriate)?
170.5
Is suitable health surveillance provided, where appropriate?
170.6
Is information, instruction and training provided to all employees exposed to hazardous substances?
170.7
Are appropriate records maintained?
190.0
Housekeeping
190.1
Are regular inspections of the workplace undertaken to ensure housekeeping standards are maintained?
190.2
Are adequate storage facilities provided?
190.3
Are effective arrangements in place for waste collection and removal?
190.4
Are appropriate records maintained?
200.0
Information for Employees
200.1
Is the Health and Safety Law poster appropriately completed?
200.2
Is the Health and Safety Law poster displayed in a clearly visible location in the workplace?
210.0
Introduction of New Plant and Equipment
210.1
Is new plant and equipment fitted with the necessary safeguards?
210.2
Is new plant and equipment installed in a safe manner by a competent person?
210.3
Are appropriate instructions for the safe use of plant and equipment obtained from the supplier?
210.4
Does second hand equipment receive a comprehensive service by a competent agent?
210.5
Is any plant, equipment and substances sold in a safe condition and is accompanied by the relevant
documentation?
220.0
Lifting Equipment
220.1
Lifting equipment is of adequate strength and stability?
220.2
Lifting equipment used for lifting people is suitable to prevent danger (where appropriate)?
220.3
Safe working loads are clearly marked on all lifting equipment?
220.4
All lifting operations are planned and supervised?
220.5
Thorough examination of all lifting equipment is carried out at the appropriate intervals?
220.6
Lifting equipment is regularly inspected?
TCMS Ref: HSMS 11/2/4
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
220.7
All employees carrying out lifting operations are competent?
230.0
Manual Handling
230.1
Are, operations, which involve hazardous manual handling, so far, as is reasonably practicable, avoided?
230.2
Have all employees who carry out manual handling operations received information and training?
230.3
Are appropriate records maintained?
240.0
Mobile Work Equipment
240.1
Is mobile work equipment that carries employees suitable for the purpose?
240.2
Is mobile work equipment fitted with suitable restraining systems and roll over protection?
240.3
Are effective arrangements in place to ensure that self propelled work equipment including remote controlled
equipment, operates safely (where appropriate)?
240.4
Are effective precautions taken to prevent injury from seizure of drive shafts (where appropriate)?
240.5
Are appropriate records are maintained?
250.0
New and Expectant Mothers
250.1
Are all reasonable steps taken to remove, reduce or control risks to the health and safety of new or expectant
mothers?
250.2
Are female employees of child-bearing age are provided with information about the risk to their health and safety
and the precautions in place?
250.3
Are suitable rest facilities are provided?
260.0
Noise
260.1
Are steps taken to reduce employee’s exposure to noise?
260.2
Are ear protection zones clearly marked?
260.3
Is information and training provided to all employees exposed to noise?
260.4
Are appropriate records are maintained?
270.0
Permits to Work
270.1
Are permit to work systems designed, followed and maintained (where appropriate?
270.2
Are all employees, contractors and visitors aware of permits to work whilst in operation?
270.3
Do contractors operate within the organisations permits to work system?
270.4
Are appropriate records are maintained?
TCMS Ref: HSMS 11/2/5
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
280.0
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
280.1
Is PPE used properly by all employees?
280.2
Has suitable PPE been issued to those employees who require it?
280.3
Where appropriate, is PPE replaced?
280.4
Has appropriate accommodation been provided for PPE?
280.5
Have all employees received information, instruction and training on the use of PPE?
280.6
Does PPE meet the appropriate standards?
280.7
Are records of the issue of all PPE, maintained?
300.0
Pressure Systems
300.1
Are pressure systems operated within the safe operating limit?
300.2
Is a written scheme of examination carried out and maintained by a competent person?
300.3
Are pressure systems safely operated and maintained?
300.4
Are appropriate records maintained?
310.0
Risk Assessments
310.1
Has an inventory of risk assessments that need to be undertaken been developed?
310.2
Have risk assessments been prioritised in order of significance?
310.3
Has a programme for undertaking risk assessments been agreed?
310.4
Are employees and their representatives, involved and consulted on the risk assessment process?
310.5
Is the completion of risk assessment monitored on a regular basis?
310.6
Are suitable and sufficient risk assessments undertaken?
310.7
Are adequate records of risk assessments maintained?
310.8
Are the findings of risk assessments communicated to employees?
310.9
Are the individuals who undertake risk assessments competent to do so?
311.0
Safe Working Procedures
311.1
Has an inventory of all work activities that require a safe work procedure (ie. All activities where the absence of a
written procedure might adversely affect safety performance) been developed?
311.2
Have safe working procedures been are developed for all workplace activities?
311.3
Are safe working procedures followed by all employees?
TCMS Ref: HSMS 11/2/6
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
311.4
Have all employees who might be affected by the safe working procedure signed a declaration stating that they
have read and understood the contents of the procedures?
311.5
Have safe working procedures been communicated to all employees?
320.0
Safety Signs and Signals
320.1
Are appropriate signs displayed and maintained?
320.2
Have employees received information and training on the meaning of safety signs and signals?
320.3
Do all employees comply with safety signs and signals?
321.0
Statutory Notices
321.1
Are all relevant statutory notices are displayed and maintained?
330.0
Temporary Staff
330.1
330.2
Is the agency (or employer of the temporary staff) provided with information regarding health surveillance
requirements prior to supplying temporary or agency staff?
Is the agency (or employer of the temporary staff) provided with information regarding the skills and qualifications
required for the work prior to supplying temporary or agency staff?
330.3
Has a responsible person been appointed?
330.4
Have temporary or agency workers been provided with the appropriate information and training for their duties?
330.5
Are records maintained?
340.0
Training
340.1
Are health and safety requirements considered when recruiting new employees?
340.2
Have all employees received induction training?
340.3
Have all employees received job specific training?
340.4
Have the training needs of all employees been identified?
340.5
Are the training needs of individuals reviewed at appropriate intervals?
340.6
Are training records maintained?
350.0
Vibration
350.1
Is work involving exposure to high levels of vibration avoided?
350.2
Are measures taken to reduce the exposure to the appropriate action level?
350.3
Is all work involving exposure to vibration identified prior to work commencing and assessed?
TCMS Ref: HSMS 11/2/7
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
350.4
Is health surveillance provided, where necessary?
350.5
Are safe systems of work developed?
350.6
Are emergency procedures established?
350.7
Is Information and training provided to employees exposed to high levels of vibration at work?
350.8
Is personal protective clothing and equipment provided?
350.9
Are appropriate records, including records of exposure levels and relating to the results of health surveillance,
maintained?
360.0
Visitors
360.1
Do visitors receive adequate information on emergency procedures on entering the building?
360.2
Where appropriate, are all visitors are provided with PPE?
360.3
Is a record of the visitor’s presence is available and maintained?
370.0
Welfare Facilities
370.1
Are adequate sanitary conveniences provided and maintained?
370.2
Are adequate washing facilities provided and maintained?
370.3
Is an adequate supply of wholesome drinking water available and clearly marked?
370.4
Is suitable and sufficient accommodation for clothing provided?
370.5
Are suitable facilities provided for resting and eating meals?
370.6
Are appropriate records are maintained?
380.0
Woodworking Machinery
380.1
Is woodworking machinery suitable for its intended use?
380.2
Is woodworking machinery CE marked, where appropriate?
380.3
Is woodworking machinery maintained in an efficient state?
380.4
Are dangerous parts of woodworking machinery adequately guarded?
380.5
Are controls and braking devices provided, clearly visible and easily accessible?
380.6
Is woodworking machinery stable?
380.7
Are clear markings and warnings provided?
380.8
Is information, instruction and training provided to employees?
380.9
Are appropriate records maintained?
TCMS Ref: HSMS 11/2/8
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
390.0
Work at Height
390.1
Where reasonably practicable, is work at height avoided?
390.2
Where work at height cannot be avoided, are measures taken to prevent a fall?
390.3
Where the risk of a fall cannot be avoided, are measures taken to minimise the distance of the fall or its
consequences?
390.4
Is all work at height identified prior to work commencing?
390.5
Are appropriate working platforms and access equipment provided and subjected to an appropriate inspection
and testing regime?
390.6
Are safe systems of work developed, including, where appropriate, permits to work?
390.7
Are emergency procedures established?
390.8
Is information and training provided to employees required to work at height?
390.9
Are appropriate records, including inspection records, maintained?
400.0
Work Environment
400.1
Is the workplace adequately ventilated?
400.2
Is suitable and sufficient lighting provided?
400.3
Is the temperature of the workplace appropriate?
400.4
Is the workplace kept sufficiently clean?
400.5
Are appropriate records maintained?
410.0
Work Equipment
410.1
Is work equipment suitable for its intended purpose?
410.2
Is work equipment CE marked?
410.3
Is work equipment adequately inspected?
410.4
Is work equipment is adequately maintained?
410.5
Is information, instruction and training provided to all employees?
410.6
Are dangerous parts of machinery guarded?
410.7
Are clear marking and warning systems provided?
410.8
Is equipment fitted with adequate controls?
410.9
Are appropriate records maintained?
TCMS Ref: HSMS 11/2/9
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System
420.0
Workplace Structure and Layout
420.1
Is the workplace maintained in a safe and efficient state?
420.2
Are the conditions of floors and traffic routes suitable and maintained?
420.3
Are effective measures taken to prevent falls or falling objects?
420.4
Can pedestrians and vehicles circulate in a safe manner?
420.5
Are appropriate records are maintained?
421.0
Waste Disposal
421.1
Are suitable receptacles provided for waste disposal?
421.2
Do effective arrangements exist for the disposal of hazardous waste?
421.3
Is equipment provided for waste disposal used correctly?
421.4
Are employees provided with information and training on waste disposal?
421.5
Are records maintained on the disposal of waste?
430.0
Young Persons
430.1
Are young persons and children protected at work from any risks to their health and safety that result from their
lack of experience, absence of awareness of existing or potential risks or the fact that young persons have not
fully matured?
430.2
Are young persons and children prevented from undertaking any restricted work?
430.3
Are young persons and children provided with information about identified risks and the associated precautions?
430.4
Are young persons and children adequately supervised?
430.5
Are young persons and children prevented from work in excess of the permitted number of hours allowed and are
regular rest breaks taken?
430.6
Is parental consent obtained prior to any children being employed?
430.7
Are the parents or guardians of children provided with information about identified risks and the associated
precautions?
4
Monitor
4.1
Are monitoring arrangements in place to ensure that:
TCMS Ref: HSMS 11/2/10
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010
Brecon Beacons National Park Authority – Health and Safety Management System

health and safety arrangements are adhered to?

safe working procedures are followed?

records are kept where necessary?

appropriate documents are up to date?

workplace precautions (identified as being necessary by risk assessment) continue to be effective?
4.2
Are individuals responsible for undertaking monitoring Identified?
4.3
Is monitoring undertaken at the agreed frequency?
4.4
Are the findings of monitoring undertaken reviewed, to ensure that remedial actions are implemented to rectify
any shortcomings identified?
4.5
Are appropriate records maintained?
5
Audit
5.1
Is an audit programme established and maintained in order to establish whether the health and safety
management system:

conforms to the specified arrangements for the management of health and safety and has been properly
implemented and maintained?

is effective in meeting the health and safety objectives?
5.2
Are audits undertaken at the agreed frequency?
6
Review
6.1
Is the Health and Safety Management System reviewed on a regular basis, to ensure its continuing suitability,
adequacy and effectiveness?
6.2
Are the findings of the review documented and communicated to ensure appropriate action where necessary?
TCMS Ref: HSMS 11/2/11
Version: 01/07
Date: 27.04.2010